QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2006.

Registration No. 333-130483



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3728
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  51-0484716
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)


1301 East 9th Street, Suite 3710
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
(216) 706-2939
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of registrant's principal executive offices)
W. Nicholas Howley
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
TransDigm Group Incorporated
1301 East 9th Street, Suite 3710
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
(216) 706-2939
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:
Steven J. Gartner, Esq.
Cristopher Greer, Esq.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
(212) 728-8000
  Kirk A. Davenport II, Esq.
Peter M. Labonski, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1200

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.    o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.    o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share(2)

  Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee


Common Stock, par value $0.01   12,597,758   $22.00   $277,150,676   $29,656(3)

(1)
Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2)
Estimated solely for purposes of determining the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)
Includes $21,400 previously paid.


        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED                    , 2006

10,954,572 Shares

LOGO

TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

Common Stock


        The selling stockholders of TransDigm Group Incorporated (formerly TD Holding Corporation) named in this prospectus are offering all of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. TransDigm Group Incorporated will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock being sold by the selling stockholders. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $20.00 and $22.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "TDG."

        Before buying any shares, you should carefully consider the risk factors described in "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
  Per Share
  Total

Public offering price

 

$                      

 

$                      
Underwriting discounts and commissions   $                         $                      
Proceeds, before expenses, to the
selling stockholders
  $                         $                      

        The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 1,643,186 shares of common stock from Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and certain members of our management at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about              , 2006.


Credit Suisse

 

Lehman Brothers


Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

UBS Investment Bank

The date of this prospectus is             , 2006.


LOGO



TABLE OF CONTENTS


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

THE OFFERING

 

5

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

7

RISK FACTORS

 

12

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

22

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

23

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

23

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

 

23

CAPITALIZATION

 

24

DILUTION

 

25

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

26

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

31

BUSINESS

 

53

MANAGEMENT

 

63

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS

 

81

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

88

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

91

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

94

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN
INDEBTEDNESS

 

97

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

 

105

UNDERWRITING

 

108

VALIDITY OF SECURITIES

 

112

EXPERTS

 

112

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS

 

113

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

113

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        Until                  , 2006 all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those discussed in the "Risk Factors" and other sections of this prospectus.


Our Company

General Company Information

        We believe we are a leading global designer, producer and supplier of highly engineered aircraft components for use on nearly all commercial and military aircraft in service today. Our business is well diversified due to the broad range of products we offer to our customers. Some of our more significant product offerings, substantially all of which are ultimately provided to end-users in the aerospace industry, include ignition systems and components, gear pumps, mechanical/electromechanical actuators and controls, NiCad batteries/chargers, power conditioning devices, hold-open rods and locking devices, engineered connectors, engineered latches and cockpit security devices, lavatory hardware and components, specialized AC/DC electric motors and specialized valving. Each of these product offerings consists of many individual products that are typically customized to meet the needs of a particular aircraft platform or customer.

        For fiscal year 2005, we generated net sales of $374.3 million and net income of $34.7 million. In addition, for fiscal year 2005, our EBITDA was $154.5 million, or 41.3% of net sales, our EBITDA As Defined was $164.2 million, or 43.9% of net sales, and our capital expenditures were $8.0 million, or 2.1% of net sales.

        We estimate that over 90% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005 were generated by proprietary products for which we own the design. In addition, for fiscal year 2005, we estimate that we generated approximately 75% of our net sales from products for which we are the sole source provider.

        Most of our products generate significant aftermarket revenue. Once our parts are designed into and sold as original equipment on an aircraft, we generate net sales from recurring aftermarket consumption over the life of that aircraft, which is generally estimated to be approximately 30 years. We estimate that approximately two-thirds of our net sales in fiscal year 2005 were generated from aftermarket sales, the vast majority of which come from the commercial and military aftermarkets. These aftermarket revenues have historically produced a higher gross margin and been more stable than sales to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs.

        We provide components for a large, diverse installed base of aircraft and, therefore, we are not overly dependent on any single airframe. For example, we estimate that sales to support any single OEM airframe production requirement did not exceed 4.0% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005, and sales to support any single aftermarket airframe platform did not exceed 5.5% of our net sales for this same period.

Our Formation and the Warburg Pincus Acquisition

        TransDigm Inc. was formed in July 1993 in connection with the acquisition of certain companies from IMO Industries Inc. TransDigm Group Incorporated (formerly TD Holding Corporation), or TD Group, was formed in July 2003 at the direction of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., or Warburg Pincus, to facilitate the acquisition of TransDigm Holding Company, or TransDigm Holdings. On July 22, 2003, TD Acquisition Corporation, a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Group,

1



was merged with and into TransDigm Holdings with TransDigm Holdings continuing as the surviving corporation. Contemporaneously with the completion of that merger, a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Acquisition Corporation was merged with and into TransDigm Inc., with TransDigm Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation. These mergers are sometimes referred to in this prospectus as the "Mergers." Upon the completion of the Mergers, TransDigm Holdings became a wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Group, and TransDigm Inc. continued to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Holdings.

        The following diagram sets forth our current organizational structure (percentage ownership of TD Group set forth below represents percentage ownership after giving effect to the offering, on a fully diluted basis, assuming the exercise of all issued and outstanding stock options and that the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option granted to them).

GRAPHIC


(1)    Upon the completion of this offering, Warburg Pincus and certain other existing stockholders of TD Group intend to contribute to TD Group, LLC all of the shares of common stock owned by them, in exchange for membership interests in TD Group, LLC. Warburg Pincus will own approximately 84.8% of the membership interests in TD Group, LLC (or 84.4% if the over-allotment option is fully exercised). In addition, Warburg Pincus will be the managing member of TD Group, LLC and, as such, will control all decisions with respect to the voting and disposition of our shares of common stock held by TD Group, LLC.

2



Industry and Market Overview

        We primarily compete in the commercial and military aerospace industry. The commercial aftermarket, where we have historically derived the majority of our net sales, has generally been more stable and has exhibited steady growth compared to the commercial OEM market, which has historically exhibited cyclical swings due to changes in production rates for new aircraft. Commercial aftermarket revenue is driven primarily by the number of miles flown by paying customers of commercial airlines, which is known in the industry and referred to in this prospectus as revenue passenger miles, or RPMs, and by the size and age of the worldwide aircraft fleet.

        Historically, aftermarket and OEM sales in the military sector tend to follow defense spending. Military aftermarket revenue is driven primarily by the operational tempo of the military, while military OEM revenue is driven primarily by spending on new systems and platforms.


Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe our key competitive strengths include:

        Large and Growing Installed Product Base with Aftermarket Revenue Stream.    We provide components to a large and growing installed base of aircraft to which we supply aftermarket products. We estimate that our products are installed on more than 40,000 commercial transport, regional transport, military and general aviation fixed wing turbine aircraft and over 15,000 rotary wing aircraft.

        Diversified Revenue Base.    Our diversified revenue base reduces our dependence on any particular product, platform or market segment and has been a significant factor in maintaining our financial performance. Our products are installed on almost all of the major commercial aircraft platforms now in production. We expect to continue to develop new products for military and commercial applications. For example, we expect to be certified and provide a range of components for the new Boeing 787 and Airbus A380 and A400M.

        Significant Barriers to Entry.    We believe that the niche nature of our markets, the industry's stringent regulatory and certification requirements, the large number of products that we sell and the investments necessary to develop and certify products create barriers to entry for potential competitors.

        Strong Cash Flow Generation.    We generate strong cash flow from operations as a result of our high margins and low capital expenditure requirements. For fiscal years 2005 and 2004 and for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, our EBITDA As Defined margins were 43.9%, 46.3% and 42.4%, respectively. In addition, our low recurring capital expenditure requirements, which have historically been between approximately $5 million to $8 million per year, or approximately 2% of net sales per year, coupled with our consistent installed revenue base, provide a stable stream of cash flows.

        Consistent Track Record of Financial Success and Strong Growth.    From fiscal year 1994 to fiscal year 2005, our net sales grew at a Compound Annual Growth Rate, or CAGR, of 19.7%, and during this same period our EBITDA As Defined grew at a CAGR of 29.1%.

        Value-Driven Management Team with a Successful Track Record.    Our operations are managed by a very experienced, value-driven management team with a proven record of growing our business organically, reducing overhead, rationalizing costs and integrating acquisitions. In the aggregate, our management team owns approximately 16.5% of our common stock before this offering, and will continue to own approximately 16.5% of our common stock after this offering (or 14.9% if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), in all cases on a fully diluted basis, assuming the exercise of outstanding stock options.

3




Our Business Strategy

        Our business strategy is made up of two key elements: (1) a value-driven operating strategy focused around our three core value drivers; and (2) a selective acquisition strategy.

        Value-Driven Operating Strategy.    Our three core value drivers are:

        Selective Acquisition Strategy.    We selectively pursue the acquisition of proprietary component businesses when we see an opportunity to create value through the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies. The aerospace industry, in particular, remains highly fragmented, with many of the companies in the industry being small private businesses or small non-core operations of larger businesses. We have significant experience among our management team in executing acquisitions and integrating acquired businesses into our company and culture, having successfully acquired and integrated fifteen businesses and/or product lines since our formation in 1993.


Recent Transactions

        On November 10, 2005, TD Group closed on a $200 million loan facility, or the TD Group Loan Facility. In connection with the closing of the TD Group Loan Facility, TransDigm Inc. paid a cash dividend of approximately $98.0 million to TransDigm Holdings and made bonus payments of approximately $6.2 million to certain members of our management. TransDigm Holdings used all of the proceeds received by it from TransDigm Inc. to pay a cash dividend to TD Group. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds received from the TD Group Loan Facility of approximately $193.9 million, together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings, to (i) prepay the entire outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on its senior unsecured promissory notes issued in connection with its acquisition of TransDigm Holdings in July 2003, which payments in the aggregate were equal to approximately $262.7 million, and (ii) make certain distributions to members of our management who participated in our deferred compensation plans, which distributions in the aggregate were equal to approximately $26.0 million. The transactions described in this paragraph are sometimes referred to in this prospectus as the "Recent Transactions."

4



THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders   10,954,572 shares.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

44,201,637 shares.

Use of proceeds

 

The proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus are solely for the account of the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" on page 12 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Dividend policy

 

We do not anticipate declaring or paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Listing

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "TDG."

        The number of shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering excludes:

        Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

5



Risk Factors

        Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under "Risk Factors" in deciding whether to invest in our common stock.



Principal Offices

        Our executive offices are located at 1301 East 9th Street, Suite 3710, Cleveland, Ohio 44114 and our telephone number is (216) 706-2939. Our website address is http://www.transdigm.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website are not part of this prospectus.

6



SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        TD Group was formed in July 2003 under the name TD Holding Corporation to facilitate the consummation of the Mergers. Apart from certain financing activities, including the transactions contemplated by the TD Group Loan Facility, TD Group does not have any operations other than through its ownership of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

        The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial and other data of TD Group or its predecessor (i) as of September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation of TD Group) through September 30, 2003 and the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (the closing date of the Mergers), which have been derived from TD Group's or its predecessor's audited consolidated financial statements (except for the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts), and (ii) as of December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005 and for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005, which have been derived from TD Group's unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements (except for the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts). TD Group's consolidated financial statements for the periods subsequent to the Mergers reflect a new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the Mergers while the period prior to the Mergers reflect the historical cost basis of the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Accordingly, the accompanying summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of dates and for the period prior to the Mergers is labeled as "Predecessor."

        On February 24, 2003, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Norco, Inc. ("Norco") business from TransTechnology Corporation. On July 9, 2004, TransDigm Inc. acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Avionic Instruments, Inc. ("Avionic"). On December 31, 2004, Skurka Aerospace Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc. ("Skurka"), acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Skurka Engineering Company. On January 28, 2005, TransDigm Inc. acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Fluid Regulators Corporation ("Fluid Regulators") from Esterline Technologies Corporation. On June 30, 2005, Skurka acquired an aerospace motor product line from Eaton Corporation. All of the acquisitions were accounted for as purchases. The results of operations of the acquired entities, businesses and product line are included in TD Group's or its Predecessor's consolidated financial statements from the date of each of the acquisitions.

        We present in this prospectus certain financial information based on our EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined. We note that neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, and neither should be considered as an alternative to net income or operating cash flows determined in accordance with GAAP, and our calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies. While we believe that the presentation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined will enhance an investor's understanding of our operating performance, the use of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined as an analytical tool has limitations and you should not consider either of them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined to net income and for a description of (i) the manner in which management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our business, (ii) the economic substance behind management's decision to use these non-GAAP financial measures, (iii) the material limitations associated with the use of these non-GAAP financial measures and the manner in which management compensates for these limitations and (iv) the reasons why management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors, please refer to footnote 6 below.

7



        The information presented below should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
   
   
   
   
  July 8, 2003
(Date of
Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

   
 
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
  Fiscal Years Ended
September 30,

  Predecessor
 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

  October 1, 2002
Through July 22,
2003

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Statement of Operations Data:                                      
Net sales   $ 100,140   $ 80,270   $ 374,253   $ 300,703   $ 52,083   $ 241,185  
Gross profit(1)     49,243     39,473     184,270     136,505     11,684     114,669  
Operating expenses:                                      
  Selling and administrative     13,090     8,254     38,943     31,201     5,205     20,167  
  Amortization of intangibles     1,816     1,841     7,747     10,325     1,975     945  
  Merger expenses(2)                         176,003  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from operations(1)     34,337     29,378     137,580     94,979     4,504     (82,446 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, net     19,799     19,258     80,266     74,675     14,233     28,224  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     14,538     10,120     57,314     20,304     (9,729 )   (110,670 )
Income tax provision (benefit)     5,554     3,753     22,627     6,682     (3,970 )   (40,701 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 8,984   $ 6,367   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (5,759 ) $ (69,969 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders   $ 8,984   $ 6,367   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (5,759 ) $ (72,638 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historical Basic Earnings Per Share:                                      
Net income (loss) per share(3)   $ 30.41   $ 21.55   $ 117.40   $ 46.11   $ (19.76 ) $ (606.38 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding     295.5     295.5     295.5     295.4     291.5     119.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historical Diluted Earnings Per Share:                                      
Net income (loss) per share(3)   $ 28.81   $ 20.55   $ 111.49   $ 44.01   $ (19.76 ) $ (606.38 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding     311.9     309.8     311.1     309.5     291.5     119.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro Forma Basic Earnings Per Share:                                      
Net income (loss) per share(3)   $ 0.20   $ 0.14   $ 0.78   $ 0.31   $ (0.13 )      
   
 
 
 
 
       
Weighted-average common shares outstanding(4)     44,202     44,202     44,202     44,193     43,608        
   
 
 
 
 
       
Pro Forma Diluted Earnings Per Share:                                      
Net income (loss) per share(3)   $ 0.19   $ 0.14   $ 0.75   $ 0.29   $ (0.13 )      
   
 
 
 
 
       
Weighted-average common shares outstanding(4)     46,657     46,350     46,544     46,300     43,608        
   
 
 
 
 
       
 
  As of
   
   
   
 
  As of September 30,
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
 
  (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:                              
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 29,556   $ 44,029   $ 104,221   $ 48,498   $ 18,902
Marketable securities         49,653         50,601    
Working capital     124,366     170,009     118,559     179,385     133,622
Total assets     1,353,667     1,366,710     1,427,748     1,345,912     1,315,395
Long-term debt, including current portion     889,113     892,053     889,846     892,788     894,997
Stockholders equity     342,325     303,826     333,107     297,412     283,551

8


 
   
   
   
   
  July 8, 2003
(Date of
Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

  Predecessor
 
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
  Fiscal Years Ended
September 30,

 
 
  October 1,
2002 Through
July 22,
2003

 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)

 
Other Financial Data:                                      
Cash flows provided by (used in):                                      
  Operating activities   $ (66,020 )   28,761   $ 80,695   $ 111,139   $ 16,852   $ (34,184 )
  Investing activities     (1,767 )   (30,995 )   (20,530 )   (77,619 )   (469,319 )   (57,267 )
  Financing activities     (6,878 )   (2,235 )   (4,442 )   (3,924 )   471,369     82,450  
Depreciation and amortization     4,237     3,925     16,956     18,303     3,333     6,355  
Capital expenditures     1,767     1,554     7,960     5,416     968     4,241  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)     1.7 x   1.5 x   1.7 x   1.3 x        
Other Data:                                      
EBITDA(6)   $ 38,574   $ 33,303   $ 154,536   $ 113,282   $ 7,837   $ (76,091 )
EBITDA, margin(7)     38.5 %   41.5 %   41.3 %   37.7 %   15.0 %   (31.5 )%
EBITDA As Defined(6)   $ 42,431   $ 34,868   $ 164,240   $ 139,084   $ 22,062   $ 102,306  
EBITDA As Defined, margin(7)     42.4 %   43.4 %   43.9 %   46.3 %   42.4 %   42.4 %

(1)
Gross profit and income (loss) from operations include the effect of charges relating to purchase accounting adjustments to inventory associated with the Mergers, the acquisition of various entities, businesses and a product line for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003, and the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (date of the closing of the Mergers) of $1,493,000, $18,471,000, $12,038,000 and $855,000, respectively.

(2)
One-time merger-related charges were incurred in connection with the Mergers in July 2003.

(3)
Net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding.

(4)
The number of weighted-average common shares outstanding for the periods presented have been adjusted to give effect to the 149.60 to 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering.

(5)
For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs and the portion (approximately 33%) of rental expense that management believes is representative of the interest component of rental expense. Earnings were insufficient by $9,729,000 and $110,670,000 to cover fixed charges for the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003 and the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (date of the closing of the Mergers), respectively.

(6)
EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA As Defined represents EBITDA plus, as applicable for the relevant period, inventory purchase accounting adjustments, acquisition integration costs, non-cash compensation and deferred compensation charges, certain non-recurring expenses incurred in connection with the Mergers, one-time special bonus payments made to members of our management and certain acquisition earnout costs.

9


(7)
The EBITDA margin represents the amount of EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. The EBITDA As Defined margin represents the amount of EBITDA As Defined as a percentage of net sales.

10


 
   
   
   
   
  July 8, 2003
(Date of
Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

   
 
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
  Fiscal Years Ended
September 30,

  Predecessor
 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

  October 1, 2002
Through July 22,
2003

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (unaudited)

  (in thousands)

   
 
Net income (loss)   $ 8,984   $ 6,367   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (5,759 ) $ (69,969 )
Add:                                      
Depreciation and amortization     4,237     3,925     16,956     18,303     3,333     6,355  
Interest expense, net     19,799     19,258     80,266     74,675     14,233     28,224  
Income tax provision (benefit)     5,554     3,753     22,627     6,682     (3,970 )   (40,701 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA     38,574     33,303     154,536     113,282     7,837     (76,091 )
Add:                                      
Inventory purchase accounting adjustments*             1,493     18,471     12,038     855  
Acquisition integration costs**     320         1,363     1,162     1,154     1,539  
Non-cash compensation and deferred compensation costs***     (2,797 )   1,565     6,848     6,169     1,033      
Merger expenses****                         176,003  
One-time special bonus payments*****     6,222                      
Acquisition earnout costs******     112                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA As Defined   $ 42,431   $ 34,868   $ 164,240   $ 139,084   $ 22,062   $ 102,306  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

*
This represents the portion of the purchase accounting adjustments to inventory pertaining to the motor product line, Skurka and Fluid Regulators acquisitions in fiscal year 2005, the Avionic acquisition in fiscal year 2004, the Mergers during the period ended September 30, 2003 and the Norco acquisition during the period ended July 22, 2003 that were charged to cost of sales when the inventory was sold.

**
Represents costs incurred to integrate into the Company's operations (i) Fluid Regulators and the motor product line in fiscal year 2005 and the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 and (ii) the Norco business in fiscal year 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003.

***
Represents the expenses (income) recognized by us under our 2003 stock option plan and our two deferred compensation plans. The amount reflected above for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 includes (i) a reversal of previously recorded amounts charged to expense of $3.8 million resulting from the termination of two of our deferred compensation plans during such period and (ii) expense recognized by us under a new deferred compensation plan adopted by us during such period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Recent Developments."

****
Represents one-time charges incurred in connection with the Mergers in July 2003.

*****
Represents the aggregate amount of one-time special bonuses paid on November 10, 2005 to members of management. On November 10, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility pursuant to which the lenders thereunder agreed to exclude these one-time special bonus payments from the calculation of EBITDA As Defined. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments."

******
Represents the amount recognized for the potential earnout payment to Howard Skurka pursuant to the terms of the retention agreement entered into with him in connection with our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Skurka in December 2004. Pursuant to the amendment to our Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility described above, the lenders thereunder agreed to exclude earnout payments and deferred purchase price payments made in connection with certain permitted acquisitions from the calculation of EBITDA As Defined.

11



RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making your decision to invest in shares of our common stock. These risks could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If that were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Future terrorist attacks may have a material adverse impact on our business.

        Following the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, passenger traffic on commercial flights was significantly lower than prior to the attacks and many commercial airlines reduced their operating schedules. Overall, the terrorist attacks resulted in billions of dollars in losses to the airline industry. Any future acts of terrorism and any allied military response to such acts could result in further acts of terrorism and additional hostilities, including possible retaliatory attacks on sovereign nations, as well as financial, economic and political instability. While the precise effects of any such terrorist attack, military response or instability on our industry and our business is difficult to determine, it could result in further reductions in the use of commercial aircraft. If demand for new aircraft and spare parts decreases, demand for certain of our products would also decrease.

Our business is sensitive to the number of flight hours that our customers' planes spend aloft, the size and age of the worldwide aircraft fleet and our customers' profitability. These items are, in turn, affected by general economic conditions.

        Our business is directly affected by, among other factors, changes in revenue passenger miles, the size and age of the worldwide aircraft fleet and, to a lesser extent, changes in the profitability of the commercial airline industry. Revenue passenger miles and airline profitability have historically been correlated with the general economic environment, although national and international events also play a key role. For example, RPMs declined primarily as a result of increased security concerns among airline customers following the events of September 11, 2001. In addition to the events of September 11, 2001, in recent years, the airline industry has been severely affected by the downturn in the global economy, higher fuel prices, the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, epidemic and the conflicts in Afghanistan and Iraq. As a result of the substantial reduction in airline traffic resulting from these events, the airline industry incurred, and some in the industry continue to incur, large losses and financial difficulties. Some carriers have also parked or retired a portion of their fleets and have reduced workforces and flights. During periods of reduced airline profitability, some airlines may delay purchases of spare parts, preferring instead to deplete existing inventories. If demand for new aircraft and spare parts decreases, there would be a decrease in demand for certain of our products.

Our sales to manufacturers of large aircraft are cyclical, and a downturn in sales to these manufacturers may adversely affect us.

        Our sales to manufacturers of large commercial aircraft, which accounted for approximately 13% of our net sales in fiscal year 2005, have historically experienced periodic downturns. In the past, these sales have been affected by airline profitability, which is impacted by, among other things, fuel and labor costs, price competition, downturns in the global economy and national and international events, such as the events of September 11, 2001. Prior downturns have adversely affected our net sales, gross margin and net income.

12



We rely heavily on certain customers for much of our sales.

        Our three largest customers for fiscal year 2005 were the U.S. Government (through various agencies and buying organizations), Aviall, Inc. (a distributor of commercial aftermarket parts to airlines throughout the world) and Honeywell International Inc. These customers accounted for approximately 11%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our net sales in fiscal year 2005. Our top ten customers for fiscal year 2005 accounted for approximately 52% of our net sales. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview."

We generally do not have guaranteed future sales of our products. Further, we enter into fixed price contracts with some of our customers, so we take the risk for cost overruns.

        As is customary in our business, we do not generally have long-term contracts with most of our aftermarket customers and, therefore, do not have guaranteed future sales. Although we have long-term contracts with many of our OEM customers, some of those customers may terminate the contracts on short notice and, in many other cases, our customers have not committed to buy any minimum quantity of our products. In addition, in certain cases, we must anticipate the future volume of orders based upon the historic purchasing patterns of customers and upon our discussions with customers as to their anticipated future requirements, and this anticipated future volume of orders may not materialize.

        We also have entered into multi-year, fixed-price contracts with some of our OEM customers, pursuant to which we have agreed to perform the work for a fixed price and, accordingly, realize all the benefit or detriment resulting from any decreases or increases in the costs for making these products. Sometimes we accept a fixed-price contract for a product that we have not yet produced, and the fact that we have not yet produced the product increases the risk of cost overruns or delays in the completion of the design and manufacturing of the product. Most of our contracts do not permit us to recover for increases in raw material prices, taxes or labor costs, although some contracts provide for renegotiation to address certain material adverse changes.

U.S. military spending is dependent upon the U.S. defense budget.

        The U.S. Department of Defense, or the DOD, budget has generally increased for each fiscal year from fiscal 1997 to the recently approved budget for fiscal 2007, and, based on the Bush Administration's current Future Year Defense Program, the DOD budget is expected to continue to increase modestly through fiscal 2010. However, future DOD budgets after fiscal 2007 could be negatively impacted by several factors, including but not limited to the U.S. Government's budget deficits and spending priorities and the cost of sustaining the U.S. military presence and rebuilding operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, which could cause the DOD budget to remain unchanged or to decline. A significant decline in U.S. military expenditures in the future could result in a reduction in the amount of our products sold to the various agencies and buying organizations of the U.S. Government.

We are subject to certain unique business risks as a result of supplying equipment and services to the U.S. Government. In addition, government contracts contain unfavorable termination provisions and are subject to modification and audit.

        Companies engaged in supplying defense-related equipment and services to U.S. Government agencies are subject to business risks specific to the defense industry. These risks include the ability of the U.S. Government to unilaterally:

13


        Most of our U.S. Government contracts can be terminated by the U.S. Government either for its convenience or if we default by failing to perform under the contract. Termination for convenience provisions provide only for our recovery of costs incurred or committed, settlement expenses and profit on the work completed prior to termination. Termination for default provisions provide for the contractor to be liable for excess costs incurred by the U.S. Government in procuring undelivered items from another source.

        On contracts where the price is based on cost, the U.S. Government may review our costs and performance, as well as our accounting and general business practices. Based on the results of such audits, the U.S. Government may adjust our contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs. In addition, under U.S. Government purchasing regulations, some of our costs, including most financing costs, amortization of goodwill, portions of research and development costs, and certain marketing expenses may not be subject to reimbursement.

        In addition to these U.S. Government contract risks, we are at times required to obtain approval from U.S. Government agencies to export our products. Additionally, we are not permitted to export some of our products. A determination by the U.S. Government that we failed to receive required approvals or licenses could eliminate or restrict our ability to sell our products outside the United States, and the penalties that could be imposed by the U.S. Government for failure to comply with these laws could be significant.

Certain of our divisions and subsidiaries have been subject to a pricing review by the DOD Office of Inspector General.

        Five of our divisions and subsidiaries have been subject to a DOD Office of Inspector General review of our records for the purpose of determining whether the DOD's various buying offices negotiated "fair and reasonable" prices for spare parts purchased from those five divisions and subsidiaries in fiscal years 2002 through 2004. On October 31, 2005, the Inspector General provided for comment its most recent draft report with respect to its review. The draft report recommends (i) that the Defense Logistics Agency request that those five subsidiaries and divisions voluntarily refund, in the aggregate, approximately $2.6 million for allegedly overpriced parts and (ii) that Defense Logistics Agency contracting officers reevaluate their procedures for determining the reasonableness of pricing for sole source spare parts purchased from those divisions and subsidiaries and seek to develop Strategic Supplier Alliances with those divisions and subsidiaries.

        The Company's position has been, and continues to be, that our pricing has been fair and reasonable and that there is no legal basis for the amount suggested as a refund by the Inspector General in its draft report. In response to the draft report, we offered reasons why we disagree with the Inspector General's overall analysis and why computations related to a voluntary refund contained in the draft report fail to consider key data, such as actual historical sales. After issuance of the final report by the Inspector General, we will consider a request by the Defense Logistics Agency for a voluntary refund under the circumstances existing at that time.

        In February 2006, the Defense Logistics Agency made a request to initiate discussions regarding future pricing and developing an acquisition strategy that will mutually strengthen TransDigm and the Defense Logistics Agency's business relationship. Negotiations with the Defense Logistics Agency regarding Strategic Supplier Alliances have not commenced, but will likely occur at a later date. As a result of those negotiations, it is possible that the divisions and subsidiaries subject to the pricing review will enter into Strategic Supplier Alliances with the Defense Logistics Agency. It is likely that in

14



connection with any Strategic Supplier Alliance, the Defense Logistics Agency will seek prices for parts based on cost. It is also possible that the DOD may seek alternative sources of supply for such parts. The entry into Strategic Supplier Alliances or a decision by the DOD to pursue alternative sources of supply for parts we currently provide could reduce the amount of revenue we derive from, and the profitability of certain of our supply arrangements with, certain agencies and buying organizations for the U.S. Government.

        See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments" for additional information with respect to the pricing review.

Our business may be adversely affected if we would lose our government or industry approvals or if more stringent government regulations are enacted or if industry oversight is increased.

        The aerospace industry is highly regulated in the United States and in other countries. In order to sell our components, we and the components we manufacture must be certified by the FAA, the DOD and similar agencies in foreign countries and by individual manufacturers. If new and more stringent government regulations are adopted or if industry oversight increases, we might incur significant expenses to comply with any new regulations or heightened industry oversight. In addition, if material authorizations or approvals were revoked or suspended, our business would be adversely affected.

Substantial leverage—Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health.

        We have a significant amount of indebtedness, totaling approximately $889.1 million at December 31, 2005, with an aggregate of $289.1 million outstanding under TransDigm Inc.'s amended and restated senior secured credit facilities (the "Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility"), an aggregate of $400 million of principal amount of TransDigm Inc.'s 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding under the indenture governing such notes (the "Indenture") and an aggregate of $200 million outstanding under the TD Group Loan Facility.

        Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to investors. For example, it could:

        Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or at all or that future borrowings will be available to us under our Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility or otherwise in amounts sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness. If we cannot service our debt, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital investments, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital.

15



The terms of the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, Indenture and TD Group Loan Facility may restrict our current and future operations.

        The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, the Indenture and the TD Group Loan Facility contain restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests. For a list of certain of the restrictive covenants contained in the documents governing our indebtedness, please see "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

        In addition, the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility includes the following financial maintenance covenants: (i) a minimum interest coverage ratio; (ii) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio; and (iii) a maximum leverage ratio. A breach of any of the covenants contained in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, the Indenture or the TD Group Loan Facility could result in an event of default under these documents. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders under such agreements may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be due and payable. The lenders under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility also have the right, if such event of default occurs, to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. In addition, following an event of default under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, the lenders under the facility have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the indebtedness outstanding thereunder.

We are dependent on our highly trained employees and any work stoppage or difficulty hiring similar employees could adversely affect our business.

        Because our products are complicated and highly engineered, we depend on an educated and trained workforce. There is substantial competition for skilled personnel in the aircraft component industry, and we could be adversely affected by a shortage of skilled employees. We may not be able to fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover or attract and retain qualified personnel.

        As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately 1,300 employees. Approximately 9% of our employees were represented by the United Steelworkers Union, approximately 4% were represented by the United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America and approximately 5% were represented by the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. Collective bargaining agreements between us and these labor unions expire in April 2008, November 2008 and May 2006, respectively. Although we believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory, we cannot assure you that we will be able to negotiate a satisfactory renewal of these collective bargaining agreements or that our employee relations will remain stable. Because we maintain a relatively small inventory of finished goods, any work stoppage could materially and adversely affect our ability to provide products to our customers.

Our business is dependent on the availability of certain components and raw materials that we buy from suppliers.

        Our business is affected by the price and availability of the raw materials and component parts that we use to manufacture our components. Our business, therefore, could be adversely impacted by factors affecting our suppliers (such as the destruction of our suppliers' facilities or their distribution infrastructure, a work stoppage or strike by our suppliers' employees or the failure of our suppliers to provide materials of the requisite quality), or by increased costs of such raw materials or components if we were unable to pass along such price increases to our customers. Because we maintain a relatively small inventory of raw materials and component parts, our business could be adversely affected if we were unable to obtain these raw materials and components from our suppliers in the quantities we require or on favorable terms. Although we believe in most cases that we could identify alternative

16



suppliers, or alternative raw materials or component parts, the lengthy and expensive FAA and OEM certification processes associated with aerospace products could prevent efficient replacement of a supplier, raw material or component part.

We are subject to a number of environmental laws and regulations, and we could incur substantial costs as a result of violations of or liabilities under such environmental laws and regulations.

        Our operations and facilities are subject to a number of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air and water and the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials. We could incur substantial costs, including clean-up costs, fines and sanctions and third party property damage or personal injury claims, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws, relevant common law or the environmental permits required for our operations.

        Pursuant to certain environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of a contaminated site may be held liable for the entire cost of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous materials at such property, whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of any hazardous materials. Persons who arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous materials also may be held liable for such costs at a disposal or treatment site, regardless of whether the affected site is owned or operated by them. Contaminants have been detected at some of our present and former sites, principally in connection with historical operations, and investigations and/or clean-ups have been undertaken by us or by former owners of the sites. We also receive inquiries and notices of potential liability with respect to offsite disposal facilities from time to time. Although we are not aware of any sites for which material obligations exist, the discovery of additional contaminants or the imposition of additional clean-up obligations could result in significant liability.

We intend to pursue future acquisitions. Our business may be adversely affected if we cannot consummate acquisitions on satisfactory terms, or if we cannot effectively integrate acquired operations.

        A significant portion of our growth has occurred through acquisitions. Any future growth through acquisitions will be partially dependent upon the continued availability of suitable acquisition candidates at favorable prices and upon advantageous terms and conditions. We intend to pursue acquisitions that we believe will present opportunities consistent with our overall business strategy. However, we may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates to purchase or may be unable to acquire desired businesses or assets on economically acceptable terms. In addition, we may not be able to raise the money necessary to complete future acquisitions. In addition, acquisitions involve risks that the businesses acquired will not perform in accordance with expectations and that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of businesses acquired will prove incorrect.

        We regularly engage in discussions with respect to potential acquisition and investment opportunities. If we consummate an acquisition, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly. Future acquisitions could likely result in the incurrence of additional debt and contingent liabilities and an increase in interest and amortization expenses or periodic impairment charges related to goodwill and other intangible assets as well as significant charges relating to integration costs.

        In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate any business we acquire into our existing business. The successful integration of new businesses depends on our ability to manage these new businesses and cut excess costs. The successful integration of future acquisitions may also require substantial attention from our senior management and the management of the acquired business, which could decrease the time that they have to service and attract customers and develop new products and services. In addition, because we may actively pursue a number of opportunities simultaneously, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, complications and delays, including difficulties in employing sufficient staff and maintaining operational and management oversight.

17



We have recorded a significant amount of intangible assets, which may never generate the returns we expect.

        Our acquisitions have resulted in significant increases in identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets, which primarily include trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, license agreements and technology were approximately $230.0 million at September 30, 2005, representing approximately 16% of our total assets. Goodwill recognized in accounting for the Mergers and other recent acquisitions was approximately $855.7 million at September 30, 2005, representing approximately 60% of our total assets. We may never realize the full value of our identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, and to the extent we were to determine that our identifiable intangible assets and/our goodwill were impaired within the meaning of applicable accounting regulations, we would be required to write-off the amount of any impairment.

We face significant competition.

        We operate in a highly competitive global industry and compete against a number of companies, including divisions of larger companies, some of which have significantly greater resources than we do, and therefore may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, or devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products than we can. Competitors in our product lines are both U.S. and foreign companies and range in size from divisions of large public corporations to small privately held entities. We believe that our ability to compete depends on high product performance, consistent high quality, short lead-time and timely delivery, competitive pricing, superior customer service and support and continued certification under customer quality requirements and assurance programs. We may have to adjust the prices of some of our products to stay competitive.

We could be adversely affected if one of our components causes an aircraft to crash.

        Our operations expose us to potential liabilities for personal injury or death as a result of the failure of an aircraft component that we have designed, manufactured or serviced. While we believe that our liability insurance is adequate to protect us from future products liability claims, it may not be adequate. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage in the future at an acceptable cost. Any such liability not covered by insurance or for which third party indemnification is not available could result in significant liability to us.

        In addition, a crash caused by one of our components could also damage our reputation for quality products. We believe our customers consider safety and reliability as key criteria in selecting a provider of aircraft components. If a crash were to be caused by one of our components, or if we were otherwise to fail to maintain a satisfactory record of safety and reliability, our ability to retain and attract customers may be materially adversely affected.

18


Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

        Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering. In addition, an inactive trading market may impair our ability to raise additional capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our shares as consideration.

Our stock price may be volatile, and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

        There has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity securities, which is unrelated to the financial performance of the companies issuing the securities. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined by negotiations between representatives of the underwriters and the selling stockholders and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock caused by changes in our operating performance or prospects, including possible changes due to the cyclical nature of the aerospace industry and other factors such as fluctuations in OEM and aftermarket ordering, which could cause short-term swings in profit margins.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could lower our share price.

        We and our existing stockholders may sell additional shares of common stock into the public markets after this offering, and we may also issue convertible debt securities to raise capital in the future. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the public markets after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

        After the consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding 44,201,637 shares of common stock and options to purchase an additional 8,191,725 shares of common stock. The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering includes the shares being sold by the selling stockholders in this offering, which may be resold immediately in the public market. Of the remaining 41,438,790 outstanding shares and shares issuable upon exercise of options, 38,275,691 or 73.1% of our total outstanding shares and shares issuable upon exercise of options will be restricted from immediate resale under the "lock-up" agreements between certain of our current stockholders and option holders and the underwriters described in the section entitled "Underwriting" below, but may be sold into the market after those "lock-up" restrictions expire or if they are waived by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as one of the representatives of the underwriters, in its sole discretion. The outstanding shares and shares issuable upon exercise of options subject to the "lock-up" restrictions will generally become available for sale at various times following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, which is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the volume limitations and manner-of-sale requirements under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

19



This offering will cause immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

        The initial public offering price of a share of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of approximately $37.78 in the net tangible book value per share of common stock based on our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2005. We also have outstanding stock options to purchase shares of common stock with exercise prices that are below the estimated initial public offering price of our common stock. To the extent these options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. See "Dilution" for more information.

Our principal stockholder and its affiliates will be able to influence matters requiring stockholder approval and could discourage the purchase of our outstanding shares at a premium.

        After the offering, Warburg Pincus, through its control of TD Group, LLC, may be deemed to beneficially own approximately 72.2% of our outstanding common stock, or 69.3% if the underwriters' over-allotment option is fully exercised. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale or merger of our company and may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. These transactions might include proxy contests, tender offers, mergers or other purchases of common stock that could give you the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price for shares of our common stock.

        As a result of Warburg Pincus' control of TD Group, LLC and representation on our Board of Directors, Warburg Pincus will be able to influence all affairs and actions of our company, including matters requiring stockholder approval such as the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. The interests of Warburg Pincus may differ from the interests of our other stockholders. For example, Warburg Pincus could oppose a third party offer to acquire us that you might consider attractive, and the third party may not be able or willing to proceed unless Warburg Pincus supports the offer. In addition, if our Board of Directors supports a transaction requiring an amendment to our certificate of incorporation, Warburg Pincus, through its control of TD Group, LLC, is currently in a position to defeat any required stockholder approval of the proposed amendment. If our Board of Directors supports an acquisition of us by means of a merger or a similar transaction, the vote of Warburg Pincus, as the managing member of TD Group, LLC, alone is currently sufficient to approve or block the transaction under Delaware law. In each of these cases and in similar situations, you may disagree with Warburg Pincus as to whether the action opposed or supported by Warburg Pincus is in the best interest of our stockholders.

We are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements since we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, you will not have the protections afforded by these corporate governance requirements.

        Because TD Group, LLC will control more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are considered to be a "controlled company" for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. Under the NYSE rules, a "controlled company" may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate government requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the nominating and corporate governance committee of our Board of Directors be composed entirely of independent directors and (3) the requirement that the compensation committee of our Board of Directors be composed entirely of independent directors. Given that TD Group, LLC will control a majority of the

20



voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of compliance with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Our corporate documents and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

        Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition involving us that our stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to issue up to 149,600,000 shares of "blank check" preferred stock. Without stockholder approval, the Board of Directors has the authority to attach special rights, including voting and dividend rights, to this preferred stock. With these rights, preferred stockholders could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a staggered Board of Directors, whereby directors serve for three-year terms, with approximately one-third of the directors coming up for re-election each year. Having a staggered board will make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of our Board of Directors through a proxy contest, which may be a necessary step in an acquisition of us that is not favored by our Board of Directors.

        We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under these provisions, if anyone becomes an "interested stockholder," we may not enter into a "business combination" with that person for three years without special approval, which could discourage a third party from making a takeover offer and could delay or prevent a change of control. For purposes of Section 203, "interested stockholder" means, generally, someone owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate of ours that owned 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock during the past three years, subject to certain exceptions as described in Section 203. TD Group, LLC, Warburg Pincus and their affiliates do not constitute "interested stockholders" for purposes of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We do not intend to pay regular cash dividends on our stock after this offering.

        We do not anticipate declaring or paying regular cash dividends on our common stock or any other equity security in the foreseeable future. The amounts that may be available to us to pay cash dividends are restricted under our debt and other agreements. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Therefore, you should not rely on dividend income from shares of our common stock.

21



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains both historical and "forward-looking statements". All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements including, in particular, the statements about our plans, objectives, strategies and prospects regarding, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations and business. We have identified some of these forward-looking statements with words like "believe," "may," "will," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "predict," "anticipate," "estimate" or "continue" and other words and terms of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements may be contained throughout this prospectus, including under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations about future events affecting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Many factors mentioned in our discussion in this prospectus, including the risks outlined under "Risk Factors," will be important in determining future results. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we do not know whether our expectations will prove correct. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties, including those described under "Risk Factors." Since our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements, we cannot give any assurance that any of the events anticipated by these forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them do, what impact they will have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We do not undertake any obligation to update these forward-looking statements or the risk factors contained in this prospectus to reflect new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under federal securities laws.

22



USE OF PROCEEDS

        The proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus are solely for the account of the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We do not anticipate declaring or paying regular cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. We are a holding company and conduct all of our operations through our direct and indirect subsidiaries. Unless we receive dividends, distributions, advances, transfers of funds or other payments from our subsidiaries we will be unable to pay any dividends on our common stock in the future. The ability of our subsidiaries to take any of the foregoing actions are limited by the terms of our existing debt documents and may be limited by future debt or other agreements that we may enter into from time to time.


DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

        Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the shares has been determined by negotiations among representatives of the underwriters and the selling stockholders. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, was our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of market valuation of companies in related businesses. However, the initial public offering price is not necessarily indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade at in the public market following the completion of this offering.

23



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2005, on an actual basis and on an adjusted basis to reflect the 149.60 to 1.00 stock split that we anticipate effecting immediately prior to the closing of this offering. You should read this information in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to such financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2005
 
 
  Actual
(in thousands)

  As Adjusted
(in thousands)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 29,556 (1) $ 29,556 (1)
   
 
 
  TD Group loan facility   $ 200,000   $ 200,000  

Long-term debt of our subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  TransDigm Inc. term loan     289,113     289,113  
  TransDigm Inc. revolving credit facility          
  TransDigm Inc. 83/8% senior subordinated notes     400,000     400,000  
   
 
 
    Total long-term debt of TD Group and subsidiaries     889,113     889,113  
   
 
 
Stockholders equity:              
  Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, actual, and 149,600,000 shares authorized, as adjusted; 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and 0 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted          
  Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,500,000 shares authorized, actual, and 224,400,000 shares authorized, as adjusted; 295,465 issued and outstanding, actual, and 44,201,637 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted     3     442  
  Paid-in-capital     291,127     290,688  
  Retained earnings     51,534     51,534  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     (339 )   (339 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders equity     342,325     342,325  
   
 
 
  Total capitalization   $ 1,231,438   $ 1,231,438  
   
 
 

(1)
On November 10, 2005, TransDigm Inc. paid a cash dividend of approximately $98.0 million to TransDigm Holdings and made bonus payments of approximately $6.2 million to certain members of our management. TransDigm Holdings used all of the proceeds received from TransDigm Inc. to pay a cash dividend to TD Group. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds received from the TD Group Loan Facility of approximately $193.9 million, together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings, to (i) prepay the entire outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on its senior unsecured promissory notes issued in connection with its acquisition of TransDigm Holdings in July 2003, which payments in the aggregate were equal to approximately $262.7 million, and (ii) make certain distributions to members of our management who participated in our deferred compensation plans, which distributions in the aggregate were equal to approximately $26.0 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments."

        The number of shares of our common stock shown as issued and outstanding in the table above excludes (i) 8,191,725 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2005, with exercise prices ranging from $0.45 to $13.37 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $5.71 per share and (ii) 3,216,722 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our stock option plans as of December 31, 2005 (assuming our 2006 stock incentive plan, which is described in more detail below, had been adopted as of such date).

24



DILUTION

        Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common stock to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. The net tangible book value per share presented below is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities as of December 31, 2005, divided by the number of shares of our common stock that would have been held by our common stockholders of record immediately prior to this offering had we effected the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split we expect to effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2005, was approximately ($741.5) million, or $(16.78) per share. This remains unchanged when adjusted for the sale by the selling stockholders of 10,954,572 shares of our common stock at an assumed public offering price of $21.00 per share, the mid-point of the range of estimated initial public offering prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This represents an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $37.78 per share.

        The following tables illustrate this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share       $ 21.00  
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2005       $ (16.78 )
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors       $ 37.78  

        The following table summarizes the number of shares purchased from us and the total consideration and average price per share paid to us, by our officers, directors, promoters and affiliated persons in transactions since our inception in July 2003, and the total number of shares purchased from the selling stockholders, the total consideration paid to the selling stockholders and the price per share paid by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average Price
Per Share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing stockholders(1)   33,247,065   75.2 % $ 198,170,088   54.1 % $ 5.96
New investors   10,954,572   24.8     230,046,012   45.9     21.00
   
     
     
  Total   44,201,637   100 % $ 428,216,100   100 % $ 9.69
   
     
     

(1)
Excludes shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

        As of December 31, 2005, there were options outstanding to purchase 8,191,725 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.45 to $13.37 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $5.71 per share. The tables and calculations above assume that those options have not been exercised. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, you would experience further dilution if the exercise price is less than our net tangible book value per share.

25



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        TD Group was formed in July 2003 under the name TD Holding Corporation to facilitate the consummation of the Mergers. Apart from certain financing activities, including the transactions contemplated by the TD Group Loan Facility, TD Group does not have any operations other than through its ownership of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

        The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial and other data of TD Group or its predecessor (i) as of September 30, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation of TD Group) through September 30, 2003, the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (the closing date of the Mergers) and each of the two fiscal years ended September 30, 2002 and September 30, 2001, which have been derived from TD Group's or its predecessor's audited consolidated financial statements (except for the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts) and (ii) as of December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005 and for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005, which have been derived from TD Group's unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements (except for the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts). TD Group's consolidated financial statements for the periods subsequent to the Mergers reflect a new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the Mergers while the periods prior to the Mergers reflect the historical cost basis of the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Accordingly, the accompanying selected historical consolidated financial and other data as of dates and for the periods prior to the Mergers are labeled as "Predecessor."

        On March 26, 2001, we acquired an exclusive, worldwide license to produce and sell products composed of a lubrication and scavenge pump product line along with certain related equipment and inventory. On May 31, 2001, Champion Aerospace Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc., acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of the Champion Aviation Products business from Federal Mogul Ignition Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Federal-Mogul Corporation. On February 24, 2003, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Norco business from TransTechnology Corporation. On July 9, 2004, TransDigm Inc. acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Avionic. On December 31, 2004, Skurka acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Skurka Engineering Company. On January 28, 2005, TransDigm Inc. acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Fluid Regulators from Esterline Technologies Corporation. On June 30, 2005, Skurka acquired an aerospace motor product line from Eaton Corporation. All of the acquisitions were accounted for as purchases. The results of operations of the acquired entities, businesses and product lines are included in TD Group's or its Predecessor's consolidated financial statements from the date of each of the acquisitions.

26



        The information presented below should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
   
   
  Fiscal Years Ended
September 30,

   
   
   
   
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
  July 8, 2003
(Date of Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

   
  Fiscal Years Ended
September 30,

 
  October 1,
2002 Through
July 22,
2003

 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

   
   
 
  2005
  2004
  2002
  2001
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)

Statement of Operations Data:                                                
Net sales   $ 100,140   $ 80,270   $ 374,253   $ 300,703   $ 52,083   $ 241,185   $ 248,802   $ 200,773
Gross profit(1)     49,243     39,473     184,270     136,505     11,684     114,669     114,227     82,248
Operating expenses:                                                
  Selling and administrative     13,090     8,254     38,943     31,201     5,205     20,167     23,962     23,612
  Amortization of intangibles     1,816     1,841     7,747     10,325     1,975     945     6,294     2,966
  Merger expenses(2)                         176,003        
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from operations(1)     34,337     29,378     137,580     94,979     4,504     (82,446 )   83,971     55,670
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, net     19,799     19,258     80,266     74,675     14,233     28,224     36,538     31,926
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     14,538     10,120     57,314     20,304     (9,729 )   (110,670 )   47,433     23,744
Income tax provision (benefit)     5,554     3,753     22,627     6,682     (3,970 )   (40,701 )   16,804     9,386
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 8,984   $ 6,367   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (5,759 ) $ (69,969 ) $ 30,629   $ 14,358
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders   $ 8,984   $ 6,367   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (5,759 ) $ (72,638 ) $ 27,727   $ 13,470
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historical Basic Earnings Per Share:                                                
Net income (loss) per share(3)   $ 30.41   $ 21.55   $ 117.40   $ 46.11   $ (19.76 ) $ (606.38 ) $ 231.44   $ 112.42
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding     295.5     295.5     295.5     295.4     291.5     119.8     119.8     119.8
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historical Diluted Earnings Per Share:                                                
Net income (loss) per share(3)   $ 28.81   $ 20.55   $ 111.49   $ 44.01   $ (19.76 ) $ (606.38 ) $ 200.87   $ 100.45
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding     311.9     309.8     311.1     309.5     291.5     119.8     138.0     134.1
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro Forma Basic Earnings Per Share:                                                
Net income (loss) per share(3)   $ 0.20   $ 0.14   $ 0.78   $ 0.31   $ (0.13 )                
   
 
 
 
 
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding(4)     44,202     44,202     44,202     44,193     43,608                  
   
 
 
 
 
                 
Pro Forma Diluted Earnings Per Share:                                                
Net income (loss) per share(3)   $ 0.19   $ 0.14   $ 0.75   $ 0.29   $ (0.13 )                
   
 
 
 
 
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding(4)     46,657     46,350     46,544     46,300     43,608                  
   
 
 
 
 
                 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
 
  As of
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  As of September 30,
 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Balance Sheet Data:                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 29,556   $ 44,029   $ 104,221   $ 48,498   $ 18,902   $ 49,206   $ 11,221  
Marketable securities         49,653         50,601              
                                             

27


Working capital     124,366     170,009     118,559     179,385     133,622     99,035     55,672  
Total assets     1,353,667     1,366,710     1,427,748     1,345,912     1,315,395     402,226     372,898  
Long-term debt, including current portion     889,113     892,053     889,846     892,788     894,997     408,952     413,209  
Stockholders equity (deficiency)     342,325     303,826     333,107     297,412     283,551     (77,156 )   (103,388 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
  Fiscal Years Ended
September 30,

  July 8, 2003
(Date of Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

   
  Fiscal Years Ended
September 30,

 
 
  October 1,
2002 Through
July 22,
2003

 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

 
 
  2005
  2004
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)

 
Other Financial Data:                                                  
Cash flows provided by (used in):                                                  
  Operating activities   $ (66,020 ) $ 28,761   $ 80,695   $ 111,139   $ 16,852   $ (34,184 ) $ 56,452   $ 22,761  
  Investing activities     (1,767 )   (30,995 )   (20,530 )   (77,619 )   (469,319 )   (57,267 )   (5,439 )   (173,588 )
  Financing activities     (6,878 )   (2,235 )   (4,442 )   (3,924 )   471,369     82,450     (13,028 )   157,739  
Depreciation and amortization     4,237     3,925     16,956     18,303     3,333     6,355     13,492     8,646  
Capital expenditures     1,767     1,554     7,960     5,416     968     4,241     3,816     4,486  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)     1.7 x   1.5 x   1.7 x   1.3 x           2.3 x   1.7 x

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
EBITDA(6)   $ 38,574   $ 33,303   $ 154,536   $ 113,282   $ 7,837   $ (76,091 ) $ 97,463   $ 64,316  
EBITDA, margin(7)     38.5 %   41.5 %   41.3 %   37.7 %   15.0 %   (31.5 )%   39.2 %   32.0 %
EBITDA As Defined(6)   $ 42,431   $ 34,868   $ 164,240   $ 139,084   $ 22,062   $ 102,306   $ 97,463   $ 72,259  
EBITDA As Defined, margin(7)     42.4 %   43.4 %   43.9 %   46.3 %   42.4 %   42.4   %   39.2 %   36.0 %
                                                   

(1)
Gross profit and income (loss) from operations include the effect of charges relating to purchase accounting adjustments to inventory associated with the Mergers and the acquisition of various entities, businesses and product lines for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003, the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (date of closing of the Mergers) and the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002 and September 30, 2001 of $1,493,000, $18,471,000, $12,038,000, $855,000, $0, and $6,639,000, respectively.

(2)
One-time merger-related charges were incurred in connection with the Mergers in July 2003.

(3)
Net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding.

(4)
The weighted-average common shares outstanding for the periods presented have been adjusted to give effect to the 149.60 to 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering.

(5)
For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs and the portion (approximately 33%) of rental expense that management believes is representative of the interest component of rental expense. Earnings were insufficient by $9,729,000 and $110,670,000 to cover fixed charges for the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003 and the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (date of closing of the Mergers), respectively.

(6)
EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA As Defined represents EBITDA plus, as applicable for the relevant period, inventory purchase accounting adjustments, acquisition integration costs, non-cash compensation and deferred compensation charges, certain non-recurring expenses incurred in connection with the Mergers, one-time special bonus payments made to members of our management and certain acquisition earnout costs.

28


(7)
The EBITDA margin represents the amount of EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. The EBITDA As Defined margin represents the amount of EBITDA As Defined as a percentage of net sales.

29


 
   
   
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
  Fiscal Years
Ended
September 30,

  July 8, 2003
(Date of Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

   
  Fiscal Years
Ended
September 30,

 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

  October 1, 2002 Through
July 22, 2003

 
  2005
  2004
  2002
  2001
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  (in thousands)

Net income (loss)   $ 8,984   $ 6,367   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (5,759 ) $ (69,969 ) $ 30,629   $ 14,358
Add:                                                
Depreciation and amortization     4,237     3,925     16,956     18,303     3,333     6,355     13,492     8,646
Interest expense, net     19,799     19,258     80,266     74,675     14,233     28,224     36,538     31,926
Income tax provision (benefit)     5,554     3,753     22,627     6,682     (3,970 )   (40,701 )   16,804     9,386
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA     38,574     33,303     154,536     113,282     7,837     (76,091 )   97,463     64,316
Add:                                                
Inventory purchase accounting adjustments*             1,493     18,471     12,038     855         6,639
Acquisition integration costs**     320         1,363     1,162     1,154     1,539         1,304
Non-cash compensation and deferred compensation costs***     (2,797 )   1,565     6,848     6,169     1,033            
Merger expenses****                         176,003        
One-time special bonus payment     6,222                            
Acquisition earnout costs     112                            
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA As Defined   $ 42,431   $ 34,868   $ 164,240   $ 139,084   $ 22,062   $ 102,306   $ 97,463   $ 72,259
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

*
This represents the portion of the purchase accounting adjustments to inventory pertaining to the motor product line, Skurka and Fluid Regulators acquisitions in fiscal year 2005, the Avionic acquisition in fiscal year 2004, the Mergers during the period ended September 30, 2003, the Norco acquisition during the period ended July 22, 2003 and the lubrication and scavenge pump line and Champion Aerospace acquisitions in fiscal year 2001 that were charged to cost of sales when the inventory was sold.

**
Represents costs incurred to integrate into the Company's operations (i) Fluid Regulators and the motor product line in fiscal year 2005 and the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005, (ii) the Norco business in fiscal year 2004 and in the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 and (iii) the lubrication and scavenge pump line in fiscal year 2001.

***
Represents the expenses (income) recognized by us under our 2003 stock option plan and our two deferred compensation plans. The amount reflected above for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 includes (i) a reversal of previously recorded amounts charged to expense of $3.8 million resulting from the termination of two of our deferred compensation plans during such period and (ii) expense recognized by us under a new deferred compensation plan adopted by us during such period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Recent Developments."

****
Represents one-time charges incurred in connection with the Mergers in July 2003.

*****
Represents the aggregate amount of one-time special bonuses paid on November 10, 2005 to members of management. On November 10, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility pursuant to which the lenders thereunder agreed to exclude these one-time special bonus payments from the calculation of EBITDA As Defined. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments."

******
Represents the amount recognized for the potential earnout payment to Howard Skurka pursuant to the terms of the retention agreement entered into with him in connection with our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Skurka in December 2004. Pursuant to the amendment to our Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility described above, the lenders thereunder agreed to exclude earnout payments and deferred purchase price payments made in connection with certain permitted acquisitions from the calculation of EBITDA As Defined.

30



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        Except for certain financing activities, TD Group conducts all of its operations through its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly, we discuss below the financial condition and results of operations of TD Group's direct and indirect subsidiaries only. The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and TD Group's and its predecessor's consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Financial information presented herein for the period through July 22, 2003, the closing date of the Mergers, is presented as "Predecessor" financial information. TD Group's consolidated financial statements for the periods subsequent to the Mergers reflect a new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the Mergers while prior periods are presented using the historical cost basis of the Company. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the heading entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.

Overview

        We believe we are a leading global designer, producer and supplier of highly engineered aircraft components for use on nearly all commercial and military aircraft in service today. Our business is well diversified due to the broad range of products we offer to our customers. Some of our more significant product offerings, substantially all of which are ultimately provided to end-users in the aerospace industry, include ignition systems and components, gear pumps, mechanical/electromechanical actuators and controls, NiCad batteries/chargers, power conditioning devices, hold-open rods and locking devices, engineered connectors, engineered latches and cockpit security devices, lavatory hardware and components, specialized AC/DC electric motors and specialized valving. Each of these product offerings consists of many individual products that are typically customized to meet the needs of a particular aircraft platform or customer.

        For fiscal year 2005, we generated net sales of $374.3 million and net income of $34.7 million. In addition, for fiscal year 2005, our EBITDA was $154.5 million, or 41.3% of net sales, our EBITDA As Defined was $164.2 million, or 43.9% of net sales, and our capital expenditures were $8.0 million, or 2.1% of net sales. For the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005, we generated net sales of $100.1 million and net income of $9.0 million, our EBITDA was $38.6 million, or 38.5% of net sales, our EBITDA As Defined was $42.4 million, or 42.4% of net sales, and our capital expenditures were $1.8 million, or 1.8% of net sales. Please see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" for certain information regarding EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined, including a reconciliation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined to net income.

        We estimate that over 90% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005 were generated by proprietary products for which we own the design. These products are generally approved and certified by airframe manufacturers (who often certify only one manufacturer's component design for a specific application on an aircraft), government agencies and/or the FAA and similar entities or agencies. In addition, for fiscal year 2005, we estimate that we generated approximately 75% of our net sales from products for which we are the sole source provider.

        Most of our products generate significant aftermarket revenue. Once our parts are designed into and sold as original equipment on an aircraft, we generate net sales from recurring aftermarket consumption over the life of that aircraft. This installed base and our sole source provider position generate a long-term stream of aftermarket revenues over the estimated 30-year life of an individual aircraft. We estimate that approximately two-thirds of our net sales in fiscal year 2005 were generated from aftermarket sales, the vast majority of which come from the commercial and military aftermarkets.

31



These aftermarket revenues have historically produced a higher gross margin and been more stable than sales to OEMs.

        In fiscal year 2005, our top three customers accounted for approximately 30% of our net sales, and during this same period our top ten customers accounted for approximately 52% of our net sales. However, our components are ultimately used on a large, diverse installed base of aircraft and, therefore, we are not overly dependent on any single airframe produced by any of our customers or other ultimate end-users of our products. For example, we estimate that sales to support any single OEM airframe production requirement did not exceed 4.0% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005, and sales to support any single aftermarket airframe platform did not exceed 5.5% of our net sales for this same period. In the commercial aerospace sector, which generated approximately 70% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005, we sell to distributors of aftermarket components, as well as directly to commercial airlines, aircraft maintenance facilities, systems suppliers, and aircraft and engine OEMs. In addition, for fiscal year 2005, approximately 24% of our net sales were attributable to the defense aerospace sector, with approximately 11% of our overall net sales for this period being attributable to various agencies and buying organizations of the U.S. Government. Net sales to the defense sector are generated primarily through sales to the United States and foreign militaries, brokers, distributors and defense OEMs. The remaining portion of our net sales in fiscal year 2005, or approximately 6% of our net sales during this period, were derived from industries with similar niche engineered product characteristics such as the mining, military ground vehicle and power generation industries.

Recent Developments

Dividend and Bonus Payments

        On November 10, 2005, TD Group closed on the $200 million TD Group Loan Facility. In connection with closing of the TD Group Loan Facility, on November 10, 2005, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings entered into an amendment to the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility (the "Amendment"). Among other things, the Amendment authorized (i) the payment of the cash dividends by TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings referred to in the immediately following paragraph and (ii) TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings to make certain distributions to TD Group from time to time, so long as certain conditions are satisfied and the proceeds of such distributions to TD Group are used, directly or indirectly, by TD Group to pay interest in respect of the indebtedness outstanding under the TD Group Loan Facility.

        In connection with the closing of the TD Group Loan Facility, TransDigm Inc. paid a cash dividend of approximately $98.0 million to TransDigm Holdings and made bonus payments of approximately $6.2 million to certain members of our management (which bonus payments were in addition to amounts paid to certain members of our management under our deferred compensation plans, as described below). TransDigm Holdings used all of the proceeds received from TransDigm Inc. to pay a cash dividend to TD Group. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds received from the TD Group Loan Facility of approximately $193.9 million, together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings, to:

32


In connection with the distributions under the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan, the Board of Directors of TD Group approved the termination of the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan, with such termination becoming effective on November 10, 2005. The Management Deferred Compensation Plan was terminated effective as of December 16, 2005 in connection with our adoption of a new deferred compensation plan, which is described in more detail elsewhere in this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Letter

        On February 24, 2006, our Compensation Committee issued a clarification letter to our Chief Executive Officer with respect to certain vesting provisions under our 2003 stock option plan. Under the terms of our 2003 stock option plan, approximately 80% of all new management options granted thereunder vest (i) based on the satisfaction of specified performance criteria or (ii) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined) if certain investors, including Warburg Pincus (the "Investor Group"), receive a minimum specified rate of return. In its letter, and consistent with the intent of the parties at the time the 2003 stock option plan was adopted, our Compensation Committee clarified the treatment of option vesting upon any sale of shares of our common stock by the Investor Group, whether in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise. This letter clarifies that if the minimum specified rate of return is received by the Investor Group in connection with any sale by the Investor Group of shares of our common stock, the performance based new management options will vest proportionately to the aggregate number of shares then sold by the Investor Group in relation to the aggregate number of shares initially acquired by the Investor Group. In this offering, certain members of the Investor Group will be selling shares of our common stock. Accordingly, upon the closing of this offering, and provided that the minimum specified rate of return is received by such investors, additional performance based new management options will become vested.

Government Pricing Review

        Certain parts sold by five of our divisions and subsidiaries to the DOD through various buying agencies of the Defense Logistics Agency have been the subject of a pricing review by the DOD Office of Inspector General. The pricing review examined whether the various buying offices within the Defense Logistics Agency had negotiated "fair and reasonable" prices for certain sole source spare parts purchased from those divisions and subsidiaries during fiscal years 2002 through 2004. On October 31, 2005, the Inspector General provided for comment its most recent draft report. The draft report recommends that Defense Logistics Agency contracting officers reevaluate their procedures for determining the reasonableness of pricing for sole source spare parts purchased from those divisions and subsidiaries and seek to develop Strategic Supplier Alliances with those divisions and subsidiaries.

        We believe that the pricing review is part of a continuing effort by the Inspector General to monitor and evaluate prices paid to defense contractors for sole source spare parts. The draft report is consistent with reports issued with respect to sole source spare parts supplied by other companies, and, like those other reports, it advocates the negotiation of Strategic Supplier Alliances incorporating prices for parts based on cost, rather than based on prices of comparable commercial parts or other methods. We believe that our pricing of spare parts comports with the regulations applicable to contracts with agencies of the Federal government. Nonetheless, the draft report recommends that the Defense

33



Logistics Agency request that the applicable divisions and subsidiaries of TransDigm Inc. voluntarily refund, in the aggregate, approximately $2.6 million for allegedly overpriced parts and negotiate Strategic Supplier Alliances incorporating cost-based prices for future Defense Logistics Agency purchases of sole source spare parts.

        The Company's position has been, and continues to be, that our pricing has been fair and reasonable and that there is no legal basis for the amount suggested as a refund by the Inspector General in its draft report. In response to the draft report, we offered reasons why we disagree with the Inspector General's overall analysis and why computations related to a voluntary refund contained in the draft report failed to consider key data, such as actual historical sales. After issuance of the final report by the Inspector General, we will consider a request by the Defense Logistics Agency for a voluntary refund under the circumstances existing at that time.

        In February 2006, the Defense Logistics Agency made a request to initiate discussions regarding future pricing and developing an acquisition strategy that will mutually strengthen TransDigm and the Defense Logistics Agency's business relationship. Negotiations with the Defense Logistics Agency regarding Strategic Supplier Alliances have not yet commenced but will likely occur at a later date. As a result of those negotiations, it is possible that the divisions and subsidiaries subject to the pricing review will enter into Strategic Supplier Alliances with the Defense Logistics Agency. It is likely that in connection with any Strategic Supplier Alliance, the Defense Logistics Agency will seek prices for parts based on cost or may seek volume discounts or other favorable pricing and/or the applicable division or subsidiary may agree to cost or pricing justification or appropriate discounts. It is also possible that the DOD may seek alternative sources of supply for such parts.

        The entry into Strategic Supplier Alliances or a decision by the DOD to pursue alternative sources of supply for our sole source parts could reduce the amount of revenue we derive from, and the profitability of certain of our supply arrangements with, certain agencies and buying organizations for the U.S. Government. However, we believe not all of the sales to the government would be affected by pricing associated with a potential Strategic Supplier Alliance. While management believes that the entry into Strategic Supplier Alliances with the Defense Logistics Agency will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity or capital resources, there is no means to determine the outcome of any future negotiations or discussions at this time.

Motor Product Line Acquisition

        On June 30, 2005, we acquired, through our wholly-owned Skurka subsidiary, an aerospace motor product line from Eaton Corporation for $9.6 million in cash. The acquired Eaton business has been a long-time supplier of aerospace motors and related products. The motor products are used on a range of commercial aircraft, as well as military programs. The proprietary products, market position and aftermarket content of the acquired business fit well with our overall business and strategic direction. The acquired business will be consolidated into Skurka's existing aerospace motor business in Camarillo, California.

Fluid Regulators Acquisition

        On January 28, 2005, TransDigm Inc. acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Fluid Regulators from Esterline Technologies Corporation, for $23.5 million in cash, net of a purchase price adjustment of $0.5 million received in April 2005. Fluid Regulators designs and manufactures highly engineered flight control and pressure valves used in hydraulic, fuel, lubrication and related applications. The products are used on a wide range of commercial and regional aircraft as well as many corporate and military aircraft. Fluid Regulators' product characteristics and market position fit well with our overall direction. In addition, in an attempt to reduce the combined operating costs of Fluid Regulators and the AeroControlex division of TransDigm Inc., Fluid Regulators was merged into TransDigm Inc. on September 30, 2005.

34



Skurka Acquisition

        On December 31, 2004, we acquired, through our wholly-owned Skurka subsidiary, certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Skurka Engineering Company for $30.7 million in cash. The acquired business designs and manufactures engineered aerospace components, consisting primarily of AC/DC electric motors and transducers. The products are used on a wide range of commercial and military aircraft, ships and ground vehicles. The product characteristics and market position of the acquired business fit well with our overall direction.

EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined

        The following table sets forth the calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined.

 
   
   
   
   
  Non-GAAP Combined
Twelve Month
Period Ended
September 30,

 
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
  Fiscal
Years Ended
September 30,

 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003(1)
 
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Net income   $ 9.0   $ 6.4   $ 34.7   $ 13.6   $ (75.7 )
Adjustments:                                
  Depreciation and amortization expense     4.2     3.9     17.0     18.3     9.7  
  Interest expense, net     19.8     19.2     80.2     74.7     42.5  
  Income tax provision (benefit)     5.6     3.8     22.6     6.7     (44.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA(2)(10)     38.6     33.3     154.5     113.3     (68.2 )
Adjustments:                                
  Inventory purchase accounting adjustments(3)             1.5     18.5     12.9  
  Acquisition integration costs(4)     0.3         1.4     1.1     2.7  
  Non-cash compensation and deferred compensation costs(5)     (2.8 )   1.6     6.8     6.2     1.0  
  Merger expenses(6)                     176.0  
  One-time special bonus payments(7)     6.2                  
  Acquisition earnout costs(8)     0.1                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA As Defined(9)(10)   $ 42.4   $ 34.9   $ 164.2   $ 139.1   $ 124.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
The amounts for the twelve-months ended September 30, 2003 represent a mathematical addition of the results of operations for the predecessor period through July 22, 2003 and the results for the period subsequent to the Mergers. Our consolidated financial statements for the period subsequent to the Mergers reflect a new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the Mergers while the period prior to the Mergers reflect the historical cost basis of the Company.

(2)
EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA because we believe it is a useful indicator of our operating performance. Our management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to measure a company's operating performance without regard to items such as interest and debt expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon, among other things, accounting methods, book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets are acquired. We also believe EBITDA is useful to our management and investors as a measure of comparative operating performance between time periods and among companies as it is reflective of changes in pricing decisions, cost controls and other factors that affect operating performance.

(3)
This represents the portion of the purchase accounting adjustments to inventory pertaining to the motor product line, Skurka and Fluid Regulators acquisitions in fiscal year 2005, the Avionic acquisition in fiscal year 2004, the Mergers during the period ended September 30, 2003 and the Norco acquisition during the period ended July 22, 2003 that was charged to cost of sales when the inventory was sold.

35


(4)
Represents costs incurred to integrate into the Company's operations (i) Fluid Regulators and the motor product line in fiscal year 2005 and the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 and (ii) the Norco business in fiscal year 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003.

(5)
Represents the expenses (income) recognized by us under our 2003 stock option plan and our two deferred compensation plans. The amount reflected above for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 includes (i) a reversal of previously recorded amounts charged to expense of $3.8 million resulting from the termination of two of our deferred compensation plans during such period and (ii) expense recognized by us under a new deferred compensation plan adopted by us during such period. See Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments."

(6)
Represents one-time charges incurred in connection with the Mergers in July 2003.

(7)
Represents the aggregate amount of one-time special bonuses paid on November 10, 2005 to certain members of management. On November 10, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility pursuant to which the lenders thereunder agreed to exclude these one-time special bonus payments from the calculation of EBITDA As Defined. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments."

(8)
Represents the amount recognized for the potential earnout payment to Howard Skurka pursuant to the terms of the retention agreement entered into with him in connection with our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Skurka in December 2004. Pursuant to the amendment to our Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility described above, the lenders thereunder agreed to exclude earnout payments and deferred purchase price payments made in connection with certain permitted acquisitions from the calculation of EBITDA As Defined.

(9)
EBITDA As Defined represents EBITDA plus, as applicable for the relevant period, inventory purchase accounting adjustments, acquisition integration costs, non-cash compensation and deferred compensation charges, certain non-recurring expenses incurred in connection with the Mergers, one-time special bonus payments made to certain members of our management and certain acquisition earnout costs. Our management uses EBITDA As Defined to review and assess our operating performance and management team in connection with our employee incentive programs, the preparation of our annual budget and financial projections. Our management also believes that EBITDA As Defined is useful to investors because the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility requires compliance, on a pro forma basis, with certain financial ratios, including a leverage ratio, a fixed charge coverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio. Leverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, as of any date, as the ratio of the total indebtedness of TransDigm Inc. on a consolidated basis on such date to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility) for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date. Fixed charge coverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility as, for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to consolidated fixed charges of TransDigm Inc. for such period. Interest coverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility as, for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to consolidated interest expense of TransDigm Inc. for such period. The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility defines Consolidated EBITDA in a manner equal to how we define EBITDA As Defined. These financial covenants are material terms of the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility as failure to comply with such financial covenants could result in an event of default thereunder (and, in turn, an event of default under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility could result in an event of default under the Indenture and the TD Group Loan Facility). For the amount or limit required under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility for compliance with these financial covenants, please see "Description of Certain Indebtedness—Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility."

(10)
Although we use EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined as measures to assess the performance of our business and for the other purposes set forth above, the use of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined as an analytical tool has limitations and you should not consider either of them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest payments, on our indebtedness;

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects any cash requirements for such replacements;

the omission of the substantial amortization expense associated with our intangible assets further limits the usefulness of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined;

neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined includes the payment of taxes, which is a necessary element of our operations; and

EBITDA As Defined excludes the cash expense we have incurred to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, which is a necessary element of certain of our acquisitions.


Because of these limitations, EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Management compensates for these limitations by not viewing EBITDA or EBITDA As Defined in isolation, and specifically by using other GAAP measures, such as net income, net sales and operating profit, to measure our operating performance. Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under GAAP and neither should be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations determined in accordance with GAAP, and our calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

36


Trend Information

        The commercial aerospace industry is impacted by the health of the global economy and geo-political events around the world. The commercial aerospace industry suffered after the events of September 11, 2001 and the subsequent downturn in the global economy, the SARS epidemic and, more recently, from rising fuel prices and the conflicts in the Middle East. Recently, the industry has shown signs of strengthening with increases in RPMs, although rising fuel prices, conflicts in the Middle East, major airline financial distress and the risk of additional terrorist activity have tempered the recovery.

        Our presence in both the commercial transport and military sectors of the aerospace industry may mitigate the impact on our business of any specific industry risk. We service a diversified customer base in the commercial and military aerospace industry, and we provide components to a diverse installed base of aircraft, which mitigates our exposure to any individual airframe platform. At times, declines in sales in any one sector have been offset by increased sales in another. For example, the commercial transport sector that we serve was adversely affected by the events of September 11, 2001, but the downturn in that market was partially offset by an increase in military aircraft spending that resulted from the military engagements in Afghanistan and Iraq and the war on terrorism.

        There is industry consensus that conditions in the commercial transport market sector have improved recently. We are experiencing increased activity in the large commercial OEM sector (aircraft with 100 or more seats) driven by order announcements by The Boeing Company and Airbus S.A.S. We expect this level of activity to continue in the near future.

        RPMs are recovering to pre-September 11, 2001 levels or higher, and absent any disruptive events, we are hopeful our aftermarket business will continue to follow this trend.

        In recent years, defense spending has reached historic highs, due in part to the military engagements in Afghanistan and Iraq and the war on terrorism. After several recent quarters of continued growth, we have recently seen our military business level off. Our military business fluctuates from year to year, and is dependent, to a degree, on government budget constraints, the timing of orders and the extent of global conflicts. We anticipate that military related sales of our types of products will experience modest, if any, growth over the current high levels.

        The aerospace industry is cyclical and fragmented. There are many short-term factors (including inventory corrections, unannounced changes in order patterns and mergers and acquisitions) that can cause short-term disruptions in our weekly, monthly and quarterly shipment patterns as compared to previous quarters and the same periods in prior years. To normalize for short-term fluctuations, we tend to look at our performance over several quarters or years of activity rather than discreet short-term periods. As such, it can be difficult to determine longer-term trends in our business based on quarterly comparisons.

        There are also fluctuations in OEM and aftermarket ordering and delivery requests from quarter-to-quarter. Due to the differences between the profitability of our products sold to OEM and aftermarket customers, variation in product mix can cause short-term swings in gross margins. Again, in many instances these are timing events between quarters and must be balanced with macro aerospace industry indicators.

        We believe that The Boeing Company and Airbus S.A.S. are in a period of increased production and we think we are well positioned on the new aircraft platforms recently announced. Having significant content on these new aircraft platforms could negatively impact our margin over the near term, given that OEM revenues tend to produce lower gross margins than aftermarket revenues, but should positively impact our business in future years as replacement aftermarket parts will be required to service these new aircrafts.

        Although the aerospace industry is in a cycle of increased production, our business would be adversely affected by significant changes in the U.S. or global economy. Historically, aircraft travel, as

37



measured by RPMs, generally correlates to economic conditions and a reduction in aircraft travel would result in a decrease in the need for aftermarket parts, which in turn would adversely affect our business.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which often requires the judgment of management in the selection and application of certain accounting principles and methods. Management believes that the quality and reasonableness of our most critical policies enable the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations. However, investors are cautioned that the sensitivity of financial statements to these methods, assumptions and estimates could create materially different results under different conditions or using different assumptions.

        We have identified the following as the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial status depends. These critical policies were determined by considering accounting policies that involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments. Our most critical accounting policies are as follows:

        Revenue Recognition and Related Allowances:    Substantially all of our revenues are recognized based upon shipment of products to the customer, at which time title and risk of loss passes to the customer. Substantially all sales are made pursuant to firm, fixed-price purchase orders received from customers. Provisions for uncollectible accounts and the cost of repairs under contract warranty provisions are provided for in the same period as the related revenues are recorded and are principally based on historical results modified, as appropriate, by the most current information available. We have a history of making reasonably dependable estimates of such allowances; however, due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that actual results may vary from the estimates and the differences could be material.

        Management estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the accounts receivable and customer creditworthiness. The allowance also incorporates a provision for the estimated impact of disputes with customers. Management's estimate of the allowance amounts that are necessary includes amounts for specifically identified losses and a general amount for estimated losses based on historical information. The determination of the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts is subject to significant levels of judgment and estimation by management. If circumstances change or economic conditions deteriorate, management may need to increase the allowance for doubtful accounts.

        We provide limited warranties in connection with the sale of our products. The warranty period for products sold by us varies, ranging from 90 days to five years; however, the warranty period for the majority of our sales generally does not exceed one year. We accrue for warranty claims based on, among other things, our knowledge of product performance issues. We also provide a general amount based on historical results. Historically, actual warranty claims have not differed materially from the estimates originally established.

        Inventories:    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost of inventories is determined by the average cost and the first-in, first-out (FIFO) methods. Because we sell products that are installed on airframes that can be in-service for 20 or more years, we must keep a supply of such products on hand while the airframes are in use. Provision for potentially obsolete or slow-moving inventory is made based on our analysis of inventory levels, past usage and future sales forecasts. Although management believes that our estimates of obsolete and slow-moving inventory are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from the estimates and additional provisions may be required in the future. In addition, in accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as current assets as all inventories are available and necessary to support current sales, even though a portion of the inventories may not be sold within one year.

38



        Intangible Assets:    The Mergers and the other acquisitions we have completed have resulted in significant amounts of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. Intangible assets other than goodwill are recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed or exchanged, regardless of our intent to do so. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and, under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("SFAS 142"), are reviewed at least annually for impairment based on undiscounted cash flow projections and fair value estimates. The determination of undiscounted cash flows is based on our strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts. The revenue growth rates included in the plans and forecasts are based on industry and Company specific data. The profit margin assumptions included in the plans and forecasts are projected based on the current cost structure and anticipated cost changes. If different assumptions were used in these plans and forecasts, the related undiscounted cash flows used in measuring impairment could be different and the recognition of an impairment loss might be required. Intangible assets, such as goodwill, trademarks and trade names that have an indefinite useful life are not amortized. All other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives.

        Stock Options and Deferred Compensation Plans:    Prior to the Mergers, we applied Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and related interpretations in accounting for our stock option plans. No compensation cost was recognized for TransDigm Holdings' stock option plans because the exercise price of the options issued equaled the fair value of the common stock on the grant date.

        Effective with the consummation of the Mergers and the issuance of the TD Group stock options (see "Management—Stock Option Plans"), we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", which requires the measurement of compensation expense under our stock option plans to be based on the estimated fair values of the awards under the plan on the grant dates and amortizes the expense over the options' vesting periods. In addition, we account for the cost of our deferred compensation plans in accordance with Opinion No. 12 of the Accounting Principles Board, which requires the cost of deferred compensation arrangements to be accrued over the service period of the related employees in a systematic and rational manner.

        Purchase accounting:    Mergers and acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method. Accordingly, fair value adjustments to our assets and liabilities are recognized and the results of operations of the acquired business are included in our consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the merger or acquisition. We generally use third-party appraisals to assist us in determining the fair value adjustments.

39



Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, certain operating data of the Company, including presentation of the amounts as a percentage of net sales (dollars in thousands):

 
   
   
   
   
  Non-GAAP Combined
  July 8,
2003 (Date of
Formation)
Through
Sept. 30,
2003

  Predecessor
 
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
   
   
 
 
   
   
  October 1,
2002 Through
July 22,
2003

 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

  Fiscal Year
Ended Sept. 30,
2005

  Fiscal Year
Ended Sept. 30, 2004

  Twelve Months
Ended Sept. 30, 2003(1)

 
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
 
Net Sales   $ 100,140   $ 80,270   $ 374,253   $ 300,703   $ 293,268   $ 52,083   $ 241,185  
Cost of sales     50,897     40,797     189,983     164,198     166,915     40,399     126,516  
Selling and administrative     13,090     8,254     38,943     31,201     25,372     5,205     20,167  
Amortization of intangibles     1,816     1,841     7,747     10,325     2,920     1,975     945  
Merger expenses                     176,003         176,003  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from operations     34,337     29,378     137,580     94,979     (77,942 )   4,504     (82,446 )
Interest expense, net     19,799     19,258     80,266     74,675     42,457     14,233     28,224  
Income tax provision (benefit)     5,554     3,753     22,627     6,682     (44,671 )   (3,970 )   (40,701 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 8,984   $ 6,367   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (75,728 ) $ (5,759 ) $ (69,969 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
   
   
  Non-GAAP Combined
  July 8,
2003 (Date of
Formation)
Through
Sept. 30,
2003

  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  October 1,
2002 Through
July 22,
2003

 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

  Fiscal Year
Ended Sept. 30,
2005

  Fiscal Year
Ended Sept. 30, 2004

  Twelve Months
Ended Sept. 30, 2003(1)

 
Net Sales   100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
Cost of sales   51   51   51   55   57   78   52  
Selling and administrative   13   10   10   10   9   10   9  
Amortization of intangibles   2   2   2   3   1   3    
Merger expenses           60     73  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from operations   34   37   37   32   (27 ) 9   (34 )
Interest expense, net   20   24   22   25   14   27   12  
Income tax provision (benefit)   5   5   6   2   (15 ) (7 ) (17 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   9 % 8 % 9 % 5 % (26 )% (11 )% (29 )%
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
The amounts for the twelve-months ended September 30, 2003 represent a mathematical addition of the results of operations for the predecessor period through July 22, 2003 and the results for the period subsequent to the Mergers. Our consolidated financial statements for the period subsequent to the Mergers reflect a new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the Mergers while the period prior to the Mergers reflect the historical cost basis of the Company.

Thirteen weeks ended December 31, 2005 compared with thirteen weeks ended January 1, 2005.

        Net Sales.    Net sales increased by $19.9 million, or 24.8%, to $100.1 million for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 from $80.3 million for the comparable period last year, primarily due to: (i) an increase in net sales of $9.8 million attributable to the acquisitions of Avionic in July 2004, Skurka in December 2004, Fluid Regulators in January 2005 and a motor product line in June 2005 (collectively, the "Acquisitions"), (ii) an increase in commercial OEM sales of $7.0 million resulting from the higher production rates for The Boeing Company and Airbus S.A.S as well as the business jet market and (iii) an increase in commercial aftermarket sales of $6.8 million resulting from the continuing recovery in the commercial aerospace market. The aforementioned increase in net sales was partially offset by a decrease in military sales of $3.4 million and other factors of $0.3 million.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales increased by $10.1 million, or 24.8%, to $50.9 million for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 from $40.8 million for the comparable period last year. This increase is attributable to increased volume associated with the higher net sales of $19.9 million discussed previously. Cost of sales as a percentage of total sales was approximately 51% for both periods.

40



        Selling and Administrative Expenses.    Selling and administrative expenses increased by $4.8 million, or 58.6%, to $13.1 million for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 from $8.3 million for the comparable period last year. The increase is due to: (i) the one-time special bonus of $6.2 million, or 6.2% of net sales, paid to certain members of management, (ii) the higher net sales discussed above, (iii) the Acquisitions and (iv) professional fees incurred relating to the offering contemplated by this prospectus of $0.7 million. These increases were partially offset by (x) a reversal of previously recorded charges of $3.8 million, or 3.8% of net sales, resulting from the termination in the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 of the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan and (y) the decrease of $0.6 million in expense related to the New Management Deferred Compensation Plan.

        Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 13.1% for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 from 10.3% for the comparable period last year. The increase in selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the one-time special bonus that was paid in the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005, partially offset by (i) the reversal of previously recorded charges resulting from the termination of the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan and (ii) the decrease in expense related to the New Management Deferred Compensation Plan discussed above.

        Amortization of Intangibles.    There was no change in the amortization of intangibles which totaled $1.8 million for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 and the comparable period last year.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased by $0.5 million, or 2.8%, to $19.8 million for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 from $19.3 million for the comparable period last year. This increase was due to (i) $2.8 million of additional interest expense that resulted from the new $200 million TD Group Loan Facility that closed in November 2005 and (ii) an increase in the interest rates on borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility. This increase was partially offset by a $3.5 million reduction in interest expense under the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes that were repaid in November 2005.

        Income Tax Provision.    Income tax provision as a percentage of income before income taxes was 38.2% for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 and was 37.1% for the comparable period last year.

        Net Income.    Net income increased 41.1% to $9.0 million, or 9.0% of sales, for the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 compared to net income of $6.4 million, or 7.9% of sales, for the comparable period last year. Net income as a percentage of sales increased despite an increase in selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales due to the reduction of interest expense as a percentage of sales.

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2004

        Net Sales.    Net sales increased by $73.6 million, or 24.5%, to $374.3 million for fiscal year 2005 from $300.7 million for fiscal year 2004. The increase is due to: (i) net sales attributable to the Acquisitions totaling $40.0 million; (ii) an increase in commercial OEM net sales of $14.5 million resulting from the higher production rates for The Boeing Company, Airbus S.A.S. and regional and business jet markets; (iii) an increase in military shipments of $9.5 million primarily due to the continued spending by the U.S. Government resulting in part from the conflicts in the Middle East; and (iv) an increase in commercial aftermarket sales of $9.6 million due to the continuing recovery of the commercial aerospace market.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales increased by $25.8 million, or 15.7%, to $190.0 million for fiscal year 2005 from $164.2 million for fiscal year 2004. The increase was primarily attributable to the cost of the higher net sales of $73.6 discussed previously, partially offset by the $18.5 million charge, or 6.1% of

41



net sales, that was recorded in fiscal year 2004 that resulted in increased cost of sales due to inventory purchase price accounting charges pertaining to the write-up of inventory associated with the Mergers that occurred in fiscal year 2003.

        The improvement in cost of sales as a percentage of total net sales in fiscal year 2005 when compared to fiscal year 2004 was primarily due to the $18.5 million charge recorded in fiscal year 2004 that is discussed above, partially offset by less favorable product mix (i.e., higher OEM shipments) in fiscal year 2005 and the impact of lower margin revenues from the Acquisitions.

        Selling and Administrative Expenses.    Selling and administrative expenses increased by $7.7 million, or 24.8%, to $38.9 million for fiscal year 2005 from $31.2 million for fiscal year 2004 primarily due to the higher net sales discussed above. Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were the same for both fiscal years.

        Amortization of Intangibles.    Amortization of intangibles decreased by $2.6 million to $7.7 million for fiscal year 2005 from $10.3 million for fiscal year 2004. The decrease was primarily due to the reduction of $3.1 million in order backlog amortization during fiscal year 2005. During fiscal year 2004, $5.4 million of order backlog that was recorded in accounting for the Mergers was fully amortized. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in amortization expense of approximately $0.5 million on the additional identifiable intangible assets recognized in connection with the Acquisitions discussed above.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased by $5.6 million, or 7.5%, to $80.3 million for fiscal year 2005 from $74.7 million for fiscal year 2004 due to (i) an increase of $3.1 million in interest expense on the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes resulting from the semi-annual compounding of the accrued and unpaid interest on such notes since July 2003 and (ii) an increase in the interest rates on borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, resulting in an additional $3.4 million of interest expense in fiscal year 2005. This increase was offset by certain other items, which resulted in a reduction in interest expense of $0.9 million.

        Income Tax Provision.    Income tax provision as a percentage of income before income taxes was 39.5% for fiscal year 2005 compared to 32.9% for fiscal year 2004. The increase in the income tax provision as a percentage of income before income taxes is largely due to two items: (i) the reduction in the benefit from foreign sales and (ii) a change in the Ohio tax law. The reduction in the foreign sales benefit was due to higher income before income taxes in fiscal year 2005 and a change in the federal extraterritorial law which phases out the foreign sales deduction by 2007. Our reduced benefit from foreign sales increased our effective tax rate by 4.4%. The change in the Ohio tax law became effective on July 1, 2005 and replaced the income tax with a commercial activity tax by 2010. As a result of this law change, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards was limited; therefore, adjustments were made to non-current deferred income tax assets and liabilities. These adjustments resulted in a charge to income tax expense of $1.3 million, or a 2.3% increase to the effective tax rate.

        Net Income.    Net Income increased $21.1 million, or 154.6%, to $34.7 million for fiscal year 2005 compared to net income of $13.6 million for fiscal year 2004.

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 compared with the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003

        The discussion of our results of operations which follows is based upon the combined twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003. The amounts for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 represent a mathematical addition of the results of operations for the predecessor period through July 22, 2003 and the results of operations for the period subsequent to the Mergers. Our consolidated financial statements for the period subsequent to the Mergers reflect a new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the Mergers while the period prior to the Mergers reflect the historical cost basis of the Company.

42



        Net Sales.    Net sales increased by $7.4 million, or 2.5%, to $300.7 million for fiscal year 2004 from $293.3 million for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003. Net sales increased primarily due to an increase in aftermarket sales of $19.9 million due primarily to the recovery in the commercial aerospace market, $12.8 million of increased sales due to the acquisitions of Norco in February 2003 and Avionic in July 2004 and an increase of $3.5 million in OEM sales. The increase in net sales was partially offset by a decrease of $28.8 million of non-repeat net sales in the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 that supported the cockpit security retrofit of the Airbus fleet.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales decreased by $2.7 million, or 1.6%, from $166.9 million in the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 to $164.2 million in fiscal year 2004. The decrease in cost of sales was primarily due to the favorable product mix (i.e., higher commercial aftermarket sales) in fiscal year 2004, continuing cost control measures and productivity savings (including savings relating to the Norco acquisition) and the strength of the Company's proprietary products and market positions. Cost of sales for fiscal year 2004, when compared to the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, was unfavorably impacted by $5.6 million due to the $18.5 million inventory purchase accounting charge related to the Mergers recorded during fiscal year 2004 compared to the $12.9 million inventory purchase accounting charge related to the Mergers that was recorded during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003. Cost of sales for fiscal year 2004 was favorably impacted by the absence of non-recurring integration costs pertaining to the Norco acquisition of $1.5 million that were recorded during the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003.

        The improvement in cost of sales as a percentage of total net sales of 2.3% was primarily due to the favorable product mix (i.e., higher commercial aftermarket sales) in fiscal year 2004, continuing cost control measures and productivity savings (including savings relating to the Norco acquisition) and the strength of the Company's proprietary products and market positions.

        Selling and Administrative Expenses.    Selling and administrative expenses increased by $5.8 million, or 23.0%, to $31.2 million, or 10.4% of net sales, for fiscal year 2004 from $25.4 million, or 8.7% of net sales, for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 primarily due to an increase of $4.5 million, or 1.5% of net sales, of deferred compensation plan expenses. The deferred compensation costs were incurred by us in connection with certain employees' participation in our two deferred compensation plans that were established contemporaneously with the Mergers.

        Amortization of Intangibles.    Amortization of intangibles increased by $7.4 million to $10.3 million for fiscal year 2004 from $2.9 million for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 primarily due to the increase in the amortization of other intangible assets resulting from the recognition of a full year of amortization expense on the additional identifiable intangible assets recognized in accounting for the Mergers, which was primarily related to the increase in the amortization of order backlog, an intangible asset, of $4.3 million, which became fully amortized in fiscal year 2004, and the increase in the amortization of unpatented technology, an intangible asset, of $2.8 million.

        Merger Expenses.    These expenses represent a one-time charge that was recorded in the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 as a result of the Mergers and consisted primarily of the following (in millions):

Description

  Amount
Compensation costs recognized for stock options redeemed and rolled over in connection with the Mergers   $ 137.5
Premium paid to redeem the 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes     16.6
Write-off of debt issue costs associated with the 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes     9.5
Investment banker fees     8.2
Other fees and expenses     4.2
   
  Total merger expenses   $ 176.0
   

43


        Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased by $32.2 million, or 75.9%, to $74.7 million for fiscal year 2004 from $42.5 million for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003. This increase in interest expense was primarily caused by: (i) the issuance of approximately $200 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes in July 2003 in connection with the Mergers, resulting in additional interest expense of $21.1 million; (ii) the issuance of $400 million of 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes in July 2003 in connection with the Mergers (the then outstanding $200 million of 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes were repaid in connection with the Mergers), resulting in additional interest expense of $10.7 million; (iii) an increase in the weighted average borrowing level of TransDigm Inc.'s then existing senior credit facilities to approximately $294 million in fiscal year 2004 from approximately $205 million in the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 primarily due to the Mergers, partially offset by lower interest rates, resulting in additional interest expense of $1.5 million; and (v) other items resulting in an increase in interest expense of $0.4 million. The increase in interest expense was partially offset by a $1.5 million decrease in interest expense resulting from the February 2003 repayment of all of TransDigm Holdings' outstanding 12% Payment in Kind Notes (the "PIK Notes").

        Income Tax Provision.    Income tax provision (benefit) as a percentage of income (loss) before income taxes decreased to 33% for fiscal year 2004 from 37% for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003. The decrease in the income tax provision (benefit) as a percentage of income (loss) before taxes is primarily due to two items: (i) nondeductible merger expenses and (ii) benefits from foreign sales. During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, the Company incurred nondeductible merger expenses, which reduced the Company's income tax benefit by $4.2 million. The tax effect of these nondeductible merger expenses comprised 3.5% of the income tax provision (benefit) as a percentage of income (loss) before income taxes for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 and 0% of the income tax provision (benefit) as a percentage of income (loss) before income taxes for fiscal year 2004. The foreign sales income tax benefit for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 ($1.4 million) was approximately 1.1% of the income (loss) before income taxes, whereas the foreign sales benefit for fiscal year 2004 ($1.1 million) was approximately 5.6% of the income (loss) before income taxes for fiscal year 2004.

        Net Income (Loss).    We earned $13.6 million for fiscal year 2004 compared to a net loss of $75.7 million for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003.

Backlog

        As of December 31, 2005, we estimated our sales order backlog at $225.0 million compared to an estimated $178.2 million as of January 1, 2005. This $46.8 million increase in sales order backlog is due to an increase of sales order backlog from the acquisition of Fluid Regulators and a motor product line totaling $26.6 million, as well as an increase in orders among various products from both OEM and aftermarket customers. The majority of the purchase orders outstanding as of December 31, 2005 are scheduled for delivery within the next twelve months. Purchase orders may be subject to cancellation by the customer prior to shipment. The level of unfilled purchase orders at any given date during the year will be materially affected by the timing of our receipt of purchase orders and the speed with which those orders are filled. Accordingly, the Company's backlog as of December 31, 2005 may not necessarily represent the actual amount of shipments or sales for any future period.

Foreign Operations

        Substantially all of our operations and assets are located within the United States. We purchase certain of the components that we use in our products from foreign suppliers and a portion of our products are resold to foreign end-users. Our direct sales to foreign customers were approximately $81.5 million, $69.9 million and $87.8 million in fiscal years 2005 and 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, respectively. The decrease in foreign sales in fiscal year 2004 is primarily due to non-repeat sales in the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 that supported the

44



cockpit security retrofit of the Airbus fleet. Sales to foreign customers are subject to numerous additional risks, including the impact of foreign government regulations, political uncertainties and differences in business practices. There can be no assurance that foreign governments will not adopt regulations or take other action that would have a direct or indirect adverse impact on our business or market opportunities within such governments' countries. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the political, cultural and economic climate outside the United States will be favorable to our operations and growth strategy.

Inflation

        Many of our raw materials and operating expenses are sensitive to the effects of inflation, which could result in changing operating costs. However, the effects of inflation on our businesses during the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005, fiscal years 2005 and 2004, and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 were not significant.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Operating Activities.    We used $66.0 million of cash from operating activities during the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 compared to $28.8 million of cash generated from operating activities during the comparable period last year. The decrease of $94.8 million is primarily due to (i) additional interest payments of $65.6 million primarily relating to the payment of accrued interest of $62.7 million relating to the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes in November 2005, (ii) distributions to participants in our deferred compensation plans totaling approximately $26.0 million in November 2005 (in connection with the distributions under the deferred compensation plans, our Board of Directors approved the termination of the plans during the first quarter of fiscal 2006) and (iii) the payment in November 2005 of a one-time special bonus to certain members of management of $6.2 million.

        We generated $80.7 million of cash from operating activities during fiscal year 2005 compared to $111.1 million of cash generated from operating activities in fiscal year 2004. The decrease of $30.4 million in fiscal year 2005 is primarily due to the receipt of income tax refunds of $37.1 million during fiscal year 2004 resulting from the merger charge in the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003. During the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 we used $17.3 million of cash from operating activities. We generated $16.9 million of cash from operating activities during the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003 and used $34.2 million of cash during the predecessor period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (the closing date of the Mergers). The increase of $128.5 million in fiscal year 2004 is primarily due to approximately $88 million of cash outlays made in the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 in connection with the one-time expenses of the Mergers as well as the receipt of income tax refunds in fiscal year 2004 of $37.1 million.

        Investing Activities.    Cash used in investing activities decreased to $1.8 million during the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 compared to $31.0 million of cash used in investing activities during the thirteen week period ended January 1, 2005, primarily due to the acquisition of Skurka for $30.2 million during the thirteen week period ended January 1, 2005.

        Cash used in investing activities decreased to $20.5 million during fiscal year 2005 compared to $77.6 million of cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2004. The cash used in fiscal year 2005 was primarily for (i) the Acquisitions discussed previously of $63.2 million, offset by the sale of marketable securities (net of purchases) of $50.6 million, and (ii) capital expenditures of $8.0 million. The cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2004 was primarily for the net purchase of marketable securities of $50.7 million and the acquisition of Avionic for $21.5 million. The cash used in investing activities during the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003, totaling $469.3 million, was used in connection with the merger of TD Acquisition Corporation into TransDigm Holdings. The cash used in investing activities during the predecessor period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (the closing date of the Mergers), totaling $57.3 million, was primarily for the acquisition of the Norco business for $53.0 million.

45


        Financing Activities.    Cash used in financing activities during the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005 increased to $6.9 million compared to $2.2 million of cash used in financing activities during the thirteen week period ended January 1, 2005, primarily due to the payment of approximately $200.0 million to prepay the entire outstanding principal balance of the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes, partially offset by the proceeds from the TD Group Loan Facility, net of fees, of $193.9 million.

        We used $4.4 million of cash in financing activities during fiscal year 2005 compared to using $3.9 million of cash in financing activities during fiscal year 2004, primarily for the repayment of term loans and a license agreement. We generated $471.3 million of cash from financing activities during the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003 from the proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $271.3 million and the proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes of $200.0 million, which proceeds were used to partially finance the Mergers. The cash generated from financing activities of $82.5 million during the predecessor period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (the closing date of the Mergers) resulted from: (i) $90.5 million of borrowings and equity contributions associated with the Mergers that were obtained to finance the cash portion of the expenses of the Mergers that are reflected in our consolidated statement of cash flows as an operating activity and were not paid from existing cash balances and (ii) $24.8 million obtained to finance the Norco acquisition. The cash generated from financing activities during this period was partially offset by the cash used in the repayment of the PIK Notes of $32.8 million and other expenditures.

Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes

        In connection with the Mergers, TD Group issued the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $200 million. The Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes were unsecured and were not guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including TransDigm Inc. The Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes were scheduled to mature in July 2008. The principal amount of the indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes was not amortized and, therefore, the entire balance thereof was payable upon maturity in July 2008, subject to certain required prepayment events. The Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes accrued interest at a rate per annum equal to 12%, compounded semi-annually, with all interest being payable upon maturity or the earlier repayment of the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes. As described above, on November 10, 2005, TD Group elected to optionally prepay the entire outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes. The total amount paid to the holders of the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes in full satisfaction of TD Group's obligations thereunder was approximately $262.7 million.

Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility

        In connection with the Mergers, all of TransDigm Inc.'s borrowings (term loans) under its previous senior secured credit facility were repaid and a new senior secured credit facility was obtained. On April 1, 2004, TransDigm Inc.'s senior secured credit facility was amended and restated to refinance approximately $294 million of term loans then outstanding. The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility totals $394 million, which consists of (1) a $100 million revolving credit line (including a letter of credit sub-facility of $15 million) maturing in July 2009 and (2) a $294 million term loan facility maturing in July 2010. At December 31, 2005, TransDigm Inc. had a $0.85 million letter of credit outstanding and $99.15 million of borrowings available under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility. The obligations of TransDigm Inc. under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings and all of TransDigm Inc.'s domestic subsidiaries, and are secured with substantially all of the assets of TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries.

46



TD Group has not guaranteed and is not otherwise obligated with respect to the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility.

        The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility requires scheduled quarterly payments of principal on the term loans in aggregate annual principal amounts equal to 1% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans during the life of the loans, with the balance payable at final maturity. Subject to exceptions, the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility also requires mandatory prepayments of term loans based on certain percentages of excess cash flows, as defined, commencing 95 days after the end of fiscal year 2006, net cash proceeds from asset sales or from the issuance of certain debt securities.

        In addition, TransDigm Inc. has the right to request (but no lender is committed to provide) additional term loans under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including being in compliance with the financial covenants in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to any such incremental term loan borrowing.

        The interest rates per annum applicable to loans other than swingline loans (i.e., a short-term line of credit that is provided as part of the revolving credit facility by the administrative agent, which can be converted at any time by the administrative agent into revolving credit loans under the revolving credit facility) under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility are, at TransDigm Inc.'s option, equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted LIBO rate for one, two, three or six-month interest periods chosen by TransDigm Inc., in each case, plus an applicable margin percentage. The alternate base rate will be the greater of (1) Credit Suisse First Boston's prime rate or (2) 50 basis points over the weighted average of rates on overnight Federal funds as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The adjusted LIBO rate will be determined by reference to settlement rates established for deposits in dollars in the London interbank market for a period equal to the interest period of the loan as adjusted for the maximum reserve percentages established by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve to which the lenders under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility are subject. The applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to (1) 1.25% for alternate base rate term loans, (2) 2.25% for adjusted LIBO rate term loans and (3) in the case of alternate base rate revolving loans and adjusted LIBO rate revolving loans, a percentage ranging from 1.75% to 2.50% (in the case of alternate base rate revolving loans) and 2.75% to 3.50% (in the case of adjusted LIBO rate revolving loans), in each case depending upon the leverage ratio of TransDigm Inc. as of the relevant date of determination.

        All borrowings under the revolving loan facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties.

83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

        In connection with the Mergers, TransDigm Inc. (as successor by merger to TD Funding Corporation) issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes. Such notes do not require principal payments prior to their maturity in July 2011. The notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally and on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by TransDigm Holdings and all of TransDigm Inc.'s current and future domestic restricted subsidiaries. However, TD Group has not guaranteed and is not otherwise obligated with respect to the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes.

Funding of the Mergers and Related Transactions

        In connection with the Mergers, Warburg Pincus and certain other investors made an investment in TD Group of approximately $471.3 million, with approximately $200 million of such investment being attributable to the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes described above. TD Group contributed such

47



funds as equity to TD Acquisition Corporation (which, as described elsewhere in this prospectus, was merged into TransDigm Holdings). TD Acquisition Corporation then contributed the funds as equity to TD Funding Corporation (which, as described elsewhere in this prospectus, was merged into TransDigm Inc.), which lent a portion of such proceeds together with a portion of the proceeds it received from the issuance of the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes and from borrowings under its then effective senior secured credit facilities, to TD Acquisition Corporation. The promissory note evidencing the inter-company loan was subsequently assigned by TransDigm Inc., as successor by merger to TD Funding Corporation, to TD Finance Corporation, a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc. TD Acquisition Corporation used the proceeds of such intercompany loan to pay all amounts due to the equity holders of TransDigm Holdings under the terms of the merger agreement that totaled approximately $759.7 million. In connection with the Mergers, certain employees of the Company also rolled over options with a net value of approximately $35.7 million.

        Using a portion of the proceeds from the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes, the borrowings under its then effective senior secured credit facilities, the cash investment by Warburg Pincus and certain other co-investors and existing cash balances, TransDigm Inc. repaid or defeased all of its long-term indebtedness that was outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Mergers and paid acquisition fees and expenses of approximately $34.7 million. The repaid indebtedness included all amounts outstanding under TransDigm Inc.'s then existing credit facilities. TransDigm Inc. also completed a tender offer to repurchase its 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes. Approximately $197.8 million aggregate principal amount of the $200 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes were tendered in the tender offer. TransDigm Inc. defeased the remaining $2.2 million aggregate principal amount of 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes not tendered and accepted for payment in the tender offer and, in December 2003, redeemed such notes.

TD Group Loan Facility

        On November 10, 2005, the lenders under the TD Group Loan Facility made loans to TD Group in an aggregate principal amount of $200 million, and on such date and after giving effect to the fees and expenses paid in connection with the consummation of such transactions, TD Group received aggregate net proceeds of approximately $193.9 million. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds received from the TD Group Loan Facility together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings which is described above to (i) prepay the entire outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes, with all such payments totaling approximately $262.7 million, and (ii) make certain distributions under the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan, with the aggregate distributions that were made under such deferred compensation plans totaling approximately $26.0 million.

        The TD Group Loan Facility is unsecured and is not guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including TransDigm Inc. The TD Group Loan Facility matures in November 2011. The principal amount of the indebtedness outstanding under the TD Group Loan Facility is not amortized and, therefore, the entire balance thereof is payable upon maturity in November 2011, subject to certain required prepayments described below. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined), TD Group is required to make an offer to the lenders under the TD Group Loan Facility to prepay all loans at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. This offering will not constitute a Change of Control under the TD Group Loan Facility. In addition, in connection with certain asset sales, and subject to certain exceptions, TD Group is required to make an offer to the lenders under the TD Group Loan Facility to prepay all loans at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

48



        The interest rates per annum applicable to the loans under the TD Group Loan Facility are equal to an adjusted LIBO rate for three-month interest periods plus an applicable margin percentage. The adjusted LIBO rate is determined by reference to settlement rates established for deposits in dollars in the London interbank market for three-month periods as adjusted for the maximum reserve percentages established by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve to which TD Group's lenders are subject. Prior to the earlier to occur of an underwritten public offering of our common stock and November 10, 2006 (the earlier to occur being referred to as the "Trigger Date"), the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 5%. For any day on or after the Trigger Date and prior to the date that is one year from the Trigger Date, the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 5.5%, and for any day on or after the date that is one year from the Trigger Date, the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 6%. The closing date of this offering will constitute the Trigger Date under the TD Group Loan Facility.

Certain Restrictive Covenants in Our Debt Documents

        The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, the Indenture governing the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes and the TD Group Loan Facility contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, liens and encumbrances, and prepayments of other indebtedness. In addition, the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility requires TransDigm Inc. to meet certain financial ratios. Specifically, the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility requires compliance with a leverage ratio, a fixed charge coverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio. Leverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, as of any date, as the ratio of the total indebtedness of TransDigm Inc. on a consolidated basis on such date to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility) for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date. Fixed charge coverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility as, for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to consolidated fixed charges of TransDigm Inc. for such period. Interest coverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility as, for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to consolidated interest expense of TransDigm Inc. for such period. The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility defines Consolidated EBITDA in a manner equal to how we define EBITDA As Defined.

        Any failure to comply with the covenants contained in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility (including a failure to comply with the foregoing financial ratios), the Indenture governing the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes, the TD Group Loan Facility or any other subsequent financing agreements that we may enter into may result in an event of default. An event of default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt as well as any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, the lenders under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility may be able to terminate any commitments they had made to supply TransDigm Inc. with further funds.

49



Contractual Obligations

        The following is a summary of contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2005 (in millions):

 
  2006(1)
  2007
  2008
  2009
  2010
  2011 and
Thereafter

  Total
Principal Payments on TD Group Loan Facility   $   $   $   $   $   $ 200.0   $ 200.0
Principal Payments on Term Loan Facility     2.2     2.9     3.0     2.9     278.1         289.1
Principal Payments on 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011                         400.0     400.0
Scheduled Interest Payments(2)     61.4     71.4     71.2     71.0     66.2     28.6     369.8
Operating Leases     1.7     2.2     1.6     1.5     1.1     2.0     10.1
TD Holding Corporation 2005 New Management Deferred Compensation Plan                 6.2             6.2
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total Contractual Cash Obligations   $ 65.3   $ 76.5   $ 75.8   $ 81.6   $ 345.4   $ 630.6   $ 1,275.2
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
The contractual cash obligations are measured from January 1, 2006.

(2)
Includes scheduled interest payments in respect of the indebtedness outstanding under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, the Indenture and the TD Group Loan Facility. In addition, assumes that the variable interest rate on our borrowings under the TD Group Loan Facility and under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility remain constant at 9.3% and 6.6%, respectively, and that there are no additional borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility.

        Our primary future cash needs will consist of debt service and capital expenditures. We incur capital expenditures for the purpose of maintaining and replacing existing equipment and facilities and, from time to time, for facility expansion. Capital expenditures totaled approximately $1.8 million, $8.0 million, $5.4 million and $5.2 million during the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005, fiscal years 2005 and 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, respectively. We expect our capital expenditures in fiscal year 2006 for ordinary operating activities to be approximately $9.5 million and such expenditures are projected to increase moderately thereafter.

        We may from time to time seek to retire our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material. In addition, we may issue additional debt if prevailing market conditions are favorable to doing so and contractual restrictions permit us to do so.

        We intend to pursue acquisitions that present opportunities consistent with our business strategy. We regularly engage in discussions with respect to potential acquisitions and investments. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to consummate an agreement with respect to any future acquisition. Our acquisition strategy may require substantial capital, and no assurance can be given that we will be able to raise any necessary funds on acceptable terms or at all. If we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions, total interest expense will increase.

        Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal of, or to pay the interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness, or to fund non-acquisition related capital expenditures and research and development efforts, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject, in part, to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Based on our current levels of operations and anticipated cost savings and operating improvements and absent any disruptive events, management believes that internally generated funds and borrowings available under our revolving loan facility should provide sufficient resources to finance our operations, non-acquisition related capital expenditures, research and development efforts and long-term

50



indebtedness obligations through at least fiscal year 2006. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or at all or that future borrowings will be available to TransDigm Inc. under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. Also, to the extent we accelerate our growth plans, consummate acquisitions or have lower than anticipated sales or increases in expenses, we may also need to raise additional capital. In particular, increased working capital needs occur whenever we consummate acquisitions or experience strong incremental demand. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

New Accounting Standards

        In June 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued SFAS No. 154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—A Replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3" ("SFAS 154"). This Statement requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retroactively with all prior period financial statements presented on the basis of the new accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to do so. SFAS 154 also provides that (1) a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived nonfinancial asset be accounted for as a change in estimate (prospectively) that was effected by a change in accounting principle and (2) correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a "restatement". The new standard is effective for accounting changes and a correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. Early adoption of this standard is permitted for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after June 1, 2005. We do not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on our results of operation or financial condition.

        During December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123 (R), Share Based Payment ("SFAS 123(R)"), which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. We anticipate adopting this pronouncement effective October 1, 2006. We anticipate that the adoption of this pronouncement will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations as SFAS 123(R) will be applied to option grants issued subsequent to December 20, 2005.

        In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, "Inventory Costs" ("SFAS 151"), which requires abnormal amounts of inventory costs related to idle facility, freight handling and wasted material expense to be recognized as current period charges. Additionally, SFAS 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We believe the adoption of this pronouncement will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

        At December 31, 2005, TransDigm Inc. had borrowings under its Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility of $289.1 million that were subject to interest rate risk. Borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at TransDigm Inc.'s option, at a rate equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted LIBO rate for a one, two, three or six-month interest period chosen by TransDigm Inc., in each case, plus an applicable margin percentage. Accordingly, our cash flows and earnings will be exposed to the market risk of interest rate changes resulting from variable rate borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility. The effect of a hypothetical one percentage point increase in interest rates would increase the annual interest costs under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility by approximately $2.9 million based on the amount of outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2005. The weighted average interest rate on the $289.1 million

51



of borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility on December 31, 2005 was 6.6%.

        In addition, as described elsewhere in this prospectus, on November 10, 2005, TD Group closed on the TD Group Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2005, TD Group had borrowings under the TD Group Loan Facility of $200.0 million that was subject to interest rate risk. Borrowings under the TD Group Loan Facility bear interest at a rate equal to an adjusted LIBO rate for three-month interest periods plus an applicable margin percentage. Accordingly, our cash flows and earnings will be exposed to the market risk of interest rate changes resulting from variable rate borrowings under the TD Group Loan Facility. The effect of a hypothetical one percentage point increase in interest rates would increase the annual interest costs under the TD Group Loan Facility by approximately $2.0 million based on the amount of outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2005. The interest rate on the $200.0 million of borrowings under the TD Group Loan Facility on December 31, 2005 was 9.3%.

        Because the interest rates on borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility and the TD Group Loan Facility vary with market conditions, the amount of outstanding borrowings thereunder approximates the fair value of such indebtedness. The fair value of the $400 million aggregate principal amount of TransDigm Inc.'s 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes is exposed to the market risk of interest rate changes. The estimated fair value of such notes approximated $418 million at December 31, 2005 based upon quoted market rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

        We manufacture all of our products in the United States and sell our products in the United States, as well as in foreign countries. Substantially all of our foreign sales are transacted in U.S. dollars and, therefore, we have no material exposure to fluctuations in the rate of exchange between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. In addition, the amount of components or other raw materials or supplies that we purchase from foreign suppliers are not material, with substantially all such transactions being made in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, we have no material exposure to currency fluctuations in the rate of exchange between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar arising from these transactions.

52



BUSINESS

General

        TransDigm Inc. was formed in July 1993 in connection with the acquisition of certain companies from IMO Industries. TD Group was formed under the name TD Holding Corporation in July 2003 at the direction of Warburg Pincus to facilitate the acquisition of TransDigm Holdings. On January 19, 2006, TD Group changed its name from TD Holding Corporation to TransDigm Group Incorporated to ensure that investors recognize that TD Group is the ultimate owner of the TransDigm group of operating companies. On July 22, 2003, TD Acquisition Corporation, a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Group, was merged with and into TransDigm Holdings with TransDigm Holdings continuing as the surviving corporation. Upon the completion of that merger, TransDigm Holdings became a wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Group, and TransDigm Inc. continued to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Holdings. Over the past five years, we have made several acquisitions, including the May 2001 acquisition by Champion Aerospace Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc., of substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of the Champion Aviation Products business from Federal Mogul Ignition Company. For additional information with respect to the acquisitions we have made during the last five years, please see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

        TD Group is a holding company whose assets consist primarily of all of the capital stock of TransDigm Holdings, whose sole asset consists of all of the capital stock of TransDigm Inc. Through our subsidiaries, we believe we are a leading global designer, producer and supplier of highly engineered aircraft components for use on nearly all commercial and military aircraft in service today. Our business is well diversified due to the broad range of products we offer to our customers. Some of our more significant product offerings, substantially all of which are ultimately provided to end-users in the aerospace industry, include ignition systems and components, gear pumps, mechanical/electromechanical actuators and controls, NiCad batteries/chargers, power conditioning devices, hold-open rods and locking devices, engineered connectors, engineered latches and cockpit security devices, lavatory hardware and components, specialized AC/DC electric motors and specialized valving. Each of these product offerings consists of many individual products that are typically customized to meet the needs of a particular aircraft platform or customer.

        For fiscal year 2005, we generated net sales of $374.3 million and net income of $34.7 million. In addition, for fiscal year 2005, our EBITDA was $154.5 million, or 41.3% of net sales, our EBITDA As Defined was $164.2 million, or 43.9% of net sales, and our capital expenditures were $8.0 million, or 2.1% of net sales. For the thirteen week period ended December 31, 2005, we generated net sales of $100.1 million and net income of $9.0 million, our EBITDA was $38.6 million, or 38.6% of net sales, our EBITDA As Defined was $42.4 million, or 42.4% of net sales, and our capital expenditures were $1.8 million, or 1.8% of net sales. Please see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" for certain information regarding EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined, including a reconciliation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined to net income.

        We estimate that over 90% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005 were generated by proprietary products for which we own the design. These products are generally approved and certified by airframe manufacturers (who often certify only one manufacturer's component design for a specific application on an aircraft), government agencies and/or the FAA and similar entities or agencies. In addition, for fiscal year 2005, we estimate that we generated approximately 75% of our net sales from products for which we are the sole source provider.

        Most of our products generate significant aftermarket revenue. Once our parts are designed into and sold as original equipment on an aircraft, we generate net sales from recurring aftermarket consumption over the life of that aircraft. This installed base and our sole source provider position generate a long-term stream of aftermarket revenues over the estimated 30-year life of an individual

53



aircraft. We estimate that approximately two-thirds of our net sales in fiscal year 2005 were generated from aftermarket sales, the vast majority of which come from the commercial and military aftermarkets. These aftermarket revenues have historically produced a higher gross margin and been more stable than sales to OEMs.

        In fiscal year 2005, our top three customers accounted for approximately 30% of our net sales, and during this same period our top ten customers accounted for approximately 52% of our net sales. However, our components are ultimately used on a large, diverse installed base of aircraft and, therefore, we are not overly dependent on any single airframe produced by any of our customers or other ultimate end-users of our products. For example, we estimate that sales to support any single OEM airframe production requirement did not exceed 4.0% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005, and sales to support any single aftermarket airframe platform did not exceed 5.5% of our net sales for this same period. In the commercial aerospace sector, which generated approximately 70% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005, we sell to distributors of aftermarket components, as well as directly to commercial airlines, aircraft maintenance facilities, systems suppliers, and aircraft and engine OEMs. In addition, for fiscal year 2005, approximately 24% of our net sales were attributable to the defense aerospace sector, with approximately 11% of our overall net sales for this period being attributable to various agencies and buying organizations of the U.S. Government. Net sales to the defense sector are generated primarily through sales to the United States and foreign militaries, brokers, distributors and defense OEMs. The remaining portion of our net sales in fiscal year 2005, or approximately 6% of our net sales during this period, were derived from industries with similar niche engineered product characteristics such as the mining, military ground vehicle and power generation industries.

Industry and Market Overview

        We primarily compete in the commercial and military aerospace industry. The commercial aftermarket, where we have historically derived the majority of our net sales, has generally been more stable and has exhibited steady growth compared to the commercial OEM market which has historically exhibited cyclical swings due to changes in production rates for new aircraft. Commercial aftermarket revenue is driven primarily by revenue passenger miles and by the size and age of the worldwide aircraft fleet. The growth rates of revenue passenger miles and the size of the worldwide aircraft fleet tend to correlate. Between 1970 and 2004, RPMs grew at a CAGR of approximately 6.2%, and are expected to grow at a CAGR of approximately 5.3% between 2005 and 2010 according to The Airline Monitor. The worldwide aircraft fleet grew at a CAGR of approximately 4.8% between 1970 and 2004, and is expected to grow at approximately a 4.0% CAGR between 2005 and 2010, reflecting the anticipated increase in RPMs during this period. We anticipate that the growth of RPMs and the increase in the size of the worldwide aircraft fleet will increase the size of our installed base of aircraft for which we supply aftermarket products.

        Historically, aftermarket and OEM sales in the military sector tend to follow defense spending. Military aftermarket revenue is driven primarily by the operational tempo of the military, while military OEM revenue is driven primarily by spending on new systems and platforms. In recent years, defense spending has reached historic highs, due in part to the military engagements in Afghanistan and Iraq and the war on terrorism. The total defense spending budget can be difficult to predict. We anticipate that military related sales of our types of products will experience modest, if any, growth over the current high levels.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe our key competitive strengths include:

        Large and Growing Installed Product Base with Aftermarket Revenue Stream.    We provide components to a large and growing installed base of aircraft to which we supply aftermarket products.

54



We estimate that our products are installed on more than 40,000 commercial transport, regional transport, military and general aviation fixed wing turbine aircraft and over 15,000 rotary wing aircraft. This installed base and our sole source provider position for an estimated 75% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005 enable us to capture a long-term stream of highly profitable aftermarket revenues over the long life of an individual aircraft.

        Diversified Revenue Base.    Our diversified revenue base reduces our dependence on any particular product, platform or market segment and has been a significant factor in maintaining our financial performance. Our products are installed on almost all of the major commercial aircraft platforms now in production, including the Boeing 737, 747, 757, 767 and 777, the Airbus A300/310, A319/20/21 and A330/340, the Bombardier CRJ's and Challenger, the Embraer RJ's, the Cessna Citation family, the Raytheon Premier and Hawker and most Gulfstream airframes. Military platforms include aircraft such as the Boeing C-17, F-15 and F-18, the Lockheed Martin C-130J and F-16, the Northrop Grumman E2C (Hawkeye), the Joint Strikefighter and the Blackhawk, Chinook and Apache helicopters. We expect to continue to develop new products for military and commercial applications. For example, we expect to be certified and provide a range of components for the new Boeing 787 and Airbus A380 and A400M.

        Significant Barriers to Entry.    We compete in niche markets with significant barriers to entry. We believe that the niche nature of our markets, the industry's stringent regulatory and certification requirements, the large number of products that we sell and the investments necessary to develop and certify products create barriers to entry for potential competitors. So long as we deliver products that meet or exceed our customers' expectations and performance standards, we believe that our customers will have little incentive to certify another supplier because of the cost and time of the certification process. In addition, we believe concerns about safety and the indirect costs of flight delays if products are unavailable or undependable make our customers hesitant to switch to new suppliers.

        Strong Cash Flow Generation.    We generate strong cash flow from operations as a result of our high margins and low capital expenditure requirements. We believe that our high margins are the result of the value we provide to our customers through our engineering, service and manufacturing capabilities, our focus on proprietary and high margin aftermarket business, our ability to generate profitable new business and our ability to consistently realize productivity savings. For fiscal years 2005 and 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, our EBITDA As Defined margins were 43.9%, 46.3% and 42.4%, respectively. In addition, our low recurring capital expenditure requirements, which have historically been between approximately $5 million to $8 million per year, or approximately 2% of net sales per year, coupled with our consistent installed revenue base, provide a stable stream of cash flows. We have historically allocated our capital expenditures efficiently and we believe that our capacity is sufficient to meet our current growth initiatives. Therefore, we anticipate that our capital expenditures for ordinary course operating activities will remain relatively consistent with historic levels when measured as a percentage of net sales. Our strong cash flow provides us with the ability to reduce our indebtedness and reinvest in our business, including by acquiring new businesses and operations.

        Consistent Track Record of Financial Success and Strong Growth.    From fiscal year 1994 to fiscal year 2005, our net sales grew at a CAGR of 19.7%. In addition, during this same period our EBITDA As Defined grew at a CAGR of 29.1%. Management achieved this growth through a focus on our value-driven operating strategy and a methodical and focused acquisition strategy, each of which is described in more detail below. Management's strategy has resulted in significant margin expansion, with EBITDA As Defined margins increasing from 19.0% in fiscal year 1993 to 43.9% for fiscal year 2005. Please see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" for certain information relating to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined, including a reconciliation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined to net income.

55



        Value-Driven Management Team with a Successful Track Record.    Our operations are managed by a very experienced, value-driven management team with a proven record of growing our business organically, reducing overhead, rationalizing costs and integrating acquisitions. Our management team, many of whom have been with us since or soon after our formation in 1993, has demonstrated its ability over the last twelve years to successfully operate the business through various market cycles while consistently achieving higher revenue growth rates and improving margins. In the aggregate, our management team owns approximately 16.5% of our common stock before this offering, and will continue to own approximately 16.5% of our common stock after this offering (or 14.9% if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), in all cases on a fully diluted basis, assuming the exercise of outstanding stock options.

Business Strategy

        Our business strategy is made up of two key elements. The first element is a value-driven operating strategy focused on our three core value drivers: (1) new business development; (2) steady improvements to our cost structure; and (3) value-based pricing. The second element is a selective acquisition strategy focused on the acquisition of proprietary components businesses and related products and services. The successful execution of these two elements of our business strategy has enabled us to deliver consistent financial performance through all phases of the market cycles of the aerospace industry.

Value-Driven Operating Strategy

        Our three core value drivers are:

        Obtaining Profitable New Business.    We attempt to obtain profitable new business by using our technical expertise, unique application skill and our detailed knowledge of our customer base and the individual niche markets in which we operate. We believe that we develop reliable, high value added products that meet our customers' specific new application requirements and/or solve problems with current applications. We have regularly been successful in identifying and developing both aftermarket and OEM products to drive our growth. We work closely with OEMs, airlines and other end users to identify components that are not meeting their performance or reliability expectations. We then attempt to develop products that meet or exceed their expectations. For example, Airbus Industries selected us to design the security bolting system that has been installed on all Airbus cockpit doors to comply with FAA and European regulatory requirements adopted after the events of September 11, 2001. The system has been retrofitted on more than 2,500 Airbus aircraft. We also work closely with OEMs to develop reliable products for their new airframe designs. The content we expect to provide for the new Boeing 787, Airbus A380, Airbus A400M and Joint Strike Fighter is a current indication of the success of this strategy. Due in part to this strategy, we have been able to grow our business through all phases of the market cycles of the aerospace industry.

        Improving Our Cost Structure.    We attempt to make steady improvements to our cost structure through detailed attention to the cost of each of the products that we offer and our organizational structure, with a focus on steadily reducing the cost of each. By maintaining this detailed focus across each area of our company, we have been able to consistently improve our overall cost structure through all phases of the market cycles of the aerospace industry.

        Providing Highly Engineered Value-Added Products to Customers.    We focus on the engineering, manufacturing and marketing of a broad range of highly engineered niche products that we believe provide unique value to our customers. We seek to excel in customer service, application knowledge, quality and reliability. As a result, we have been consistently successful over many years and through all phases of the aerospace market cycles in communicating to our customers the value of our products.

56



This has generally enabled us to price our products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so.

Selective Acquisition Strategy

        We selectively pursue the acquisition of proprietary component businesses when we see an opportunity to create value through the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies. Though we primarily seek acquisitions in the aerospace industry, we also consider proprietary engineered product businesses serving other industries with similar niche characteristics. The aerospace industry, in particular, remains highly fragmented, with many of the companies in the industry being small private businesses or small non-core operations of larger businesses. We have established a dedicated acquisition effort to identify, approach and evaluate potential acquisition targets. When considering an acquisition candidate we focus, among other specific factors unique to each situation, on the following two key issues: (1) the likelihood that the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies will generate increased shareholder value; and (2) whether the acquisition candidate's product portfolio consists of proprietary engineered products or services with strong niche market positions.

        In addition, we have significant experience among our management team in executing acquisitions and integrating the acquired businesses into our company and culture. We have successfully acquired fifteen businesses and/or product lines since our formation in 1993. While each acquisition presents a unique set of factual circumstances, we generally focus our integration activities on evaluating the value potential of the products offered to the customers of the acquired business, analyzing and, at times, rationalizing the cost structures of the acquired business, and focusing on the new product and market development processes of the acquired business.

Our Products

        We primarily design, produce and supply highly-engineered proprietary aerospace components (and limited system/subsystems) with significant aftermarket content. We seek to develop highly customized products to solve specific needs for aircraft operators and manufacturers. We attempt to differentiate ourselves based on engineering, service and manufacturing capabilities. We typically choose not to compete for non-proprietary "build to print" business because it usually offers lower margins than proprietary products. We believe that our products have strong brand names within the industry and that we have a reputation for high quality, reliability and customer support.

        Our business is well diversified due to the broad range of products that we offer to our customers. Some of our more significant product offerings, substantially all of which are ultimately provided to end-users in the aerospace industry, include: (1) ignition systems and components such as igniters, exciters and spark plugs used to start and spark turbine and reciprocating aircraft engines; (2) gear pumps used primarily in lubrication and fuel applications; (3) mechanical/electromechanical actuators and controls used in numerous actuation applications; (4) NiCad batteries/chargers used to provide starting and back up power; (5) power conditioning devices used to modify and control electrical power; (6) rods and locking devices used primarily to hold open cowlings to allow access to engines for maintenance; (7) engineered connectors used in fuel, pneumatic and hydraulic applications; (8) engineered latching and locking devices used in various bin, security and other applications; (9) lavatory hardware and components; (10) specialized AC/DC electric motors and components used in various defense and commercial applications; and (11) specialized valving used in fuel, hydraulic and pneumatic applications.

57



Sales and Marketing

        Consistent with our overall strategy, our sales and marketing organization is structured to continually develop a stream of technical solutions that meets customer needs. In particular, we attempt to focus on products and programs that will lead to high-margin, repeatable sales in the aftermarket.

        We have structured our sales efforts along our major product offerings, assigning a product manager to certain products. Each product manager is expected to grow the sales and profitability of the products for which he is responsible and to achieve the targeted annual level of bookings, sales, new business and profitability for such products. The product managers are assisted by account managers and sales engineers who are responsible for covering major OEM and airline accounts. Account managers and sales engineers are expected to be familiar with the personnel, organization and needs of specific customers, to achieve total bookings and new business goals at each account, and, together with the product managers, to determine when additional resources are required at customer locations. Most of our sales personnel are compensated, in part, on their bookings and their ability to identify and obtain new business opportunities.

        Though typically performed by employees, the account manager function may be performed by independent representatives depending on the specific customer, product and geographic location. We also use a number of distributors to provide logistical support as well as primary customer contact with certain smaller accounts. Our major distributors are Aviall, Inc. and Satair A/S.

Manufacturing and Engineering

        We maintain eight principal manufacturing facilities, six of which are owned by us and two of which are leased by us. Our principal owned and leased manufacturing facilities as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:

Location

  Square Footage
Los Angeles, CA (owned)   131,000
Cleveland, OH (owned)   43,400
Painesville, OH (owned)   56,500
Waco, TX (owned)   218,800
Liberty, SC (owned)   219,000
Avenel, NJ (owned)   48,500
Fullerton, CA (leased)   100,000
Camarillo, CA (leased)   70,000

        Each manufacturing facility comprises manufacturing, distribution and engineering as well as administrative functions, including management, sales and finance. We continually strive to improve productivity and reduce costs, including rationalization of operations, developing improved control systems that allow for accurate product profit and loss accounting, investing in equipment, tooling, and information systems and implementing broad-based employee training programs. Management believes that our manufacturing systems and equipment contribute to our ability to compete by permitting us to meet the rigorous tolerances and cost sensitive price structure of aircraft component customers.

        We attempt to differentiate ourselves from our competitors by producing uniquely engineered products with high quality and timely delivery. Our engineering costs are recorded in Cost of Sales and in Selling and Administrative captions in our Statement of Operations. Total engineering expense represents approximately 8% to 9% of our manufacturing cost of sales, or approximately 4% to 5% of our net sales. Our proprietary products are designed by our engineering staff and are intended to serve the needs of the aircraft component industry, particularly through our new product initiatives. These proprietary designs must withstand the extraordinary conditions and stresses that will be endured by

58



products during use and meet the rigorous demands of our customers' tolerance and quality requirements.

        We use sophisticated equipment and procedures to attempt to ensure the quality of our products and comply with military specifications and FAA and OEM certification requirements. We perform a variety of testing procedures, including testing under different temperature, humidity and altitude levels, shock and vibration testing and X-ray fluorescent measurement. These procedures, together with other customer approved techniques for document, process and quality control, are used throughout our manufacturing facilities.

Customers

        Our customers include: (1) distributors of aerospace components; (2) worldwide commercial airlines, including national and regional airlines; (3) large commercial transport and regional and business aircraft OEMs; (4) various armed forces of the United States and friendly foreign governments; (5) defense OEMs; (6) system suppliers; and (7) various other industrial customers. For the year ended September 30, 2005, the U.S. Government through various agencies and buying organizations accounted for approximately 11% of our net sales, Aviall, Inc. (a distributor of commercial aftermarket parts to airlines throughout the world) accounted for approximately 10% of our net sales and Honeywell International Inc. accounted for approximately 9% of our net sales. Products supplied to many of our customers, including the three largest customers, are used on multiple platforms.

        Active commercial production programs include the Boeing 737, 747, 757, 767 and 777, the Airbus A300/310, A319/20/21 and A330/A340, the Bombardier CRJ's and Challenger, the Embraer RJ's, the Cessna Citation family, the Raytheon Premier and Hawker and most Gulfstream Airframes. Military platforms include aircraft such as the Boeing C-17, F-15 and F-18, the Lockheed Martin C-130J and F-16, the Northrop Grumman E2C (Hawkeye), the Joint Strikefighter and the Blackhawk, Chinook and Apache helicopters.

        We believe that we have strong customer relationships with almost all important, large commercial transport, regional, general aviation and military OEMs. The demand for our aftermarket parts and services depends on, among other things, the breadth of our installed OEM base, RPMs, the size and age of the worldwide aircraft fleet and, to a lesser extent, airline profitability. We believe that we are also a leading supplier of components used on U.S. designed military aircraft, including components that are used on a variety of fighter aircraft, military freighters and military helicopters.

Competition

        We compete with a number of established companies, including divisions of larger companies that have significantly greater financial, technological and marketing resources than we do. The niche markets within the aerospace industry that we serve are relatively fragmented and we face several competitors for many of the products and services we provide. Due to the global nature of the commercial aircraft industry, competition in these categories comes from both U.S. and foreign companies. Competitors in our product offerings range in size from divisions of large public corporations to small privately-held entities, with only one or two components in their entire product portfolio.

        We compete on the basis of engineering, manufacturing and marketing high quality products which we believe meet or exceed the performance and maintenance requirements of our customers, consistent and timely delivery, and superior customer service and support. The industry's stringent regulatory, certification and technical requirements, and the investments necessary in the development and certification of products, create barriers to entry for potential new competitors. So long as customers receive products that meet or exceed expectations and performance standards, we believe that they will

59



have a reduced incentive to certify another supplier because of the cost and time of the technical design and testing certification process. In addition, we believe that concerns about safety and flight delays if products are unavailable or undependable make our customers continue long term supplier relationships.

Government Contracts

        Companies engaged in supplying defense-related equipment and services to U.S. Government agencies are subject to business risks specific to the defense industry. These risks include the ability of the U.S. Government to unilaterally: (1) suspend us from receiving new contracts pending resolution of alleged violations of procurement laws or regulations; (2) terminate existing contracts; (3) reduce the value of existing contracts; (4) audit our contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs; and (5) control and potentially prohibit the export of our products.

        Most of our U.S. Government contracts can be terminated by the U.S. Government either for its convenience or if we default by failing to perform under the contract. Termination for convenience provisions provide only for our recovery of costs incurred or committed, settlement expenses and profit on the work completed prior to termination. Termination for default provisions provide for the contractor to be liable for excess costs incurred by the U.S. Government in procuring undelivered items from another source.

        As described elsewhere in this prospectus, five of our divisions and subsidiaries have been subject to a DOD Office of Inspector General review of our records for the purpose of determining whether the DOD's various buying offices negotiated "fair and reasonable" prices for spare parts purchased from those five divisions and subsidiaries in fiscal years 2002 through 2004. For additional information regarding the details and status of the pricing review, please refer to "Risk Factors—Certain of our divisions and subsidiaries have been subject to a pricing review by the DOD Office of Inspector General" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments."

Governmental Regulation

        The commercial aircraft component industry is highly regulated by both the FAA in the United States and by the Joint Aviation Authorities in Europe and other agencies throughout the world, while the military aircraft component industry is governed by military quality specifications. We, and the components we manufacture, are required to be certified by one or more of these entities or agencies, and, in some cases, by individual OEMs, in order to engineer and service parts and components used in specific aircraft models.

        We must also satisfy the requirements of our customers, including OEMs and airlines that are subject to FAA regulations, and provide these customers with products and services that comply with the government regulations applicable to commercial flight operations. In addition, the FAA requires that various maintenance routines be performed on aircraft components, and we believe that we currently satisfy or exceed these maintenance standards in our repair and overhaul services. We also maintain several FAA approved repair stations.

        In addition, sales of many of our products that will be used on aircraft owned by non-U.S. entities are subject to compliance with U.S. export control laws.

        Our operations are also subject to a variety of worker and community safety laws. The Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, mandates general requirements for safe workplaces for all employees. In addition, OSHA provides special procedures and measures for the handling of certain hazardous and toxic substances. Management believes that our operations are in material compliance with OSHA's health and safety requirements.

60



Raw Materials and Patents

        We require the use of various raw materials, including titanium, aluminum, nickel powder, nickel screen, stainless steel, iridium and cadmium, in our manufacturing processes. We also purchase a variety of manufactured component parts from various suppliers. At times, we concentrate our orders among a few suppliers in order to strengthen our supplier relationships. Raw materials and component parts are generally available from multiple suppliers at competitive prices.

        We have various trade secrets, proprietary information, trademarks, trade names, patents, copyrights and other intellectual property rights, which we believe, in the aggregate but not individually, are important to our business.

Backlog

        As of December 31, 2005, we estimated our sales order backlog at $225.0 million compared to an estimated $178.2 million of sales order backlog as of January 1, 2005. This $46.8 million increase in sales order backlog is due to an increase of sales and order backlog from the acquisition of Fluid Regulators and a motor product line totaling $26.6 million, as well as an increase in orders among various products from both OEM and aftermarket customers. The majority of the purchase orders outstanding as of December 31, 2005 are scheduled for delivery within the next 12 months. Purchase orders may be subject to cancellation by the customer prior to shipment. The level of unfilled purchase orders at any given date during the year will be materially affected by the timing of our receipt of purchase orders and the speed with which those orders are filled. Accordingly, our backlog as of December 31, 2005 may not necessarily represent the actual amount of shipments or sales for any future period.

Foreign Operations

        Substantially all of our operations and assets are located within the United States. We purchase certain of the components that we use in our products from foreign suppliers and a portion of our products are resold to foreign end-users. Our direct sales to foreign customers were approximately $81.5 million, $69.9 million and $87.8 million for fiscal years 2005 and 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, respectively. Sales to foreign customers are subject to numerous additional risks, including the impact of foreign government regulations, political uncertainties and differences in business practices. There can be no assurance that foreign governments will not adopt regulations or take other action that would have a direct or indirect adverse impact on the business or market opportunities of the Company within such governments' countries. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the political, cultural and economic climate outside the United States will be favorable to our operations and growth strategy.

Environmental Matters

        Our operations and facilities are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations governing, among other matters, the emission, discharge, generation, management, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials, wastes and pollutants, the investigation and remediation of contaminated sites, and permits required in connection with our operations. Although management believes that our operations and facilities are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws, management cannot provide assurance that future changes in such laws, or the regulations or requirements thereunder, or in the nature of our operations will not require us to make significant additional expenditures to ensure compliance in the future. Further, we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and sanctions, and third party property damage or personal injury claims as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws, relevant common law, or the environmental permits required for our operations.

61



        Under some environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of a contaminated site may be held liable for the entire cost of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous materials at such property, whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous materials. Persons who arrange for disposal or treatment of hazardous materials also may be liable for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of those substances at a disposal or treatment site, regardless of whether the affected site is owned or operated by them. Because we own and/or operate a number of facilities that have a history of industrial or commercial use and because we arrange for the disposal of hazardous materials at many disposal sites, we may and do incur costs for investigation, removal and remediation. Contaminants have been detected at some of our present and former sites, principally in connection with historical operations, and investigations and/or clean-ups have been undertaken by us or by former owners of the sites. We receive inquiries and notices of potential liability with respect to offsite disposal facilities from time to time. Although we have not incurred any material investigation or cleanup costs to date and investigation and cleanup costs are not expected to be material in the future, the discovery of additional contaminants or the imposition of additional cleanup obligations at these or other sites, or the failure of any other potentially liable party to meet its obligations, could result in significant liability for us.

Employees

        As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately 1,300 employees. Approximately 9% of our employees were represented by the United Steelworkers Union, approximately 4% were represented by the United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America and approximately 5% were represented by the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. Collective bargaining agreements between us and these labor unions expire in April 2008, November 2008 and May 2006, respectively. We consider our relationship with our employees generally to be satisfactory.

Our Principal Stockholder

        Through its control of TD Group, LLC, Warburg Pincus will control us. Following the completion of this offering, Warburg Pincus may be deemed to beneficially own approximately 72.2% of our common stock, or 69.3% if the underwriters' over-allotment option is fully exercised.

Legal Proceedings

        We are from time to time subject to, and are presently involved in, litigation or other legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course of business. Based upon information currently known to us, we believe the outcome of such proceedings will not have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, our financial condition or results of operations.

62



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and our current directors, all of whom have agreed to continue to serve as members of our Board of Directors following the closing of this offering:

Name

  Age
  Position

W. Nicholas Howley

 

53

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of TD Group, TransDigm Holdings and TransDigm Inc.

Robert S. Henderson

 

49

 

Executive Vice President of TD Group, TransDigm Holdings and TransDigm Inc., and President, AdelWiggins Group, an operating division of TransDigm Inc.

Raymond F. Laubenthal

 

44

 

President and Chief Operating Officer of TD Group, TransDigm Holdings and TransDigm Inc.

John F. Leary

 

59

 

President, Adams Rite Aerospace, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc.

W. Todd Littleton

 

42

 

President, Champion Aerospace Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc.

James Riley

 

39

 

President, AeroControlex Group, an operating division of TransDigm Inc.

Albert J. Rodriguez

 

45

 

Executive Vice President of TD Group, TransDigm Holdings and TransDigm Inc., and President, MarathonNorco Aerospace, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc.

Gregory Rufus

 

49

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of TD Group, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TransDigm Holdings and TransDigm Inc.

Howard A. Skurka

 

55

 

President, Skurka Aerospace Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc.

David A. Barr

 

42

 

Director

Michael Graff

 

54

 

Director

Kevin Kruse

 

35

 

Director

Kewsong Lee

 

40

 

Director

Douglas W. Peacock

 

68

 

Director

        TD Group historically had no employees and the officers of TD Group were the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of TransDigm Holdings and TransDigm Inc. In December 2005, in contemplation of this offering, certain officers of our subsidiaries were appointed as officers of TD Group, as set forth below.

        Mr. Howley has been a director of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings since December 1998, and was named Chairman of the Board of Directors of TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on July 23, 2003, in connection with the closing of the Mergers. Mr. Howley served as

63



President of TD Group from July 2003 until December 2005, and was named Chief Executive Officer of TD Group in December 2005. Mr. Howley served as Chief Executive Officer of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings since December 2001, served as Chief Operating Officer of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings from December 1998 through December 2001 and served as President of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings from December 1998 through September 2005. Mr. Howley served as Executive Vice President of TransDigm Inc. and President of the AeroControlex Group, an operating division of TransDigm Inc., from TransDigm Inc.'s inception in September 1993 until December 1998.

        Mr. Henderson was appointed Executive Vice President of TD Group in December 2005, Executive Vice President of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on October 1, 2005 and has been President of the AdelWiggins Group, an operating division of TransDigm Inc., since August 1999. From March 1998 until August 1999, he served as President of Marathon Power Technologies Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc. now known as MarathonNorco Aerospace Inc. From November 1994 until March 1998, he served as Manager of Operations for the AdelWiggins Group.

        Mr. Laubenthal was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer of TD Group in December 2005, President and Chief Operating Officer of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on October 1, 2005 and was President of the AeroControlex Group, an operating division of TransDigm Inc., from November 1998 through September 2005. From December 1996 until November 1998, Mr. Laubenthal served as Director of Manufacturing and Engineering for the AeroControlex Group. From October 1993 until December 1996, Mr. Laubenthal served as Director of Manufacturing for the AeroControlex Group. Prior to joining the AeroControlex Group, Mr. Laubenthal had extensive experience in manufacturing and engineering at Parker Hannifin, a manufacturer, and Textron, a multi-industry company serving the general aviation, aerospace, defense, industrial and commercial finance markets.

        Mr. Leary has been President of Adams Rite Aerospace, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc., since June 1999. From 1995 to June 1999, Mr. Leary was a General Operations Manager with Furon Company, a manufacturer. From 1991 to 1995, Mr. Leary served as the Plant Manager of the Chromalox Division of Emerson Electric, a manufacturer.

        Mr. Littleton has been President of Champion Aerospace Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc., since March 2002. From July 2001 until March 2002, he served as Director of Operations, Engineering for Champion Aerospace Inc. From 1989 until July 2001, he served as Director of Manufacturing for Anti-Lock Brakes and Fuel Systems Products of Robert Bosch Corp., a manufacturer.

        Mr. Riley has been President of the AeroControlex Group, an operating division of TransDigm Inc., since October 1, 2005. From October 2003 through September 2005, he served as Director of Mergers & Acquisitions for TransDigm Inc. From February 1994 through September 2003, Mr. Riley served the AeroControlex Group in various manufacturing, sales and management positions.

        Mr. Rodriguez was appointed Executive Vice President of TD Group in December 2005, Executive Vice President of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on October 1, 2005 and has been President of MarathonNorco Aerospace, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc., since September 1999. From January 1998 until September 1999, Mr. Rodriguez served as Director of Commercial Operations for the AeroControlex Group, an operating division of TransDigm Inc. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Rodriguez served as Director of Sales and Marketing for the AeroControlex Group.

        Mr. Rufus served as Vice President of TD Group from July 2003 until December 2005, and was named Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of TD Group in December 2005. Mr. Rufus was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on October 1, 2005 and had been Vice President and Chief

64



Financial Officer of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings since August 2000. Prior to joining TransDigm Inc., Mr. Rufus spent 19 years at Emerson Electric, a manufacturer, during which time he held divisional vice president responsibilities at Ridge Tool, Liebert Corp., and Harris Calorific, all part of the Emerson Electric organization. Prior to joining Emerson Electric, Mr. Rufus spent four years with Ernst & Young LLP.

        Mr. Skurka has been President of Skurka Aerospace Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc., since December 2004. From October 2000 until December 2004, he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Skurka Engineering Company, a manufacturer. From July 1990 until October 2000, Mr. Skurka served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Skurka Engineering Company.

        Mr. Barr was named a director of TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on July 23, 2003, in connection with the closing of the Mergers. Mr. Barr has served as a member and managing director of Warburg Pincus LLC and a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. since January 2001. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus LLC, Mr. Barr served as a managing director at Butler Capital, an investment company, where he focused on industrial leveraged buyout transactions for more than ten years. Mr. Barr is a director of Eagle Family Foods, Inc., a manufacturer, Polypore Inc., a manufacturer, The Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., a retailer, and Wellman, Inc., a manufacturer.

        Mr. Graff was named a director of TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on July 23, 2003, in connection with the closing of the Mergers. Mr. Graff has served as a member and managing director of Warburg Pincus LLC and a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. since October 2003. Mr. Graff served as an advisor to Warburg Pincus LLC from July 2002 until October 2003. Prior to working with Warburg Pincus LLC, Mr. Graff spent six years with Bombardier, a manufacturer, serving as President of Business Aircraft and later as President and Chief Operating Officer of Bombardier Aerospace Group. Prior to joining Bombardier, Mr. Graff spent 15 years with McKinsey & Company, Inc., a management consulting firm, as a partner in the New York, London, and Pittsburgh offices serving a number of aerospace suppliers and OEMs, as well as major airlines. Mr. Graff is a director of Polypore Inc., a manufacturer, and CAMP Systems, a provider of aviation management products.

        Mr. Kruse was named a director of TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on July 23, 2003, in connection with the closing of the Mergers. Mr. Kruse was named a member and managing director of Warburg Pincus LLC and a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. in January 2005. From January 2003 until January 2005, Mr. Kruse served as Vice President of Warburg Pincus LLC and has been employed by Warburg Pincus LLC since February 2002. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus LLC, Mr. Kruse was employed by AEA Investors Inc., an investment company, where he focused on private equity opportunities in industrial and consumer products companies. Before that, he was employed by Bain & Co., a management consulting firm. Mr. Kruse is a director of Knoll, Inc., Polypore Inc. and Wellman, Inc., each of which is a manufacturer.

        Mr. Lee was named a director of TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings on July 23, 2003, in connection with the closing of the Mergers. Mr. Lee has served as a member and managing director of Warburg Pincus LLC and a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. since January 1997. He has been employed at Warburg Pincus since 1992. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus LLC, Mr. Lee served as a consultant at McKinsey & Company, Inc., a management consulting firm, from 1990 to 1992. Mr. Lee is a director of Arch Capital Group, Ltd., a provider of insurance and reinsurance, Knoll, Inc., a manufacturer, and The Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., a retailer.

        Mr. Peacock was named a director of TD Group on July 23, 2003, in connection with the closing of the Mergers. Mr. Peacock has been a director of TransDigm Inc. since September 1993 and of TransDigm Holdings since 1999. He served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of TransDigm Inc. since its inception in September 1993 until July 2003 and Chairman of the Board of Directors of

65



TransDigm Holdings since 1999 until July 2003. Prior to December 2001, Mr. Peacock also served as Chief Executive Officer of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings.

Board of Directors, Committees and Executive Officers

Term of Directors and Composition of Board of Directors

        Immediately prior to this offering, our Board of Directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors of the same or nearly the same number. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon election and qualification of successor directors at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held during the years 2006 for the Class I directors, 2007 for the Class II directors and 2008 for the Class III directors.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our Board of Directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our Board of Directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

        In addition, under the terms of our stockholders' agreement, for so long as Warburg Pincus and its affiliates beneficially own at least 25% of our outstanding shares of common stock, we are required to nominate and use our best efforts to have elected to our Board of Directors that number of individuals that are designated by Warburg Pincus that is equal to the greater of (i) three and (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to the number of members of our Board of Directors multiplied by the percentage of the outstanding shares of our common stock that Warburg Pincus and its affiliates beneficially own as of the date of nomination of directors to our Board of Directors (the "Warburg Percentage"). In addition, under the terms of our stockholders' agreement, for so long as Warburg Pincus and its affiliates beneficially own at least ten percent but less than 25% of our outstanding shares of common stock, we are required to nominate and use our best efforts to have elected to our Board of Directors that number of individuals that are designated by Warburg Pincus that is equal to the greater of (i) two and (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to the number of members of our Board of Directors multiplied by the Warburg Percentage as of the date of nomination of directors to our Board of Directors. Finally, under the terms of our stockholders' agreement, for so long as Warburg Pincus and its affiliates beneficially own at least five percent but less than ten percent of our outstanding shares of common stock, we are required to nominate and use our best efforts to have elected to our Board of Directors that number of individuals that are designated by Warburg Pincus that is equal to the greater of (i) one and (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to the number of members of our Board of Directors multiplied by the Warburg Percentage as of the date of nomination of directors to our Board of Directors.

        We are also party to an employment agreement with W. Nicholas Howley, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which we have agreed to propose Mr. Howley for re-election to the Board of Directors. Under the terms of this agreement, Warburg Pincus has agreed to vote all of the shares it controls in favor of Mr. Howley's re-election.

66



        Because TD Group, LLC will own more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are considered to be a "controlled company" for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of the NYSE listing requirements that would otherwise require our Board of Directors to be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Term of Executive Officers

        Each officer serves at the discretion of the Board of Directors and holds office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Director Compensation

        Following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay our non-employee directors an annual retainer fee of $30,000, with such fee being paid, at the option of each director, either in cash or shares of our common stock, and each such director will also receive a $10,000 annual stock grant in the form of stock options or restricted stock, which shall vest evenly over a three-year period from the date of grant. Each non-employee member of our Board of Directors will also be paid a fee of $2,500 for each meeting of our Board of Directors attended, and a fee of $1,000 for each meeting of any committee of our Board of Directors attended. The chairman of the audit committee of our Board of Directors will be paid an annual fee of $15,000, and the chairman of each of the other committees of our Board of Directors will be paid an annual fee of $5,000. Other than non-employee directors, we do not intend to compensate directors for serving on our Board of Directors or any of its committees. We do, however, intend to reimburse each member of our Board of Directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees.

Board Committees

        As of the closing of this offering, our Board of Directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has or will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

        Audit Committee.    Our audit committee oversees a broad range of issues surrounding our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements. Our audit committee (i) assists our Board of Directors in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent auditor's qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors, (ii) assumes direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of any independent registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of performing any audit, review or attest services and for dealing directly with any such accounting firm, (iii) provides a medium for consideration of matters relating to any audit issues and (iv) prepares the audit committee report that the SEC rules require be included in our annual proxy statement or annual report on Form 10-K. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of our audit committee will be Messrs. Kruse, Barr and Peacock. Mr. Kruse will serve as Chairman of the audit committee and the composition of our audit committee will comply with all applicable NYSE rules, including the requirement that at least one member of the audit committee have accounting or related financial management expertise. Mr. Peacock is independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the rules of the NYSE, although neither Mr. Kruse nor Mr. Barr is so independent.

        In accordance with NYSE rules, we plan to appoint a second independent director to our Board of Directors within 90 days after the consummation of this offering, who will replace Mr. Barr as a

67



member of the audit committee and to appoint another independent member to our Board of Directors within 12 months after the consummation of this offering who will replace Mr. Kruse as a member of the audit committee so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and applicable NYSE rules.

        Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

        Compensation Committee.    Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees, including reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers, evaluating the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and setting compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee reviews and evaluates, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Messrs. Barr, Kruse and Lee, none of whom are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE. Our compensation committee has sole discretion concerning administration of our stock option plans including selection of individuals to receive awards, types of awards, the terms and conditions of the awards and the time at which awards will be granted. Because TD Group, LLC will own more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are considered to be a "controlled company" for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of the NYSE listing requirements that would otherwise require our compensation committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors.

        Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

        Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.    Upon the closing of this offering, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee consisting of Messrs. Graff, Barr and Lee, none of whom are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE. The nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee and assist our Board of Directors in identifying, reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors; evaluate our Board of Directors and our management; develop, review and recommend corporate governance guidelines and a corporate code of business conduct and ethics; and generally advise our Board of Directors on corporate governance and related matters. Because TD Group, LLC will own more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are considered to be a "controlled company" for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of the NYSE listing requirements that would otherwise require our nominating and corporate governance committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors.

        Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

        Our Board of Directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers serve as members of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our Board of Directors or compensation committee.

68


Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid or accrued by us for services rendered during fiscal years 2005 and 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 to our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most highly paid executive officers, who we refer to herein collectively as the named executive officers:


Summary Compensation Table

 
   
  Annual Compensation
   
  Long-Term
Compensation
Awards

   
 
Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year

  Salary
  Bonus
  Other Annual
Compensation(1)

  Securities
Underlying
Options(2)

  All Other
Compensation

 

W. Nicholas Howley
Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

2005
2004
2003

 

$


410,000
375,500
364,391

 

$


300,000
250,000
200,000

 

$


137,824
121,607
79,188

(3)
(3)
(3)

78,166

3,172,866

 

$


13,860
13,680
13,560

(4)


Robert S. Henderson
Executive Vice President of TD Group and President
of AdelWiggins

 

2005
2004
2003

 

$


186,625
179,500
173,375

 

$


80,000
70,000
65,000

 

 




 

13,240

483,596

 

$


13,538
12,240
11,760

(5)


Raymond F. Laubenthal
President and Chief Operating Officer

 

2005
2004
2003

 

$


178,250
169,500
162,000

 

$


90,000
80,000
75,000

 

 




 

15,858

544,978

 

$


13,448
11,760
11,147

(6)


Gregory Rufus
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

2005
2004
2003

 

$


207,500
200,000
167,083

 

$


80,000
75,000
420,000



(7)

 




 

7,031

339,927

 

$


13,860
13,380
11,147

(8)


Howard A. Skurka
President of Skurka Aerospace Inc.

 

2005
2004
2003

 

$


123,750


(9)


$


200,000


(10)


 




 

89,760


 

$


832


(11)


(1)
Does not include perquisites and other personal benefits because the value of these items did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of reported salary and bonus of any of the listed executives, other than Mr. Howley.

(2)
The number of shares of common stock underlying options gives effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering.

(3)
Amounts shown for Mr. Howley include the incremental cost to us relating to personal use by Mr. Howley of the corporate aircraft for fiscal years 2005 and 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, in the amounts of $86,094, $69,371 and $34,883, respectively. We own and operate our own aircraft to facilitate business travel of senior executives in as safe a manner as possible and with the best use of their time. Incremental cost is calculated based on variable operating costs, which for fiscal years 2005 and 2004 and the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003 includes the following: repairs and maintenance, fuel, general aircraft expense, hanger fees, and travel expenses for the flight crew. Fixed costs, such as flight crew salaries, aircraft insurance, training, and depreciation are not included in the calculation of incremental cost since these expenses are incurred by us regardless of the personal use of the corporate aircraft by the executives.

(4)
Includes $12,600 in contributions by us to a plan established under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "401(k) plan") and $1,260 in Company-paid life insurance.

(5)
Includes $12,278 in contributions by us to the 401(k) plan and $1,260 in Company-paid life insurance.

(6)
Includes $12,188 in contributions by us to the 401(k) plan and $1,260 in Company-paid life insurance.

(7)
Includes a special bonus of $350,000 paid upon consummation of the Mergers.

(8)
Includes $12,600 in contributions by us to the 401(k) plan and $1,260 in Company-paid life insurance.

69


(9)
Mr. Skurka's employment commenced on December 31, 2004. Accordingly, the salary provided above reflects the salary paid to Mr. Skurka from the date of the commencement of his employment through September 30, 2005. Under the terms of his retention agreement, Mr. Skurka is entitled to receive an annual base salary of no less than $165,000.

(10)
Includes a bonus of $150,000 paid pursuant to Mr. Skurka's retention agreement as consideration for services rendered in causing Skurka to achieve certain specified performance goals.

(11)
Includes $832 in Company-paid life insurance.

Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year

        The following table sets forth summary information concerning individual grants of stock options to each of the named executive officers during fiscal year 2005.

 
   
  Individual Grants
   
   
   
   
 
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted (#)(1)

  Percentage of
Total Options
Granted to
Employees in
Fiscal Year

   
   
  Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed Annual Rates of Stock Price Appreciation for Option Term

Name

  Exercise
Price
($/Share)(1)

  Expiration
Date

  5%($)
  10%($)

W. Nicholas Howley
Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

72,332
5,834

(2)
(2)

15.6
1.3

%

$

13.37
13.37

 

1/1/2010
8/5/2013

 

$

223,386
36,432

 

$

484,895
86,958

Robert S. Henderson
Executive Vice President
of TD Group and
President of AdelWiggins

 

12,492
748

(2)
(2)

2.7
0.2

 

 

13.37
13.37

 

1/1/2010
8/5/2013

 

 

38,579
4,671

 

 

83,741
11,148

Raymond F. Laubenthal
President and Chief
Operating Officer

 

15,110
748

(2)
(2)

3.3
0.2

 

 

13.37
13.37

 

1/1/2010
8/5/2013

 

 

46,664
4,671

 

 

101,291
11,148

Gregory Rufus
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

6,283
748

(2)
(2)

1.4
0.2

 

 

13.37
13.37

 

7/19/2012
8/5/2013

 

 

27,527
4,671

 

 

76,803
11,148

Howard Skurka
President of Skurka
Aerospace Inc.

 

71,808
17,952

(3)
(4)

15.5
3.9

 

 

8.52
8.52

 

12/31/2014
12/31/2014

 

 

384,760
96,190

 

 

975,058
243,765

(1)
The number of shares of common stock (and the per share exercise price in respect thereof) underlying options gives effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering.

(2)
Options were immediately vested.

(3)
Options are subject to vesting based upon achievement of performance hurdles.

(4)
Options are subject to vesting over three years.

70


Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

        The following table sets forth the number and value of unexercised options held by each named executive officer as of September 30, 2005. Because there was no public trading market for our common stock as of September 30, 2005, the value of unexercised in-the-money options at year-end has been calculated using the assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, the midpoint of the range of estimated initial public offering prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, minus the applicable per share exercise price.

Name

  Shares
Acquired on
Exercise

  Value
Realized

  Number of Shares
Underlying
Unexercised Options at
Fiscal Year-End(1)

  Value of Unexercised In-
the-Money Options at
Fiscal Year-End


W. Nicholas Howley
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 


 


 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

1,779,859
957,440

(2)

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

$

30,377,821 13,706,240

Robert S. Henderson
Executive Vice President of TD Group and President of AdelWiggins

 


 


 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

356,809
140,026

 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

 

6,275,998 2,004,538

Raymond F. Laubenthal
President and Chief Operating Officer

 


 


 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

367,434
140,026

 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

 

6,438,879 2,004,538

Gregory Rufus
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 


 


 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

222,491
124,467

 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

 

3,670,203 1,781,811

Howard Skurka
President of Skurka Aerospace Inc.

 


 


 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

17,952
71,808

 

Exercisable
Unexercisable

 

 

223,992 895,968

(1)
The number of shares of common stock underlying options gives effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering.

(2)
Includes options held by Bratenahl Investments, Ltd. Due to Mr. Howley's ownership interest in Bratenahl Investments, Ltd., Mr. Howley may be deemed to be the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of options beneficially owned by Bratenahl Investment, Ltd. Mr. Howley disclaims beneficial ownership of all options owned by Bratenahl Investments, Ltd. and reported herein as beneficially owned.

71


Employment Related Agreements

Employment Agreement with W. Nicholas Howley, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

        In connection with the closing of the Mergers, on June 6, 2003, W. Nicholas Howley entered into an employment agreement with TransDigm Holdings to serve as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of each of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings. Effective as of October 1, 2005, Mr. Howley ceased serving as the President of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings, but continues to serve as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of each of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings. In addition, Mr. Howley served as the President of TD Group since July 2003 (relinquishing that title in December 2005), and in December 2005, was named Chief Executive Officer of TD Group.

        On February 24, 2006, we entered into an amendment to Mr. Howley's employment agreement. The amendment provides for, among other things, the use by Mr. Howley of our corporate aircraft and certain modifications to the indemnification provisions contained in his employment agreement, all as more fully described below.

        Unless earlier terminated by us or Mr. Howley, the initial term of Mr. Howley's employment agreement expires on July 22, 2008. However, unless we or Mr. Howley elect not to renew the initial term, upon the expiration of the initial term, Mr. Howley's employment agreement will automatically be extended for an additional two-year period. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Howley is entitled to receive an annual base salary of no less than $380,000, which annual base salary is subject to annual review. As of September 30, 2005, Mr. Howley's annual base salary was $410,000. In addition, under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Howley is entitled to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus and to participate in our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, our stock option plans and the other employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements that we may maintain from time to time for our senior officers. The Board of Directors (or a committee thereof), in consultation with senior management, determines the amount of each employee's annual cash bonus on a case by case basis. However, determinations regarding the amount of an individual employee's annual cash bonus are based on the satisfaction of Company and individual performance criteria established by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof). Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Howley is also entitled to certain perquisites, including an annual automobile allowance, the payment by us of certain membership fees in respect of one country club of Mr. Howley's choice, the payment by us of certain reasonable expenses incurred by Mr. Howley in planning and preparing his tax returns and managing his financial affairs, provided that such reasonable expenses do not exceed $28,500 per year and the use of our corporate aircraft for personal purposes up to fourteen times per year.

        Mr. Howley's employment agreement provides that if he is terminated for any reason, he will be entitled to payment of any accrued but unpaid base salary through the termination date, any unreimbursed expenses, an amount for accrued but unused sick and vacation days, and benefits owing to him under the benefit plans and programs sponsored by us. In addition, if Mr. Howley's employment is terminated without cause, if he terminates his employment for certain enumerated good reasons, including upon the occurrence of a change in control, or in the event of his termination due to his death or disability, we will, in addition to the amounts described in the preceding sentence, for a period of eighteen months, (i) continue, in accordance with our regular payroll practices, Mr. Howley's salary and pay the cash bonus he would have been entitled to receive had he continued his employment, (ii) continue to provide Mr. Howley with certain perquisites he was receiving immediately prior to his termination and (iii) continue his (and his then eligible dependents) participation under the medical benefit plans sponsored by us. Under Mr. Howley's employment agreement, the term "change of control" is generally defined as a change in ownership or control of TD Group effected through a transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of common stock to the general public)

72


whereby any person or related group of persons (other than, among others, Warburg Pincus or its affiliates, including TD Group, LLC) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of securities of TD Group possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of TD Group's securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition. This offering will not constitute a change in control or otherwise trigger any payments to Mr. Howley under the terms of his employment agreement.

        During the term of Mr. Howley's employment and following any termination of his employment, for a period of 18 months in the case of a termination without cause or for enumerated good reasons, or twenty-four months in the event of his voluntary termination without enumerated good reasons or termination for cause, Mr. Howley will be prohibited from engaging in any business that competes with any business of TD Group or any entity owned by TD Group. In addition, during the term of his employment and for the two-year period following the termination of Mr. Howley's employment for any reason, he will be prohibited from soliciting or inducing any person who is or was employed by, or providing consulting services to, us during the twelve-month period prior to the date of the termination of his employment, to terminate such person's employment or consulting relationship with us. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Howley is also subject to certain confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations, and we have agreed, among other things, to indemnify him to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being or having been a director, officer or employee of ours or his serving or having served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at our request.

        Pursuant to Mr. Howley's employment agreement, we have agreed to propose Mr. Howley for re-election to the Board of Directors. Under the terms of Mr. Howley's employment agreement, Warburg Pincus has agreed to vote all of the shares controlled by it in favor of Mr. Howley's re-election.

Employment Agreement with Raymond Laubenthal, President and Chief Operating Officer

        On November 18, 2005, effective October 1, 2005, Raymond Laubenthal entered into an employment agreement with us to serve as President and Chief Operating Officer of each of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings. In addition, in December 2005 Mr. Laubenthal was appointed as the President and Chief Operating Officer of TD Group. On February 24, 2006, we entered into an amendment to Mr. Laubenthal's employment agreement. The amendment provides for certain modifications to the indemnification provisions contained in his employment agreement, which are described in more detail below.

        Unless earlier terminated by us or Mr. Laubenthal, the initial term of Mr. Laubenthal's employment agreement expires on October 1, 2010. However, unless we or Mr. Laubenthal elect not to renew the initial term, upon the expiration of the initial term, Mr. Laubenthal's employment agreement will automatically be extended for an additional two-year period. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Laubenthal is entitled to receive an annual base salary of no less than $280,000, which annual base salary is subject to annual review. In addition, under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Laubenthal is entitled to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus and to participate in our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, our stock option plans and the other employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements that we may maintain from time to time for our senior officers. The Board of Directors (or a committee thereof), in consultation with senior management, determines the amount of each employee's annual cash bonus on a case by case basis. However, determinations regarding the amount of an individual employee's annual cash bonus are based on the satisfaction of Company and individual performance criteria established by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof). Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Laubenthal is also entitled to

73



certain perquisites, including an annual automobile allowance and the payment by us of certain membership fees in respect of one country club of Mr. Laubenthal's choice.

        Mr. Laubenthal's employment agreement provides that if he is terminated for any reason, he will be entitled to payment of any accrued but unpaid base salary through the termination date, any unreimbursed expenses, an amount for accrued but unused sick and vacation days, and benefits owing to him under the benefit plans and programs sponsored by us. In addition, if Mr. Laubenthal's employment is terminated without cause, if he terminates his employment for certain enumerated good reasons, or in the event of his termination due to his death or disability, we will, in addition to the amounts described in the preceding sentence, for a period of twelve months, (i) continue, in accordance with our regular payroll practices, Mr. Laubenthal's salary and pay the cash bonus he would have been entitled to receive had he continued his employment, (ii) continue to provide Mr. Laubenthal with certain perquisites he was receiving immediately prior to his termination and (iii) continue his (and his then eligible dependents) participation under the medical benefit plans sponsored by us. This offering will not trigger any payments to Mr. Laubenthal under the terms of his employment agreement.

        During the term of Mr. Laubenthal's employment and following any termination of his employment, for a period of twelve months in the case of a termination without cause or for enumerated good reasons, or twenty-four months in the event of his voluntary termination without enumerated good reasons or termination for cause, Mr. Laubenthal will be prohibited from engaging in any business that competes with any business of TD Group or any entity owned by TD Group. In addition, during the term of his employment and for the two-year period following the termination of Mr. Laubenthal's employment for any reason, he will be prohibited from soliciting or inducing any person who is or was employed by, or providing consulting services to, us during the twelve-month period prior to the date of the termination of his employment, to terminate such person's employment or consulting relationship with us. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Laubenthal is also subject to certain confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations, and we have agreed, among other things, to indemnify him to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being or having been a director, officer or employee of ours or his serving or having served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at our request.

Employment Agreement with Gregory Rufus, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

        On November 18, 2005, effective October 1, 2005, Gregory Rufus entered into an employment agreement with us to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of each of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings. In addition, Mr. Rufus served as a Vice President of TD Group since July 2003 (relinquishing that title in December 2005), and in December 2005, was named Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of TD Group.

        On February 24, 2006, we entered into an amendment to Mr. Rufus' employment agreement. The amendment provides for certain modifications to the indemnification provisions contained in his employment agreement, which are described in more detail below.

        Unless earlier terminated by us or Mr. Rufus, the initial term of Mr. Rufus's employment agreement expires on October 1, 2010. However, unless we or Mr. Rufus elect not to renew the initial term, upon the expiration of the initial term, Mr. Rufus's employment agreement will automatically be extended for an additional two-year period. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Rufus is entitled to receive an annual base salary of no less than $233,000, which annual base salary is subject to annual review. In addition, under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Rufus is entitled to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus and to participate in our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, our stock option plans and the other employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements that we may maintain from time to time for our senior officers. The Board of Directors, in consultation with senior management, determines the amount of each employee's annual cash bonus

74



on a case by case basis. However, determinations regarding the amount of an individual employee's annual cash bonus are based on the satisfaction of Company and individual performance criteria established by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof). Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Rufus is also entitled to certain perquisites, including an annual automobile allowance and the payment by us of certain membership fees in respect of one country club of Mr. Rufus's choice.

        Mr. Rufus's employment agreement provides that if he is terminated for any reason, he will be entitled to payment of any accrued but unpaid base salary through the termination date, any unreimbursed expenses, an amount for accrued but unused sick and vacation days, and benefits owing to him under the benefit plans and programs sponsored by us. In addition, if Mr. Rufus's employment is terminated without cause, if he terminates his employment for certain enumerated good reasons, or in the event of his termination due to his death or disability, we will, in addition to the amounts described in the preceding sentence, for a period of twelve months, (i) continue, in accordance with our regular payroll practices, Mr. Rufus's salary and pay the cash bonus he would have been entitled to receive had he continued his employment, (ii) continue to provide Mr. Rufus with certain perquisites he was receiving immediately prior to his termination and (iii) continue his (and his then eligible dependents) participation under the medical benefit plans sponsored by us. This offering will not trigger any payments to Mr. Rufus under the terms of his employment agreement.

        During the term of Mr. Rufus's employment and following any termination of his employment, for a period of twelve months in the case of a termination without cause or for enumerated good reasons, or twenty-four months in the event of his voluntary termination without enumerated good reasons or termination for cause, Mr. Rufus will be prohibited from engaging in any business that competes with any business of TD Group or any entity owned by TD Group. In addition, during the term of his employment and for the two-year period following the termination of Mr. Rufus's employment for any reason, he will be prohibited from soliciting or inducing any person who is or was employed by, or providing consulting services to, us during the twelve-month period prior to the date of the termination of his employment, to terminate such person's employment or consulting relationship with us. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Rufus is also subject to certain confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations, and we have agreed, among other things, to indemnify him to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being or having been a director, officer or employee of ours or his serving or having served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at our request.

Retention Agreement with Howard Skurka, President of Skurka Aerospace Inc.

        In connection with the acquisition of certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities of Skurka Engineering Company by Skurka, on December 31, 2004, Mr. Skurka entered into a retention agreement with TransDigm Inc. and TD Group. Mr. Skurka's retention agreement provides that he will serve as the President of Skurka. Under the terms of the retention agreement, Mr. Skurka is entitled to receive an annual base salary of no less than $165,000. In addition, under the terms of his retention agreement, Mr. Skurka was awarded options to purchase 89,760 shares of common stock of TD Group at an exercise price equal to $8.52 per share, representing the fair market value of a share of common stock of TD Group as of the date of grant. The number of shares of common stock subject to the options granted to Mr. Skurka and the per share exercise price thereof gives effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering. Under the terms of his retention agreement, Mr. Skurka is also (i) eligible for an annual discretionary bonus based on his performance, the performance of Skurka and other factors taken into account by the board of directors of TransDigm Inc., with the target amount of each annual bonus being equal to $55,000 and (ii) entitled to health coverage, vacation and other benefits commensurate with his position and consistent with our policies.

75



        Under the terms of his retention agreement, and after giving effect to the bonus paid to Mr. Skurka in respect of fiscal year 2005, Mr. Skurka is eligible for an annual non-discretionary performance bonus in an aggregate amount of up to $1,300,000 over two years based upon the satisfaction of certain minimum financial thresholds for fiscal years 2006 and 2007. Mr. Skurka is eligible to receive a minimum bonus of $300,000 and $400,000 for fiscal years 2006 and 2007, respectively, and a maximum bonus of $450,000 and $850,000 for fiscal years 2006 and 2007, respectively, if certain financial thresholds as set forth in the retention agreement are met. In the event that Mr. Skurka's employment is terminated for cause or he voluntarily terminates his employment without one of the specifically enumerated good reasons, Mr. Skurka will not be entitled to the bonus payments for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs or thereafter. If Mr. Skurka's employment is terminated for any reason other than for cause or his voluntary termination without one of the specifically enumerated good reasons, Mr. Skurka will be entitled to payment of a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days he was employed for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, but will not be entitled to a bonus payment in respect of any subsequent fiscal year.

        In connection with the acquisition of certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities of Skurka Engineering Company, Skurka assumed all of the obligations of Skurka Engineering Company under a severance agreement with Mr. Skurka. Under the terms of the severance agreement, if Mr. Skurka's employment was terminated under certain circumstances prior to December 10, 2005, Mr. Skurka was entitled to receive certain severance payments. The operative provisions of this agreement have expired pursuant to their terms.

Non-Compete Agreements with Howard Skurka, President of Skurka Aerospace Inc.

        In connection with the execution of the retention agreement by Mr. Skurka, on December 31, 2004, Mr. Skurka entered into two non-competition agreements with TransDigm Inc. and Skurka, one in his capacity as an employee of Skurka and the other in his capacity as a stockholder of Skurka Engineering Company. The terms of these non-competition agreements are substantially similar, except with respect to the duration of the period during which Mr. Skurka is prohibited from taking certain specified actions, which are described in more detail below. Under the terms of the non-competition agreement executed by Mr. Skurka in his capacity as an employee of Skurka, Mr. Skurka is prohibited from taking certain specified actions during the tenure of his employment. Under the terms of the non-competition agreement executed by Mr. Skurka in his capacity as a stockholder of Skurka Engineering Company, Mr. Skurka is prohibited from taking certain specified actions during the period ending on December 31, 2008, representing the four year anniversary of the date of the agreement (irrespective of Mr. Skurka's employment status). Under the terms of these non-competition agreements, Mr. Skurka will generally be prohibited from, among other things: (i) owning or participating in the ownership or operation of, or being employed by, any entity that competes with Skurka's business; (ii) selling or soliciting the sale of any product or service that is the same as, substantially similar to or that competes with or is intended to compete with any of Skurka's products or services; (iii) interfering with any customer or client of Skurka; and (iv) soliciting or hiring, directly or indirectly, any employee of Skurka. Under the terms of the non-competition agreements, Mr. Skurka is also subject to certain confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations.

Stock Option Plans

2003 Stock Option Plan

        In connection with the consummation of the Mergers, TD Group adopted a stock option plan for the benefit of our employees. The stock option plan has been amended and restated on several occasions, most recently effective as of November 10, 2005, and we refer to such stock option plan as it is currently in effect as the 2003 stock option plan. The significant changes made in connection with the amendment and restatement of the 2003 stock option plan were to (i) remove certain dividend

76



equivalent rights provisions to ensure that the plan is in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Section 409A"), (ii) adjust the applicable performance vesting targets to reflect certain acquisitions made by us and (iii) increase the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

        The 2003 stock option plan is administered by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors, and, among other things, the compensation committee has authority to construe and interpret the 2003 stock option plan and any applicable award agreements, and make any other decisions and determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2003 stock option plan.

        Upon the closing of the Mergers, certain employees rolled over certain then-existing options to purchase shares of common stock of TransDigm Holdings with an aggregate intrinsic value of approximately $35.7 million into a combination of options to purchase shares of common stock of TD Group, or rollover options, and interests in the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan, which are described in more detail below. These employees were granted rollover options to purchase an aggregate of 3,870,141 shares of our common stock (after giving effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering). All rollover options granted in connection with the closing of the Mergers were fully vested on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2005, there were rollover options to purchase 3,187,381 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding (after giving effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we anticipate effecting immediately prior to the closing of this offering).

        In addition to the shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of rollover options, under the terms of the 2003 stock option plan, an aggregate of 5,469,301 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of new management options (after giving effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering). As of December 31, 2005, there were new management options to purchase 4,872,248 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding (after giving effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we anticipate effecting immediately prior to the closing of this offering). In general, approximately 20% of all new management options vest based on employment service or a Change in Control (as defined), and approximately 80% of all new management options vest (i) based on the satisfaction of specified performance criteria or (ii) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control if the Investor Group receives a minimum specified rate of return. On February 24, 2006, our Compensation Committee issued a clarification letter to our Chief Executive Officer with respect to certain vesting provisions under our 2003 stock option plan. In its letter, and consistent with the intent of the parties at the time the 2003 stock option plan was adopted, our Compensation Committee clarified the treatment of option vesting upon any sale of shares of our common stock by the Investor Group, whether in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise. This letter clarifies that if the minimum specified rate of return is received by the Investor Group in connection with any sale by the Investor Group of shares of our common stock, the performance based new management options will vest proportionately to the aggregate number of shares then sold by the Investor Group in relation to the aggregate number of shares initially acquired by the Investor Group. In this offering, certain members of the Investor Group will be selling shares of our common stock. Accordingly, upon the closing of this offering, and provided that the minimum specified rate of return is received by such investors, additional performance based new management options will become vested.

2006 Stock Incentive Plan

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, we plan to adopt a new stock incentive plan, or the 2006 stock incentive plan, designed to assist us in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding key employees, directors or consultants, and promoting the creation of long-term value for stockholders of TD Group by closely aligning the interests of these individuals with those of our stockholders. The

77



2006 stock incentive plan will permit us to award our key employees, directors or consultants stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based incentives.

        Our compensation committee will administer the 2006 stock incentive plan. The committee will determine who will receive awards under plan, as well as the form of the awards, the number of shares underlying the awards, and the terms and conditions of the awards consistent with the terms of the plan. The committee will be authorized to interpret the plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the plan. The compensation committee may also delegate to our officers or employees, or other committees, the authority, subject to such terms as the compensation committee determines, to perform such functions, including but not limited to administrative functions, as the compensation committee may determine appropriate, including the appointment of agents to assist it in administering the plan. Any action of the compensation committee will be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including participants in the plan and their beneficiaries.

        The total number of shares of our common stock that we plan to make available for issuance or delivery under the 2006 stock incentive plan will be 2,619,668, subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, share exchange or any other similar corporate transaction or event. For purposes of determining the remaining shares of common stock available for grant under the plan, to the extent that an award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without a delivery to the participant of the full number of shares to which the award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Similarly, shares withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an award and shares equal to the number surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an award shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the participant and shall be deemed to again be available for awards under the plan.

        The 2006 stock incentive plan will permit the compensation committee to grant awards to participants, including nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, which qualify for special tax treatment in the United States, restricted stock and other awards that are valued by reference to, or otherwise based on, the fair market value of our common stock. The compensation committee will be able to establish vesting and performance requirements that must be met prior to the vesting of an award, as well as other terms and conditions relating to such awards. Options granted under the plan will expire no later than the tenth (10th) anniversary of the applicable date of grant of the options, and will have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan

        In connection with the consummation of the Mergers, TD Group adopted the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of our employees who were granted rollover options in connection with the Mergers. The Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan was administered by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors. The plan provided that each person who was granted a rollover option converted an initial amount to his or her deferred compensation account. For so long as the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes remained outstanding, each participant's deferred compensation account was credited with interest at the same rate as interest accrued on the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes. The Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan required that upon retirement of all or a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes, TD Group would pay each participant a percentage of the amount credited to his or her deferred compensation account equal to the percentage of such indebtedness so retired. The plan provided that if a participant's employment was terminated for cause or by the participant without good reason, TD Group could elect at any time between such termination of employment and prior to an initial public offering by TD Group, to pay the participant a discounted amount. Upon termination of a participant's

78



employment for any other reason, TD Group was required to pay the participant the amount credited to his or her deferred compensation account as of the date of such termination.

        As described elsewhere in this prospectus, on November 10, 2005, TD Group prepaid the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes and, consequently, all participant deferred compensation account balances under the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan became payable. The account balances, totaling approximately $23.0 million in the aggregate, were distributed to participants on November 10, 2005, and the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan was terminated effective as of such date.

Management Deferred Compensation Plan

        In connection with the consummation of the Mergers, TD Group also adopted the Management Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of our employees who were granted new management options upon the closing of the Mergers. The Management Deferred Compensation Plan was administered by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors. The plan provided that a participant's deferred compensation account would have a value equal to the participant's percentage of option holdings as compared to all new management options issued under the 2003 stock option plan multiplied by an amount based on the interest accrued on the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes and the notional interest credited to participant accounts under the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan. The deferred compensation accounts were vested to the same extent that the new management options granted under the 2003 stock option plan were vested. Upon retirement of all or a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes, TD Group was required to pay each participant a percentage of the amount credited to his or her vested deferred compensation account balance equal to the percentage of the debt so retired. The value of each participant's unvested portion would be payable as it vested. The plan provided that if a participant's employment was terminated for cause or by the participant without good reason, TD Group could elect, at any time between such termination of employment and prior to an initial public offering by TD Group, to pay the participant a discounted amount. Upon termination of a participant's employment for any other reason, TD Group was required to pay the participant the value of his or her vested deferred compensation account balance as of the date of such termination.

        As described elsewhere in this prospectus, on November 10, 2005, TD Group Holding prepaid the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes and, consequently, the vested portion of all participant deferred compensation account balances under the Management Deferred Compensation Plan became due. The vested account balances, totaling approximately $1.8 million in the aggregate, were distributed to participants on November 10, 2005. In addition, in connection with the completion of the Recent Transaction, the compensation committee of our Board of Directors approved a distribution to participants of a portion of their unvested account balances equal to approximately $1.2 million in the aggregate and such distribution was made on November 10, 2005. The remaining unvested account balances were forfeited by participants under the Management Deferred Compensation Plan in connection with the adoption of the TD Holding Corporation 2005 New Management Deferred Compensation Plan, or the New Management Deferred Compensation Plan, which was adopted by TD Group on December 16, 2005. In addition, in connection with the adoption of the New Management Deferred Compensation, the Management Deferred Compensation Plan was terminated effective as of December 16, 2005.

New Management Deferred Compensation Plan

        TD Group adopted the New Management Deferred Compensation Plan in December 2005, in part, in connection with certain new requirements under Section 409A. The New Management Deferred Compensation Plan is for the benefit of our employees who were granted new management options under our 2003 stock option plan. The New Management Deferred Compensation Plan is

79



administered by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors. The plan provides that a participant's deferred compensation account is fully distributable upon the earlier of December 31, 2008 or a Change in Control (as defined in the plan). This offering will not constitute a Change in Control under the plan. If a participant's employment terminates by reason of death or disability, by the employee with good reason, or if a participant's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in the plan), a pro rata portion of the deferred compensation account, based on a fraction equal to the number of days elapsed between January 1, 2006 and the termination date over 1,096 (representing the number of days during the period from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2008) will be distributed. If a participant's employment is terminated for Cause or by the participant without good reason, the entire amount of the deferred compensation attributable to such participant will be forfeited. Any amount distributable under the plan will be distributed no later than two and a half months following the end of the year in which the participant became entitled to the distribution. On December 16, 2005, our Board of Directors approved contributions of $6.2 million, in the aggregate, to participant account balances under the plan.

Executive Retirement Savings Plan

        The TransDigm Inc. Executive Retirement Savings Plan was established by TransDigm Inc. effective January 1, 1997 to permit a group of management or highly compensated employees (as provided for under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA) to accumulate additional retirement income through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The plan was amended and restated on December 16, 2005 in an attempt to ensure compliance with the requirements of Section 409A (as amended and restated, the "Savings Plan"). TransDigm Inc.'s board of directors annually determines the employees who are eligible to participate in the Savings Plan. The Savings Plan is a "top hat" plan exempt from certain ERISA requirements.

        A participant may (1) make elective deferrals in addition to or in lieu of deferrals the participant may have otherwise made under the 401(k) Plan, and (2) receive an allocation of any discretionary amount contributed to the Savings Plan by TransDigm Inc. Deferrals may be made from a participant's salary, bonus, or a combination thereof. Deferrals may not be made on any other compensation that a participant may earn. Deferrals, which are irrevocable, must be made no later than the last day of the year preceding the one in respect of which the deferrals will be made.

        TransDigm Inc. established a trust effective October 10, 1997 into which amounts deferred under the Savings Plan are set aside for participants. MetLife Trust Company, N.A. is the trustee of the trust. The trust was established as a grantor trust, within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, participants in the Savings Plan have no preferred claim on, or beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the trust. Further, any rights created under the Savings Plan or the trust are unsecured contractual rights and all assets held by the trust are subject to the claims of TransDigm Inc.'s general creditors under applicable federal and state law.

Dividend Equivalent Plan

        On November 10, 2005, TD Group adopted a dividend equivalent plan that is intended to be compliant with the requirements of Section 409A. The dividend equivalent plan was amended and restated on December 16, 2005 so that TD Group could fully avail itself of certain Section 409A provisions. The dividend equivalent plan contains the same economic terms as the dividend equivalent rights provisions that were removed from the 2003 stock option plan in connection with the amendment and restatement of such plan. Specifically, in the event that TD Group declares a dividend in connection with a recapitalization or similar corporate event, participants in the dividend equivalent plan who hold vested options will be entitled to receive a cash divided equivalent payment equal to the amount that such participant would otherwise have been entitled to receive had each vested option that is held by such participant been fully exercised immediately prior to such transaction.

80



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 15, 2006, and on an adjusted basis to give effect to the closing of the offering, with respect to (i) each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of our named executive officers and (iv) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. The number of shares outstanding used in calculating the percentage of beneficial ownership for each person listed below includes the shares underlying options held by such person that are exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006, but excludes shares underlying options held by any other person. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth below are based on 44,201,637 shares of our common stock being outstanding as of February 15, 2006, with the number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership being determined after giving effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split we expect to effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, upon the closing of this offering, the persons named in the table will have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock listed as beneficially owned by them. As of February 15, 2006, there were 15 registered holders of our common stock.

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering
  Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering
 
 
   
   
  Assuming the
Underwriters'
Over-Allotment
Option is Not Exercised

  Assuming the
Underwriters'
Over-Allotment
Option is Exercised in Full

 
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

   
   
 
  Number(2)
  Percentage(2)
  Number(2)
  Percentage(2)
  Number(2)
  Percentage(2)
 
TD Group, LLC(3)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
  0   0 % 31,914,654   72.2 % 31,093,061   69.3 %

Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P.(4)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

 

30,601,877

 

69.2

%

31,914,654

 

72.2

%

31,093,061

 

69.3

%

TD Co-Investors, LLC(5)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

 

7,983,105

 

18.1

%

0

 

0

%

0

 

0

%

A.S.F. Co-Investment Partners II, L.P.(6)
c/o Portfolio Advisors, LLC
9 Old Kings Highway
South Darien, CT 06920

 

2,217,521

 

5.0

%

0

 

0

%

0

 

0

%

Banc of America Capital Investors, L.P.(7)
c/o Banc of America Capital Investors
100 North Tryon Street, 25th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28255

 

3,548,063

 

8.0

%

0

 

0

%

0

 

0

%

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Graff(8)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

 

30,665,493

 

69.3

%

31,978,270

 

72.2

%

31,156,677

 

69.3

%

W. Nicholas Howley(9)

 

2,293,592

 

4.99

%

2,293,592

 

4.99

%

1,920,353

 

4.1

%

Douglas Peacock(10)

 

46,424

 

*

 

46,424

 

*

 

36,996

 

*

 
                           

81



David A. Barr(11)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

 

30,601,877

 

69.2

%

31,914,654

 

72.2

%

31,093,061

 

69.3

%

Kevin Kruse(12)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

 

30,601,877

 

69.2

%

31,914,654

 

72.2

%

31,093,061

 

69.3

%

Kewsong Lee(13)
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

 

30,601,877

 

69.2

%

31,914,654

 

72.2

%

31,093,061

 

69.3

%

Named Executive Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert S. Henderson(14)

 

358,804

 

*

 

358,804

 

*

 

297,520

 

*

 

Raymond F. Laubenthal(15)

 

433,774

 

*

 

433,774

 

*

 

358,135

 

*

 

Gregory Rufus(16)

 

224,486

 

*

 

224,486

 

*

 

194,792

 

*

 

Howard Skurka(17)

 

17,952

 

*

 

17,952

 

*

 

17,952

 

*

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)(18)

 


34,841,569

 


72.9


%


36,154,347

 


75.7


%


34,661,596

 


72.3


%

*
Less than one percent.

(1)
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each listed person is c/o TransDigm Group Incorporated, 1301 East 9th Street, Suite 3710, Cleveland, Ohio 44114.

(2)
Includes shares that the listed beneficial owner is deemed to have the right to acquire beneficial ownership of under Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, including shares which the listed beneficial owner has the right to acquire within 60 days of February 15, 2006.

(3)
Upon the completion of this offering, Warburg Pincus and certain other existing stockholders of TD Group intend to contribute to TD Group, LLC all of the shares of our common stock owned by them in exchange for membership interests in TD Group, LLC. Warburg Pincus will own 84.8% of the membership interests of TD Group, LLC (or 84.4% if the underwriters' over-allotment option is fully exercised). Warburg Pincus will also be the managing member of TD Group, LLC and, as such, will have voting and investment power over all shares of common stock of TD Group that will be held by TD Group, LLC upon the completion of this offering, including shares of common stock with respect to which Warburg Pincus does not have a pecuniary interest.

(4)
The number of shares of our common stock reflected in the table above as being beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus prior to this offering includes 7,983,105 shares of our common stock owned by TD Co-Investors, LLC ("TD Co-Investors"). Warburg Pincus owns a 55.6% ownership interest in TD Co-Investors. Warburg Pincus is also the managing member of TD Co-Investors and, as such, has voting and investment power over all shares of common stock of TD Group that are held by TD Co-Investors, including shares of common stock with respect to which Warburg Pincus does not have a pecuniary interest. As a result, Warburg Pincus may be deemed to be the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of all of the common stock of TD Group owned by TD Co-Investors. Warburg Pincus disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock of TD Group that are held by TD Co-Investors with respect to which Warburg Pincus does not have a pecuniary interest therein.

82


(5)
Warburg Pincus owns a 55.6% ownership interest in TD Co-Investors and AlpInvest Partners CS Investments 2003 C.V. ("AlpInvest I") and AlpInvest Partners Later Stage Co-Investments Custodian II C.V. ("AlpInvest II") own a 40.0% and 4.4% ownership interest in TD Co-Investors, respectively. Warburg Pincus is the managing member of TD Co-Investors and, as such, has voting and investment power over all shares of common stock of TD Group that are held by TD Co-Investors, including the shares of common stock of TD Group that are attributable to AlpInvest I and AlpInvest II. Warburg Pincus disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock of TD Group that are held by TD Co-Investors with respect to which Warburg Pincus does not have a pecuniary interest therein.
(6)
IBM Personal Pension Plan Trust exercises investment power and control over the shares of TD Group held by A.S.F. Co-Investment Partners II, L.P. Upon the completion of this offering, all of the shares of common stock owned by ASF Co-Investment Partners II, L.P. will be contributed to TD Group, LLC.

(7)
The limited partner of Banc of America Capital Investors, L.P. ("Capital Investors") is BA Equity Investors, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation ("BAC"). Banc of America Capital Management, L.P. is the general partner of Capital Investors. The limited partners of Banc of America Capital Management, L.P. are employees of Bank of America, National Association ("BANA"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BAC. BACM I GP, LLC is the general partner of Banc of America Capital Management, L.P. and Travis Hain, an employee of BANA, is the managing member of BACM I GP, LLC. If Mr. Hain's employment with BAC or its subsidiaries is terminated, Mr. Hain will cease to be such managing member. As the holder of a majority in interest of BACM I GP, LLC, BA Equity Investors, Inc. has right to approve any replacement managing member of BACM I GP, LLC.

(8)
Includes options to purchase 36,987 shares exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006. In addition, represents shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus. Mr. Graff is a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. and a managing director and member of Warburg Pincus LLC. All shares indicated as beneficially owned by Mr. Graff (other than 26,629 shares of common stock of TD Group that Mr. Graff owns in his personal capacity or that are subject to options that Mr. Graff holds in his personal capacity) are included because of his affiliation with Warburg Pincus, Warburg Pincus & Co. and Warburg Pincus LLC. Mr. Graff disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus, Warburg Pincus & Co. and Warburg Pincus LLC except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(9)
Includes options to purchase 1,454,579 shares (prior to the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) or 1,263,600 shares (following the exercise by the underwriters' of the over-allotment option) exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006. Also includes options to purchase 325,280 shares (prior to the exercise by the underwriters of the over allotment option) or 265,560 shares (following the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006 that are held by Bratenahl Investments, Ltd. By virtue of his ownership interest in Bratenahl Investments, Ltd., Mr. Howley may be deemed to be the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the

83


(10)
Includes options to purchase 46,424 shares (prior to the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) or 36,996 shares (following the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006.

(11)
Represents shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus. Mr. Barr is a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. and a managing director and member of Warburg Pincus LLC. All shares indicated as beneficially owned by Mr. Barr are included because of his affiliation with Warburg Pincus, Warburg Pincus & Co. and Warburg Pincus LLC. Mr. Barr disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus, Warburg Pincus & Co. and Warburg Pincus LLC except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(12)
Represents shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus. Mr. Kruse is a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. and a managing director and member of Warburg Pincus LLC. All shares indicated as beneficially owned by Mr. Kruse are included because of his affiliation with Warburg Pincus, Warburg Pincus & Co. and Warburg Pincus LLC. Mr. Kruse disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus, Warburg Pincus & Co. and Warburg Pincus LLC except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(13)
Represents shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus. Mr. Lee is a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. and a managing director and member of Warburg Pincus LLC. All shares indicated as beneficially owned by Mr. Lee are included because of his affiliation with Warburg Pincus, Warburg Pincus & Co. and Warburg Pincus LLC. Mr. Lee disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus, Warburg Pincus & Co. and Warburg Pincus LLC except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(14)
Includes options to purchase 358,804 shares (prior to the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) or 297,520 shares (following the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006.

(15)
Includes options to purchase 380,398 shares (prior to the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) or 317,491 shares (following the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006.

(16)
Includes options to purchase 224,486 shares (prior to the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) or 194,792 shares (following the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006.

(17)
Includes options to purchase 17,952 shares exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006.

(18)
Includes all shares of common stock of TD Group that may be deemed to be beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by directors and executive officers, including 3,590,355 shares (prior to the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) or 3,067,731 shares (following the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option) subject to options exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2006.

84


Selling Stockholders

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the common stock held by each selling stockholder as of February 15, 2006 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of 10,954,572 shares by the selling stockholders in this offering (or 12,597,758 shares if the underwriters' over-allotment option is fully exercised). The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth below are based on 44,201,637 shares of our common stock being outstanding as of February 15, 2006, with the number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership being determined after giving effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split we expect to effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

        All of the selling stockholders named below (other than TD Group, LLC) received their shares of common stock in connection with TD Group's July 2003 acquisition of TransDigm Holdings. In connection with the acquisition, Warburg Pincus and certain other co-investors were issued an aggregate of 43,578,929 shares of our common stock (after giving effect to the 149.60 to 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering). AlpInvest I and AlpInvest II invested in TD Group in July 2003 through TD Co-Investors. Prior to the completion of this offering, TD Co-Investors intends to make a pro rata distribution to its members, Warburg Pincus, AlpInvest I and AlpInvest II, of all of the shares of our common stock held it.

 
   
   
   
  Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering
 
 
   
   
   
  Assuming the
Underwriters'
Over-Allotment
Option is Not Exercised

  Assuming the
Underwriters'
Over-Allotment
Option is Exercised in Full

 
 
  Beneficially Ownership
Prior to Offering

   
 
Name

  Shares
Being
Offered

 
  Shares
  Percent
  Number(1)
  Percentage(1)
  Number(1)
  Percentage(1)
 
Stockholders Selling in Principal Offering                              
AlpInvest Partners CS Investments 2003 C.V.(2)   3,190,067   7.2 % 1,595,033   0   0 % 0   0 %
AlpInvest Partners Later Stage Co-Investments Custodian II C.V.(2)   357,996   0.8 % 178,998   0   0 % 0   0 %
SSB Capital Partners (Master Fund) I, L.P.(3)   1,773,957   4.0 % 1,773,957   0   0 % 0   0 %
CTD Investments LLC(4)   443,564   1.0 % 443,564   0   0 % 0   0 %
Banc of America Capital Investors, L.P.(5)   3,548,063   8.0 % 3,548,063   0   0 % 0   0 %
ML TD Holdings, LLC(6)   2,040,095   4.6 % 1,530,071   0   0 % 0   0 %
New York State Retirement Co-Investment Fund, L.P.(7)   886,978   2.0 % 886,978   0   0 % 0   0 %
Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America(8)   1,330,542   3.0 % 997,907   0   0 % 0   0 %

Stockholders Selling in Over-Allotment Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P.(9)   30,601,877   69.2 % 0   31,914,654   72.2 % 31,093,061   69.3 %
W. Nicholas Howley(10)   2,293,592   4.99 % 0   2,293,592   4.99 % 1,920,353   4.2 %
Robert S. Henderson(11)   358,804   *   0   358,804   *   297,520   *  
Raymond F. Laubenthal(12)   433,774   *   0   433,774   *   358,135   *  
John F. Leary(13)   156,800   *   0   156,800   *   136,407   *  
W. Todd Littleton(14)   159,100   *   0   159,100   *   139,012   *  
James Riley(15)   117,072   *   0   117,072   *   99,979   *  
Albert J. Rodriguez(16)   368,073   *   0   368,073   *   303,773   *  
Gregory Rufus(17)   224,486   *   0   224,486   *   194,792   *  
Douglas Peacock(18)   46,424   *   0   46,424   *   36,996   *  
Other Individuals(19)   1,017,087   2.3 % 0   1,017,087   2.3 % 866,652   1.9 %

(1)
Upon the completion of this offering, Warburg Pincus, AlpInvest I, AlpInvest II, ML TD Holdings, LLC, and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America intend to contribute to TD Group, LLC all of the shares of our common stock owned by them (after giving effect to the completion of this offering), in exchange for membership interests in TD Group, LLC.

(2)
AlpInvest I is wholly owned (directly and indirectly) by Stitchting Pensioenfonds ABP ("ABP") and Stitchting Pensioenfonds voor de Gezondheid, Geestelijke en Maatschappelijke Belangen ("PGGM"); each of ABP and PGGM is a Dutch pension

85


(3)
SSB Capital Partners (Master Fund) I, L.P. is indirectly controlled by Citigroup Inc., a publicly held company, which is an affiliate of registered broker-dealers.

(4)
CTD Investments LLC is indirectly controlled by Citigroup Inc., a publicly held company, which is an affiliate of registered broker-dealers.

(5)
The limited partner of Capital Investors is BA Equity Investors, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of BAC. Banc of America Capital Management, L.P. is the general partner of Capital Investors. The limited partners of Banc of America Capital Management, L.P. are employees of BANA, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BAC. BACM I GP, LLC is the general partner of Banc of America Capital Management, L.P. and Travis Hain, an employee of BANA, is the managing member of BACM I GP, LLC. If Mr. Hain's employment with BAC or its subsidiaries is terminated, Mr. Hain will cease to be such managing member. As the holder of a majority in interest of BACM I GP, LLC, BA Equity Investors, Inc. has right to approve any replacement managing member of BACM I GP, LLC. Capital Investors may be deemed to be an affiliate of registered broker-dealers.

(6)
ML TD Holdings, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company ("ML Holdings"). Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("MLIM"), is the managing member of ML Holdings and, as such, has full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of ML Holdings. The other members of ML Holdings are the five private equity funds which comprise the Merrill Lynch Diversified Private Equity Program I. Those funds are Vesey Street Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Vesey Street Portfolio, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, Arthur Street Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Arthur Street Portfolio, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, and Passage Portfolio, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (collectively, the "Program I Funds"). MLIM is the investment advisor to each of the Program I Funds, having exclusive voting and investment control with respect to all securities held by the Program I Funds.


Investment and voting decisions at MLIM are made jointly by an investment committee. Russel W. Steenberg, Michael J. Cerminaro and Lynn C. Baranski constitute a majority of, and together control, such investment committee. Messrs. Steenberg and Cerminaro and Ms. Baranski may be deemed to have shared voting and investment control with respect to the shares of TD Group held by ML Holdings. Each of Messrs. Steenberg and Cerminaro and Ms. Baranski disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest in them. ML Holdings may be deemed to be an affiliate of registered broker-dealers.

(7)
New York State Retirement Co-Investment Fund, L.P. is a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is PCG NYS Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. PCG NYS Investments LLC is wholly-owned by Pacific Corporate Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Pacific Corporate Group LLC is wholly-owned by Pacific Corporate Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Pacific Corporate Group Holdings, LLC is owned by Christopher J. Bower, Timothy Kelleher, Monte Brem, Stephen Moseley, Tara Blackburn, Douglas Meltzer and Pacific Corporate Group, Inc., which is in turned wholly-owned by Christopher J. Bower. Each of PCG NYS Investments LLC, Pacific Corporate Group LLC, Pacific Corporate Group Holdings, LLC, Christopher J. Bower, Timothy Kelleher, Monte Brem, Stephen Moseley, Tara Blackburn, Douglas Meltzer and Pacific Corporate Group, Inc. disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities.

(8)
Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America is a New York stock life insurance company. Its shares of stock are owned by a non-profit company, the TIAA Board of Overseers. The TIAA Board of Overseers has seven members. The members do not directly supervise the TIAA management, but they elect the members of the TIAA Board of Trustees. Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America may be deemed to be an affiliate of registered broker-dealers

(9)
Following the completion of this offering, Warburg Pincus will contribute all of the shares of TD Group common stock owned by it to TD Group, LLC. However, Warburg Pincus has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 821,593 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise this option, TD Group, LLC will make a distribution of shares of our common stock to Warburg Pincus to enable Warburg Pincus to sell such shares to the underwriters.

(10)
W. Nicholas Howley has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 373,239 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(11)
Robert S. Henderson has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 61,284 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(12)
Raymond F. Laubenthal has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 75,639 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

86


(13)
John F. Leary has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 20,393 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(14)
W. Todd Littleton has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 20,088 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(15)
James Riley has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 17,093 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(16)
Albert J. Rodriguez has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 64,300 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(17)
Gregory Rufus has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 29,694 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(18)
Douglas Peacock has granted the underwriters an option to purchase 9,428 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(19)
Sixteen other members of our management have granted the underwriters an option to purchase, in the aggregate, 150,435 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

87



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Tax Sharing Agreement

        TD Group, TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and each domestic subsidiary of TransDigm Inc. are parties to a tax sharing agreement. Under the terms of the tax sharing agreement, TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and each of TransDigm Inc.'s domestic subsidiaries are obligated to make payments to TD Group equal to the amount of federal and state income taxes that they would have owed if they did not file federal and state income tax returns on a consolidated or combined basis (as limited by their pro rata share of the actual consolidated or combined tax liability of the group).

Stockholders' Agreement and Management Stockholders' Agreement

        In connection with the closing of the Mergers, TD Group, Warburg Pincus, certain of our employees and certain other investors named therein, entered into a stockholders' agreement. Effective upon the closing of this offering, substantially all of the operative provisions of the stockholders' agreement will terminate. However, under the terms of the stockholders' agreement, our obligation to nominate and use our best efforts to have elected to our Board of Directors certain individuals designated by Warburg Pincus will remain in effect following the closing of this offering. Specifically, so long as Warburg Pincus and its affiliates beneficially own at least 25% of our outstanding shares of common stock, we are required to nominate and use our best efforts to have elected to our Board of Directors that number of individuals that are designated by Warburg Pincus that is equal to the greater of (i) three and (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to the number of members of our Board of Directors multiplied by the Warburg Percentage as of the date of nomination of directors to our Board of Directors. In addition, under the terms of our stockholders' agreement, for so long as Warburg Pincus and its affiliates beneficially own at least ten percent but less than 25% of our outstanding shares of common stock, we are required to nominate and use our best efforts to have elected to our Board of Directors that number of individuals that are designated by Warburg Pincus that is equal to the greater of (i) two and (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to the number of members of our Board of Directors multiplied by the Warburg Percentage as of the date of nomination of directors to our Board of Directors. Finally, under the terms of our stockholders' agreement, for so long as Warburg Pincus and its affiliates beneficially own at least five percent but less than ten percent of our outstanding shares of common stock, we are required to nominate and use our best efforts to have elected to our Board of Directors that number of individuals that are designated by Warburg Pincus that is equal to the greater of (i) one and (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to the number of members of our Board of Directors multiplied by the Warburg Percentage as of the date of nomination of directors to our Board of Directors.

        In connection with the closing of the Mergers, TD Group, Warburg Pincus and certain of our employees entered into a management stockholders' agreement governing the shares of our common stock or options to purchase shares of our common stock that certain of our employees held or had the right to acquire. Upon the closing of this offering, the management stockholders' agreement will terminate in accordance with its terms and will cease to be of any further force or effect.

TD Group, LLC—Limited Liability Company Agreement

        Upon the completion of this offering, Warburg Pincus, AlpInvest I, AlpInvest II, ML TD Holdings, LLC and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America intend to contribute to TD Group, LLC all of the shares of our common stock owned by them (after giving effect to the completion of this offering), in exchange for membership interests in TD Group, LLC. Upon the completion of this offering, (i) TD Group, LLC will own an aggregate of 31,914,654 shares of our common stock (or 31,093,061 if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) and (ii) Warburg Pincus will own 84.8% of the membership interests of TD Group, LLC (or 84.4% if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Warburg Pincus will also be the managing member of TD Group, LLC and, as such, will have voting and investment power over all shares of common stock of TD Group that will be held by TD Group, LLC upon the completion of this offering, including shares of common stock with respect to which Warburg Pincus does not have a pecuniary interest.

88



Employment Agreement with W. Nicholas Howley, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

        Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Howley's employment agreement, we have agreed to propose Mr. Howley for re-election to the Board of Directors. Under the terms of Mr. Howley's employment agreement, Warburg Pincus has agreed to vote all of the shares it controls in favor of Mr. Howley's re-election.

Registration Rights Agreement

        We are a party to a registration rights agreement with TD Group, LLC, as assignee of certain investors named therein, certain other investors named therein and certain of our employees. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, we have, among other things:

        Our obligation to effect any demand for registration by TD Group, LLC is subject to certain conditions, including that the registrable securities to be included in any such registration have an anticipated aggregate offering price in excess of $15 million (in the case of any demand for registration other than a demand for registration on Form S-3) and $10 million (in the case of any demand for registration on Form S-3). In connection with any registration effected pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay for all of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with such registration, including registration fees, filing fees and printing fees. However, the underwriting discounts and selling commissions payable in respect of registrable securities included in any registration will be paid by the persons including such registrable securities in any such registration. We have also agreed to indemnify persons including registrable securities in any registration affected pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement and certain other persons associated with any such registration, in each case on the terms specified in the registration rights agreement.

Lease for Skurka Aerospace Inc.

        Skurka, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Inc., is the tenant under a lease with a company in which Howard Skurka, President of Skurka, is an owner. Together with family members, Mr. Skurka owns 100% of H & M Properties, the lessor of the property located in Camarillo, California. The term of the lease is five years from its December 2004 commencement, although it may be sooner terminated by Skurka if Howard Skurka's employment with Skurka were terminated by Skurka for cause or voluntarily by Howard Skurka without good reason. The monthly base rental payment for the property is $50,500. Skurka may renew the lease for an additional five years, subject to an adjustment to the monthly base rental for the extended period to $54,000. TransDigm Inc. is a guarantor of Skurka's obligations under the lease.

Recent Transactions

        On November 10, 2005, TD Group completed the transactions contemplated by the TD Group Loan Facility and, in connection therewith, TD Group received net proceeds of approximately $193.9 million. In connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the TD Group Loan Facility, TransDigm Inc. paid a cash dividend of approximately $98.0 million to TransDigm Holdings and made bonus payments of approximately $6.2 million, in the aggregate, to certain members of management, including the named executive officers. TransDigm Holdings used all of the proceeds received by it from TransDigm Inc. to pay a cash dividend to TD Group. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds received upon completion of the transactions contemplated by the TD Group Loan Facility, together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings, to:

89


        The approximately $6.2 million in aggregate bonuses were allocated to each employee receiving a bonus based on the aggregate number of shares of our common stock underlying rollover options and new management options granted to such employee in relation to the aggregate number of shares of common stock underlying rollover options and new management options granted to all employees receiving a bonus. Of the approximately $26.0 million distributed on account of vested and unvested deferred compensation account balances and the approximately $6.2 million distributed as bonuses, our executive officers and directors received the following amounts:

Name of Executive Officer or Director

  Aggregate Bonus Received
  Aggregate Amount Received in respect of Deferred Compensation
  Aggregate Amount Received in respect of Bonus and Deferred Compensation
W. Nicholas Howley(1)   $ 2,387,723   $ 11,287,068   $ 13,674,791
Robert S. Henderson   $ 437,239   $ 1,880,003   $ 2,317,242
Raymond F. Laubenthal   $ 829,512   $ 2,249,970   $ 3,079,482
John F. Leary   $ 159,231   $ 724,523   $ 883,754
W. Todd Littleton   $ 159,420   $ 737,927   $ 897,347
James Riley   $ 297,153   $ 551,294   $ 848,447
Albert J. Rodriguez   $ 450,331   $ 1,933,622   $ 2,383,953
Gregory Rufus   $ 275,060   $ 1,030,060   $ 1,305,120
Howard A. Skurka   $   $ 20,631   $ 20,631
Michael Graff   $ 30,650   $ 93,326   $ 123,976
Douglas W. Peacock   $ 50,898   $ 268,093   $ 318,991
   
 
 
  Total:   $ 5,077,217   $ 20,776,517   $ 25,853,734

(1)
Includes $1,968,972 paid to Bratenahl Investments, Ltd., a trust in which Mr. Howley holds an ownership interest.

90



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following summary describes the material terms of our capital stock. However, you should refer to the actual terms of the capital stock contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and applicable law. We intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws prior to consummation of this offering. A copy of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. The following description refers to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our authorized capital stock will consist of 224,400,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 149,600,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, that are undesignated as to series.

Common Stock

        The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share in all matters to be voted on by our stockholders and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may from time to time be outstanding, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of our liabilities and the liquidation preference, if any, of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of shares of common stock have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

        Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors has the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue any authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of our common stock until our Board of Directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things, restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock and delaying or preventing a change in control without further action by our stockholders.

Options

        As of December 31, 2005, and after giving effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding under our stock option plans options to purchase an aggregate of 8,191,725 shares of common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.45 to $13.37, and a weighted average exercise price of $5.71 per share. All outstanding options provide for anti-dilution adjustments in the event of certain mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, stock dividends, stock splits or other changes in our corporate structure. In addition, under the terms of our dividend equivalent plan, as soon as practicable following the date on which TD Group declares a dividend in connection with a recapitalization or

91



similar corporate event, participants who hold vested stock options would be entitled to receive a cash dividend equivalent payment equal to the amount that such participant would otherwise have been entitled to receive had each vested stock option been fully exercised immediately prior to such transaction.

Registration Rights

        Some of our stockholders have the right to require us to register common stock for resale in certain circumstances. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware law

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, in the case of affiliates or associates of the corporation, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, owned 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. The existence of this provision could have anti-takeover effects with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our Board of Directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock. For these purposes, TD Group, LLC, Warburg Pincus and their affiliates will not constitute "interested stockholders."

Charter and Bylaws Anti-Takeover Provisions

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the number of directors in each class to be as nearly equal as possible. Our classified board staggers terms of the three classes and will be implemented through one, two and three-year terms for the initial three classes, followed in each case by full three-year terms. With a classified board, only one-third of the members of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. This classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board of Directors, but must consist of not less than three directors. This provision will prevent stockholders from circumventing the provisions of our classified board. In addition, under the terms of our stockholders' agreement, and subject to certain minimum share ownership requirements, we are required to nominate and use our best efforts to have elected to our Board of Directors certain individuals designated by Warburg Pincus. In addition, pursuant to the terms of Mr. Howley's employment agreement, we have agreed to propose Mr. Howley for re-election to the Board of Directors. Under the terms of Mr. Howley's employment agreement, Warburg Pincus has agreed to vote all of the shares it controls in favor of Mr. Howley's re-election. See "Management—Board of Directors, Committees and Executive Officers" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders' Agreement and Management Stockholders' Agreement."

        Our amended and restated bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to bring matters before special stockholder meetings, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors. These procedures specify the information stockholders must include in their notice and the timeframe in which they must give us notice. At a special stockholder meeting, stockholders may only consider nominations or proposals specified in the notice of meeting. A special stockholder meeting for any purpose may only be called by our Board of Directors, our Chairman or

92



our Chief Executive Officer, and will be called by our Chief Executive Officer at the request of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

        Our amended and restated bylaws do not give the Board of Directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a meeting. However, our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of that item of business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

        The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law may have the effect of deterring or discouraging hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of TD Group.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit our directors' and officers' liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Specifically, our directors and officers will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by a director or officer, except for liability:

        If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

        The provision regarding indemnification of our directors and officers in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will generally not limit liability under state or federal securities laws.

        Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person's former or present official capacity with our company against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses including reasonable attorney's fees. Any person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding. In addition, the employment agreements to which we are a party provide for the indemnification of our employees who are party thereto.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is National City Bank.

Listing

        At present, there is no established trading market for our common stock. We have applied to list our shares of common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol "TDG."

93



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

        As of December 31, 2005, there were approximately 15 registered holders of our common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 44,201,637 shares of our common stock. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering, including any shares sold in this offering in connection with the exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our "affiliates," as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of common stock that are not sold in this offering, or 33,247,065 shares, will be deemed "restricted securities" as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such as under Rule 144 or 144(k) under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

        The existing holders of our common stock and certain persons holding options to purchase shares of our common stock are entitled to certain registration rights for the shares of common stock held by them (or that can be acquired by them upon exercise of such options) pursuant to the registration rights agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement." We do not have any other contractual obligations to register our common stock.

        Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below, and assuming that Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC does not release any parties from these agreements, that there is no extension of the lock-up period, that no shareholders that hold the registration rights described above exercise those rights and without giving effect to the terms of the lock-up provisions contained in the registration rights agreement, the following restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market at the following times pursuant to the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701:

Measurement Date

  Aggregate Shares
Eligible for Public Sale

  Comments

On the date of this prospectus

 


 


180 days after the completion of this offering

 

33,247,065

 

Consists of 31,914,654 shares eligible for sale under Rule 144, 709,702 shares eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) and 622,709 shares eligible under Rule 701.

One year after the completion of this offering

 

33,247,065

 

Consists of 31,914,654 shares eligible for sale under Rule 144, 709,702 shares eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) and 622,709 shares eligible under Rule 701.

94


Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

        In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, would be entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144. To the extent that our affiliates sell their shares, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser's holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Lock-up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we and our directors and executive officers, our stockholders existing immediately prior to this offering and certain of our option holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of our and their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC has advised us that it has no current intent or arrangement to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. There are no contractually specified conditions for the waiver of the lock-up restrictions and any waiver is at the sole discretion of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC has advised us that in considering any request to release shares covered by a lock-up agreement, it would consider, among other factors, the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including but not limited to the number of shares requested to be released, market conditions, the possible impact on the market for our common stock, the trading price of our common stock, historical trading volumes of our common stock, the reasons for the request and whether the person seeking the release is one of our officers or directors.

        The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

95



Stock Options

        We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register the common stock that is issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding or issuable under our stock option plans. These registration statements are expected to become effective upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements and to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

        In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period contained in Rule 144.

96



DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

        The following is a summary of certain material provisions of the instruments evidencing our material indebtedness as of the consummation of this offering. The following is not intended to include a summary of all of the material provisions of our material indebtedness. Copies of the agreements governing our material indebtedness have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility

        In connection with the closing of the Mergers, TransDigm Inc. entered into certain senior secured credit facilities, or the Old Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which provided for a $295 million term loan facility and a $100 million revolving loan facility. Upon the closing of the Mergers, the entire term loan facility was drawn to fund a portion of the purchase price paid in connection with the acquisition. On April 1, 2004, TransDigm Inc. entered into the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, which replaced and superceded the Old Senior Secured Credit Facilities in their entirety. The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility is comprised of a $294 million term loan facility and a $100 million revolving loan facility, including a $15 million letter of credit sub-facility. The term loan facility matures on July 22, 2010 and the revolving loan facility matures on July 22, 2009. At December 31, 2005, TransDigm Inc. had term loan borrowings of $289.1 million outstanding under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility. In addition, as of December 31, 2005, TransDigm Inc. had a $0.85 million letter of credit outstanding under the revolving loan facility, with $99.15 million of available borrowings thereunder.

        Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, TransDigm Inc. has the right to request (but no lender is committed to provide) additional term loans, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including being in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility after giving effect to any such incremental term loan borrowings.

        All borrowings under the revolving loan facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties.

Interest Rate and Fees

        The interest rates per annum applicable to loans, other than swingline loans, under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility will be, at TransDigm Inc.'s option, equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted LIBO rate for one, two, three or six-month interest periods chosen by TransDigm Inc., in each case, plus an applicable margin percentage. The alternate base rate will be the greater of (1) Credit Suisse First Boston's prime rate or (2) 50 basis points over the weighted average of rates on overnight Federal funds as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The adjusted LIBO rate will be determined by reference to settlement rates established for deposits in dollars in the London interbank market for a period equal to the interest period of the loan as adjusted for the maximum reserve percentages established by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve to which the lenders under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility are subject. The applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to (1) 1.25% for alternate base rate term loans, (2) 2.25% for adjusted LIBO rate term loans and (3) in the case of alternate base rate revolving loans and adjusted LIBO rate revolving loans, a percentage ranging from 1.75% to 2.50% (in the case of alternate base rate revolving loans) and 2.75% to 3.50% (in the case of adjusted LIBO rate revolving loans), in each case depending upon the leverage ratio of TransDigm Inc. as of the relevant date of determination.

        Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, we are required to pay the administrative agent certain fees. In addition, on the last day of each calendar quarter we are required

97



to pay a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the revolving loan facility and certain other fees in respect of letters of credit that may be outstanding thererunder from time to time.

Mandatory Prepayments

        Subject to exceptions, the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility requires mandatory prepayments of term loans based on certain percentages of excess cash flows, as defined, commencing 95 days after the end of fiscal year 2006, net cash proceeds from asset sales or from the issuance of certain debt securities.

Amortization

        The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility requires scheduled quarterly payments of principal on the term loans on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each calendar year, which scheduled payments began on June 30, 2004, in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans during the life of the loans, with the balance payable on July 22, 2010, the final maturity date of the term loan facility. All scheduled amortization payments will be ratably increased by the aggregate principal amount of incremental term loans, if any.

Collateral and Guarantors

        The indebtedness outstanding under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility is guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings and all of TransDigm Inc.'s current and future domestic restricted subsidiaries, and is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the existing and future property and assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, intellectual property, investment property and other personal property of TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and all of TransDigm Inc.'s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries, and a first priority pledge of the capital stock of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Inc.'s subsidiaries (other than foreign subsidiaries) and 65% of the voting capital stock of TransDigm Inc.'s foreign subsidiaries. TD Group is not a guarantor of and does not otherwise have any obligations with respect to the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility.

Certain Covenants

Financial Covenants

        The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility requires that TransDigm Inc. comply, on a pro forma basis, with the following financial maintenance covenants: a minimum interest coverage ratio test; a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test; and a maximum leverage ratio test.

        Leverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, as of any date, as the ratio of the total indebtedness of TransDigm Inc. on a consolidated basis on such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date. The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility provides that the leverage ratio may not be greater than 5.00 to 1 for July 1, 2005 through December 31, 2006; 4.75 to 1 for January 1, 2007 through March 31, 2007; 4.25 to 1 for April 1, 2007 through March 31, 2008; 4.00 to 1 for April 1, 2008 through June 30, 2009; 3.75 to 1 for July 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010 and 3.50 to 1 for any period after June 30, 2010. As of the last measurement period under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, TransDigm Inc.'s leverage ratio was equal to 4.09 to 1.00, based on consolidated indebtedness of TransDigm Inc. of approximately $689.8 million and Consolidated EBITDA (as defined) of TransDigm Inc. of approximately $168.5 million, in each case during the relevant period.

        Fixed charge coverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility as, for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to consolidated fixed charges of TransDigm Inc. for such period. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, the fixed charge coverage ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters may not be less than

98



1.10 to 1. As of the last measurement period under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, TransDigm Inc.'s fixed charge coverage ratio was equal to 2.44 to 1.00, based on Consolidated EBITDA (as defined) of TransDigm Inc. of approximately $168.5 million and total fixed charges of approximately $69.0 million, in each case during the relevant period.

        Interest coverage ratio is defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility as, for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to consolidated interest expense of TransDigm Inc. for such period. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, the interest coverage ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is required to be at least 2.45 to 1, 2.55 to 1, 2.75 to 1 and 3.00 to 1 for the periods between April 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006, July 1, 2006 through March 31, 2007, April 1, 2007 through March 31, 2008 and any period after March 31, 2008, respectively. As of the last measurement period under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, TransDigm Inc.'s interest coverage ratio was equal to 3.59 to 1.00, based on Consolidated EBITDA (as defined) of TransDigm Inc. of approximately $168.5 million and consolidated interest expense of TransDigm Inc. of approximately $46.9 million, in each case during the relevant period.

        The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility defines Consolidated EBITDA in a manner equal to how we defined EBITDA As Defined.

Certain Negative Covenants

        In addition, the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility includes negative covenants restricting or limiting the ability of TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Inc.'s direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

Such negative covenants are subject to certain exceptions.

        TransDigm Inc. is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility.

99



Representations, Warranties and Certain Events of Default

        The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties. The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility also provides for certain events of default, including the following:

        If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due thereunder and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

        This offering will not constitute a Change of Control under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility.

83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011

        In connection with the closing of the Mergers, TransDigm Inc. issued $400 million of aggregate principal amount of the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

Maturity Date, Interest Rate and Payment Dates

        The 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes will mature on July 15, 2011. Interest on the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 83/8% per annum and is payable semi-annually in cash on January 15 and July 15 of each calendar year.

Collateral, Ranking and Guarantors

        The 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes are TransDigm Inc.'s general unsecured obligations, are subordinated to its existing and future senior indebtedness, if any, and rank pari passu with its future senior subordinated indebtedness, if any. The 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally and on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by TransDigm Holdings and all of TransDigm Inc.'s existing domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees are subordinated to the senior indebtedness of TransDigm Holdings and TransDigm Inc.'s guarantor

100



subsidiaries and rank pari passu with the future senior subordinated indebtedness, if any, of TransDigm Holdings and TransDigm Inc.'s guarantor subsidiaries.

Optional Redemption

        TransDigm Inc. may redeem the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after July 15, 2006, at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture. In addition, prior to July 15, 2006, and subject to the terms set forth in the Indenture, TransDigm Inc. is permitted to use the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings to redeem the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes originally issued at a redemption price of 108.375%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

Change of Control

        Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), each holder of a 83/8% Senior Subordinated Note has the right to require TransDigm Inc. to purchase all or a portion of such holder's notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. This offering will not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture.

Certain Covenants

        The Indenture includes negative covenants restricting or limiting the ability of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Inc.'s direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

Such negative covenants are subject to certain exceptions.

        TransDigm Inc. is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Indenture.

Events of Default

        The Indenture provides for certain events of default, including the following:

101


TD Group Loan Facility

        On November 10, 2005, the lenders under the TD Group Loan Facility made loans to TD Group in an aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million. After giving effect to the fees and expenses paid in connection with the TD Group Loan Facility and related transactions, TD Group received aggregate net proceeds of approximately $193.9 million. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds received from the TD Group Loan Facility together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings, which is described elsewhere in this prospectus, to (i) prepay the entire outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes and (ii) make certain distributions under the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan.

Interest Rate and Fees

        The interest rates per annum applicable to the loans under the TD Group Loan Facility are equal to an adjusted LIBO rate for three-month interest periods plus an applicable margin percentage. The adjusted LIBO rate is determined by reference to settlement rates established for deposits in dollars in the London interbank market for three-month periods as adjusted for the maximum reserve percentages established by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve to which TD Group's lenders are subject. Prior to the Trigger Date (defined as the earlier to occur of an underwritten public offering of our common stock and November 10, 2006), the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 5%. For any day on or after the Trigger Date and prior to the date that is one year from the Trigger Date, the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 5.5%, and for any day on or after the date that is one year from the Trigger Date, the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 6%. The closing date of this offering will constitute the Trigger Date under the TD Group Loan Facility.

        Under the terms of the TD Group Loan Facility, TD Group is required to pay the administrative agent certain fees.

Mandatory Prepayments

        Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the TD Group Loan Facility), TD Group is required to make an offer to the lenders under the TD Group Loan Facility to prepay all loans at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. This offering will not constitute a Change of Control under the TD Group Loan Facility. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, in connection with certain asset sales, TD Group is required to make an offer to the lenders under the TD Group Loan Facility to prepay all loans at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

102



Amortization

        The TD Group Loan Facility matures on November 10, 2011. The principal amount of the indebtedness outstanding under the TD Group Loan Facility is not amortized and, therefore, the entire balance thereof is payable upon maturity on November 10, 2011, subject to certain required prepayments as described above.

Collateral and Guarantors

        The TD Group Loan Facility is unsecured and is not guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including TransDigm Inc.

Certain Covenants

        The TD Group Loan Facility includes negative covenants restricting or limiting the ability of TD Group and its subsidiaries to, among other things:

Such negative covenants are subject to certain exceptions.

        TD Group is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the TD Group Loan Facility.

Representations, Warranties and Certain Events of Default

        The TD Group Loan Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties. The TD Group Loan Facility provides for certain events of default, including the following:

103


104



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS
OF OUR COMMON STOCK

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-U.S. holder, but is not a complete analysis of all the potential tax consequences relating thereto. For the purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not a "U.S. person." For purposes of this discussion, the term U.S. person means:

        If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

        This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant in light of a non-U.S. holder's special tax status or special circumstances. U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities, banks or other financial institutions, "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies," corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax and investors that hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction are among those categories of potential investors that may be subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This discussion does not address any non-income tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Accordingly, each non-U.S. holder should consult its tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.

Dividends

        Payments on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder's adjusted basis in the common stock, but not below zero, and then the excess, if any, will be treated as gain from the sale of the common stock.

        Amounts treated as dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide a valid Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Form W-8BEN or other successor form certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

105



        Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide a valid IRS Form W-8ECI or other successor form properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are generally taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of allowable deductions and credits.

        In addition to the graduated tax described above, dividends received by a corporate non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of such holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is filed timely with the IRS. If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a foreign partnership or a foreign intermediary, the foreign partnership or foreign intermediary will also be required to comply with additional certification requirements.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, however, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively held more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock.

        Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to the U.S. federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to U.S. persons generally and, for corporate holders under certain circumstances, the branch profits tax, but will generally not be subject to withholding, provided any certification requirements are met. Gain described in the second bullet point above (which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses) will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

106



Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld, together with other information. A similar report is sent to the holder. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or withholding could have been reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient's country of residence.

        Backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock if the holder has provided the certification described above that it is not a U.S. person or has otherwise established an exemption.

        Payments of the proceeds from a disposition effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) will apply to such a payment if the broker is a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period, or a foreign partnership if (1) at any time during its tax year, one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in such partnership or (2) at any time during its tax year, it is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, unless in any such case the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

        Payment of the proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. holder of common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its non-U.S. holder status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished timely to the IRS.

107



UNDERWRITING

        TD Group, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters

  Number of Shares
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC    
Lehman Brothers Inc.    
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
Banc of America Securities LLC    
UBS Securities LLC    
Total    

        The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

        If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,643,186 shares from Warburg Pincus and certain members of our management to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

        The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase 1,643,186 additional shares.

 
  Paid by the Selling Stockholders
 
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
Per Share        
Total        

        Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

        Any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares are "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them are deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Discounts, concessions, commissions and similar selling expenses, if any, that can be attributed to the sale of securities will be paid by the selling stockholder and/or the purchasers. Some of the selling stockholders may be deemed to be affiliates of registered broker-dealers. However, each such stockholder has represented and warranted to TD Group that it acquired the securities subject to this registration statement in the ordinary course of such selling stockholder's business and, at the time of its purchase of such securities such selling stockholder had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute any such securities.

108



        We, our directors and executive officers, our stockholders existing immediately prior to this offering and certain of our option holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC has advised us that it has no current intention or arrangement to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. Any waiver is at its sole discretion. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC has advised us that in considering any request to release shares covered by a lock-up agreement, it would consider, among other factors, the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including but not limited to the number of shares requested to be released, market conditions, the possible impact on the market for our common stock, the trading price of our common stock, historical trading volumes of our common stock, the reasons for the request and whether the person seeking the release is one of our officers or directors. For additional information regarding the lock-up agreements, see "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements."

        Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price has been determined by negotiations between representatives of the underwriters and the selling stockholders. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

        We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "TDG." In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from Warburg Pincus and certain members of our management in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a

109



result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved, at the initial offering price, up to            shares offered hereby for sale to certain of our employees. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such employees purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Lehman Brothers Inc. will act as plan administrator for such plan.

        The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

        We and the selling stockholders estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us and for Warburg Pincus and certain of the selling stockholders or their affiliates, for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acts a lender and the administrative agent and collateral agent under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, and certain affiliates of the other underwriters have or may act as lenders thereunder. In addition, affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC acted as arrangers, agents and lenders in connection with the TD Group Loan Facility. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acted as an initial purchaser and the sole lead book-running manager and Banc of America Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC each acted as an initial purchaser and co-manager in connection with the July 2003 offering of the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes by TransDigm Inc. An affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC also acted as dealer-manager and solicitation agent in connection with TransDigm Inc.'s July 2003 tender offer for its then outstanding 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes. Banc of America Capital Investors, L.P., an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC, an underwriter hereunder, is a selling stockholder under this prospectus and will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering.

        A prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the website maintained by one or more of the lead managers of this offering and may also be made available on websites maintained by other underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the lead managers to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

United Kingdom

        The underwriters have not offered or sold, and, prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the closing date for the issue of the common stock, will not offer or sell any of our common stock to persons in the United Kingdom, except to those persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purpose of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; the underwriters have complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the "FSMA") with respect to anything done by them in relation to the common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; the underwriters have only

110



communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us.

The Netherlands

        Our common stock may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from the Netherlands as part of the initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal entities situated in the Netherlands who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, collective investment institutions, central governments, large international and supranational organizations, other institutional investors and other parties, including treasury departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities; hereinafter, "Professional Investors"), provided that in the offer, prospectus and in any other documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of our common stock is publicly announced (whether electronically or otherwise) in the Netherlands it is stated that such offer is and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors. Individual or legal entities who are not Professional Investors may not participate in the offering of our common stock in the Netherlands, and this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock may not be considered an offer or the prospect of an offer to sell or exchange our common stock.

France

        The shares of TD Group common stock are being issued and sold outside the Republic of France and, in connection with their initial distribution, TD Group has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of its common stock to the public in the Republic of France, and it has not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributed to the public in the Republic of France this prospectus or any other offering material relating to its common stock, and that such offers, sales and distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of France only to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét no. 98-880 dated 1st October, 1998.

Germany

        Each person who is in possession of this prospectus is aware of the fact that no German sales prospectus (Verkaufsprospekt) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act (Wertpapier-Verkaufsprospektgesetz, the "Act") of the Federal Republic of Germany has been or will be published with respect to our common stock. In particular, each underwriter has represented that it has not engaged and has agreed that it will not engage in a public offering (offentliches Angebot) within the meaning of the Act with respect to any of our common stock otherwise than in accordance with the Act and all other applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Resale Restrictions—Canada

        The distribution of our common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of our common stock are made. Any resale of our common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of our common stock.

111



Representations of Purchasers—Canada

        By purchasing our common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, a purchaser who purchases a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.


VALIDITY OF SECURITIES

        The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York. Certain partners of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP own in the aggregate less than 1% of the limited partnership interests of Warburg Pincus. The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of TD Group for fiscal years 2005 and 2004 appearing in this prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders equity/(deficiency) and cash flows of (i) TD Group for the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation of TD Group) through September 30, 2003 and (ii) TransDigm Holdings for the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (date of merger of TD Acquisition Corporation with and into TransDigm Holdings) and the related financial statement schedules included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP ("D&T"), an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein (the report on the consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders

112



equity/(deficiency) and cash flows of TD Group expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation") and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS

        On March 1, 2004, the Company, upon recommendation by its audit committee and approval by our Board of Directors, dismissed D&T as its independent auditors. D&T's reports on the consolidated financial statements of TransDigm Holdings for the periods ended September 30, 2003 and July 22, 2003, respectively, did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the periods ended September 30, 2003 and July 22, 2003, respectively, there were no disagreements with D&T on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope of procedure, which if not resolved would have caused D&T to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in its report.

        On March 1, 2004, the Company, upon recommendation by its audit committee and approval by our Board of Directors, engaged Ernst & Young LLP as the Company's principal independent accountants to audit the financial statements of the Company for fiscal year 2004.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act relating to the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of that registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration statement. For further information about us and the common stock offered, see the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document to which reference is made are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance where a copy of a contract or other document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the copy so filed, each of those statements being qualified in all respects by the reference.

        A copy of the registration statement, the exhibits and schedules thereto and any other document we file may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from this office upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference facilities in Washington, D.C. by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public from the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent public accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated financial data, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information at the SEC's public reference room and the website of the SEC referred to above.

113



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TransDigm Group Incorporated

 
  Page
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements    
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2005

 

F-2
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Thirteen Weeks Ended December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005

 

F-3
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Thirteen Weeks Ended December 31, 2005

 

F-4
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Thirteen Weeks Ended December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005

 

F-5
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-6

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

 

F-13

Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

F-16
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Period From July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation) Through September 30, 2003 and the Period From October 1, 2002 Through July 22, 2003 (Predecessor)

 

F-17
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders Equity/(Deficiency) for Years Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Period From July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation) Through September 30, 2003 and the Period From October 1, 2002 Through July 22, 2003 (Predecessor)

 

F-18
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Period From July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation) Through September 30, 2003 and the Period From October 1, 2002 Through July 22, 2003 (Predecessor)

 

F-20
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-21

F-1



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 
  December 31,
2005

  September 30,
2005

 
ASSETS              
CURRENT ASSETS:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 29,556   $ 104,221  
  Trade accounts receivable—Net     61,757     63,554  
  Inventories     78,208     76,077  
  Deferred income taxes     8,345     12,746  
  Prepaid expenses and other     3,265     1,748  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     181,131     258,346  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT—Net     62,970     63,624  
GOODWILL     855,726     855,684  
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES     125,497     125,497  
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Net     102,651     104,454  
DEBT ISSUE COSTS—Net     24,874     19,340  
OTHER     818     803  
   
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 1,353,667   $ 1,427,748  
   
 
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:              
  Current portion of long-term liabilities   $ 2,943   $ 2,943  
  Accounts payable     16,714     16,419  
  Accrued liabilities     37,108     120,425  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     56,765     139,787  
LONG-TERM DEBT—Less current portion     886,170     886,903  
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES     65,132     64,950  
OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES     3,275     3,001  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities     1,011,342     1,094,641  
   
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:              
  Common stock—$.01 par value; authorized 1,500,000 shares; issued 295,465 at December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2005, respectively     3     3  
  Preferred Stock—$.01 par value; authorized 1,000,000 shares; issued 0 at December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2005, respectively          
  Additional paid-in capital     291,127     290,890  
  Retained earnings     51,534     42,550  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (339 )   (336 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     342,325     333,107  
   
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   $ 1,353,667   $ 1,427,748  
   
 
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

NET SALES   $ 100,140   $ 80,270
COST OF SALES     50,897     40,797
   
 
GROSS PROFIT     49,243     39,473
OPERATING EXPENSES:            
  Selling and administrative     13,090     8,254
  Amortization of intangibles     1,816     1,841
   
 
    Total operating expenses     14,906     10,095
   
 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     34,337     29,378
INTEREST EXPENSE—Net     19,799     19,258
   
 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES     14,538     10,120
INCOME TAX PROVISON     5,554     3,753
   
 
NET INCOME   $ 8,984   $ 6,367
   
 
Net earnings per share:            
  Basic earnings per share   $ 30.41   $ 21.55
  Diluted earnings per share   $ 28.81   $ 20.55

Pro forma net earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic earnings per share   $ 0.20      
  Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.19      

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS'

FOR THE THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005

(Amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Retained
Earnings

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

  Total
 
BALANCE, OCTOBER 1, 2005   $ 3   $ 290,890   $ 42,550   $ (336 ) $ 333,107  
Compensation expense recognized for employee stock options         237             237  
Comprehensive income—                                
  Net income             8,984         8,984  
  Other comprehensive loss                 (3 )   (3 )
                           
 
    Comprehensive income                             8,981  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2005   $ 3   $ 291,127   $ 51,534   $ (339 ) $ 342,325  
   
 
 
 
 
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:              
  Net income   $ 8,984   $ 6,367  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:              
    Depreciation     2,421     2,084  
    Amortization of intangibles     1,816     1,841  
    Amortization of debt issue costs     1,153     953  
    Noncash stock option and deferred compensation costs     237     157  
    Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect from acquisition of business:              
      Trade accounts receivable     1,797     (677 )
      Inventories     (2,131 )   1,570  
      Other assets     2,273     23  
      Accounts payable     295     (303 )
      Deferred compensation obligation     (29,477 )   1,408  
      Interest on senior unsecured promissory notes     (59,206 )   6,979  
      Accrued and other liabilities     5,818     8,359  
   
 
 
        Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (66,020 )   28,761  
   
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:              
  Capital expenditures     (1,767 )   (1,554 )
  Acquisition of Skurka         (30,206 )
  Purchase of marketable securities         (33,434 )
  Sales and maturity of marketable securities         34,199  
   
 
 
        Net cash used in investing activities     (1,767 )   (30,995 )
   
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:              
  Payoff of unsecured promissory notes     (199,997 )    
  New loan facility, net of fees     193,855      
  Payment of amounts borrowed under credit facility     (736 )   (735 )
  Payment of license obligation         (1,500 )
   
 
 
        Net cash used in financing activities     (6,878 )   (2,235 )
   
 
 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (74,665 )   (4,469 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD     104,221     48,498  
   
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD   $ 29,556   $ 44,029  
   
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:              
  Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 68,795   $ 3,211  
   
 
 
  Net cash paid during the period for income taxes   $ 2,593   $ 69  
   
 
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-5



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 AND JANUARY 1, 2005

(UNAUDITED)

1.    DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND MERGER

        Description of the Business—On January 19, 2006, TD Holding Corporation changed its legal name to TransDigm Group Incorporated ("TD Group"). This change was effected to ensure that investors recognize that TD Group is the ultimate owner of the TransDigm group of operating companies, as the TransDigm name is recognized in the industry in which TD Group's subsidiaries operate. TD Group through its wholly-owned subsidiary TransDigm Holding Company ("TransDigm Holdings"), and through its wholly-owned subsidiary, TransDigm Inc., is a leading global designer, producer and supplier of highly engineered aircraft components for use on nearly all commercial and military aircraft in service today. TransDigm Inc., which includes the AeroControlex and Adel Wiggins Groups, along with its wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, MarathonNorco Aerospace, Inc., Adams Rite Aerospace, Inc., Champion Aerospace Inc., Avionic Instruments, Inc. and Skurka Aerospace Inc. (collectively, with TransDigm Holdings, the "Company" or "TransDigm") offers a broad range of proprietary aerospace components. Major product offerings, substantially all of which are ultimately provided to end-users in the aerospace industry, include ignition systems and components, gear pumps, mechanical/electromechanical actuators and controls, NiCad batteries/chargers, power conditioning devices, hold-open rods and locking devices, engineered connectors, engineered latches and cockpit security devices, lavatory hardware and components, specialized AC/DC electric motors and specialized valving.

        TD Group was incorporated on July 8, 2003 by outside investors to acquire control of TransDigm Holdings through the Merger described below and had no operations prior to the Merger. TD Group has no material assets or operations other than its 100% ownership of TransDigm Holdings, which in turn has no material assets or operations other than its 100% ownership of TransDigm Inc.

        Initial Public Offering and Pro Forma Earnings Per Common Share—In connection with the initial public offering, TD Group intends to effect a 149.60 to 1.00 stock split and, in connection therewith, TD Group will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to, among other things, increase the number of authorized shares of TD Group's common stock and preferred stock. The accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements do not reflect the effect of the 149.60 to 1.00 stock split.

        The pro forma earnings per share for the thirteen weeks ended December 31, 2005 give effect to the 149.60 to 1.00 stock split.

        Merger—On July 22, 2003, an entity formed by Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. ("Warburg Pincus") merged with and into TransDigm Holdings, with TransDigm Holdings continuing as the surviving corporation and as a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed corporation controlled by Warburg Pincus, TD Group (the "Merger").

2.    UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The financial information included herein is unaudited; however, the information reflects all adjustments (consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments) that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. These financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes for the year ended September 30, 2005 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The September 30, 2005 condensed consolidated balance sheet was derived from TD Group's audited financial statements. The results of operations for the thirteen

F-6



weeks ended December 31, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

3.    NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

        During December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 123 (R), Share Based Payment ("SFAS 123(R)"), which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The Company anticipates adopting this pronouncement effective October 1, 2006. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this pronouncement will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations as SFAS 123(R) will be applied to option grants issued subsequent to December 20, 2005.

4.    ACQUISITIONS

        Eaton—On June 30, 2005, TransDigm Inc., through its wholly-owned Skurka Aerospace Inc. subsidiary, acquired an aerospace motor product line from Eaton Corporation for $9.6 million in cash. The Eaton business has been a long-time supplier of aerospace motors and related products. The motor products are used on a range of commercial aircraft, as well as military programs. The company's proprietary products, market position, and aftermarket content fit well with TransDigm's overall direction. The acquired business was consolidated into Skurka's existing aerospace motor business in Camarillo, California. The Company expects that the $4.8 million of goodwill recognized in accounting for the acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes.

        Fluid Regulators—On January 28, 2005, TransDigm Inc. acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Fluid Regulators Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Esterline Technologies Corporation, for $23.5 million in cash, net of a purchase price adjustment of $0.5 million received in April 2005. Fluid Regulators designs and manufactures highly engineered flight control and pressure valves used in hydraulic, fuel, lubrication and related applications. The products are used on a wide range of commercial and regional aircraft as well as many corporate and military aircraft. Fluid Regulators' product characteristics and market position fit well with TransDigm's overall direction. In an attempt to reduce the combined operating costs of Fluid Regulators and the AeroControlex division of TransDigm Inc., Fluid Regulators was merged into TransDigm Inc. on September 30, 2005. The Company expects that the $15.7 million of goodwill recognized in accounting for the acquisition will not be deductible for income tax purposes.

        Skurka—On December 31, 2004, TransDigm acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Skurka Engineering Company ("Skurka") for $30.7 million in cash. Skurka designs and manufactures engineered aerospace components primarily AC/DC electric motors and transducers. The products are used on a wide range of commercial and military aircraft, ships and ground vehicles. Skurka's product characteristics and market position fit well with TransDigm's overall direction. The Company expects that the $20.7 million of goodwill recognized in accounting for the acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes.

F-7



        The Company accounted for the acquisitions of Skurka, Fluid Regulators and the motor product line (collectively, the "Acquisitions") as purchases and included the results of operations of the acquired businesses in its consolidated financial statements from the effective date of each acquisition. The Company is in the process of obtaining third-party valuations of certain tangible and intangible assets for the motor product line; thus, the values attributed to assets acquired in connection with such acquisitions in the consolidated financial statements are subject to adjustment. Pro forma net sales and results of operations for the Acquisitions, had the Acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the thirteen week period ended January 1, 2005, are not significant and, accordingly, are not provided.

5.    INVENTORIES

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost of inventories is determined by the average cost and the first-in, first-out (FIFO) methods. Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2005

  September 30,
2005

 
Work-in-progress and finished goods   $ 41,844   $ 40,234  
Raw materials and purchased component parts     43,077     42,581  
   
 
 
  Total     84,921     82,815  
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory     (6,713 )   (6,738 )
   
 
 
Inventories—net   $ 78,208   $ 76,077  
   
 
 

F-8


6.    INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31, 2005
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Unpatented technology   $ 90,786   $ 9,532   $ 81,254
License agreement     9,373     1,282     8,091
Trade secrets     11,772     1,293     10,479
Patented technology     1,511     432     1,079
Order backlog     9,245     9,210     35
Other     1,827     114     1,713
   
 
 
  Total   $ 124,514   $ 21,863   $ 102,651
   
 
 
 
  September 30, 2005
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Unpatented technology   $ 90,786   $ 8,488   $ 82,298
License agreement     9,373     1,150     8,223
Trade secrets     11,772     1,159     10,613
Patented technology     1,498     387     1,111
Order backlog     9,245     8,807     438
Other     1,827     56     1,771
   
 
 
  Total   $ 124,501   $ 20,047   $ 104,454
   
 
 

        The total carrying amount of identifiable intangible assets not subject to amortization consists of $125.5 million of trademarks and trade names at both December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2005.

        The aggregate amortization expense on identifiable intangible assets for the thirteen weeks ended December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005 was approximately $1.8 million for each period. The estimated amortization expense for fiscal 2006 is $6.1 million and for each of the five succeeding years 2007 through 2011 is $5.7 million, $5.7 million, $5.5 million, $5.5 million and $5.5 million, respectively.

        The following is a summary of changes to the carrying value of goodwill from September 30, 2005 through December 31, 2005 (in thousands):

Balance, September 30, 2005   $ 855,684
Additional goodwill recoginized in accounting for the Acquisitions     42
   
Balance, December 31, 2005   $ 855,726
   

F-9


7.    PRODUCT WARRANTY

        The Company provides limited warranties in connection with the sale of its products. The warranty period for products sold varies, ranging from 90 days to five years; however, the warranty period for the majority of the Company's sales generally does not exceed one year. A provision for the estimated cost to repair or replace the products is recorded at the time of sale and periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience.

        The following table presents a reconciliation of changes in the product warranty liability for the periods indicated below (in thousands):

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1
2005

 
Liability balance at beginning of period   $ 2,789   $ 2,829  
Accruals for warranties issued     237     162  
Warranty claims settled     (402 )   (303 )
   
 
 
Liability balance at end of period   $ 2,624   $ 2,688  
   
 
 

8.    DEBT

        On November 10, 2005, TD Group closed on a $200 million loan facility (the "TD Group Loan Facility"). The TD Group Loan Facility matures on November 10, 2011. The principal amount of the indebtedness outstanding under the TD Group Loan Facility is not amortized and, therefore, the entire balance thereof is payable on maturity on November 10, 2011, subject to certain required prepayment requirements. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds from the TD Group Loan Facility of approximately $193.9 million, together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings, among other things, to prepay the entire outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the senior unsecured promissory notes totaling approximately $262.7 million (see Note 10).

        The interest rates per annum applicable to the loans under the TD Group Loan Facility are equal to an adjusted LIBO rate for three-month interest periods plus an applicable margin percentage. The adjusted LIBO rate is determined by reference to settlement rates established for deposits in dollars in the London interbank market for three-month periods as adjusted for the maximum reserve percentages established by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve to which TD Group's lenders are subject. Prior to the earlier to occur of an underwritten public offering of TD Group's common stock and November 10, 2006 (the earlier to occur being referred to as the "Trigger Date"), the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 5%. For any day on or after the Trigger Date and prior to the date that is one year from the Trigger Date, the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 5.5%, and for any day on or after the date that is one year from the Trigger Date, the applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to 6%. The interest rate on the TD Group Loan Facility at December 31, 2005 was 9.3%

        The TD Group Loan Facility is subject to mandatory prepayment upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the TD Group Loan Facility) and, subject to certain exceptions, in

F-10



connection with certain asset sales. The TD Group Loan Facility is unsecured and is not guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including TransDigm Inc. The agreement also contains a number of restrictive covenants restricting or limiting the ability of TD Group and its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur or guarantee additional debt, incur liens, issue preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries, pay dividends or make other distributions, purchase or redeem capital stock, make certain investments, enter into arrangements that restrict dividends from restricted subsidiaries, engage in transactions with affiliates, sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge into or consolidate with another entity. TD Group is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the TD Group Loan Facility.

        In connection with closing of the TD Group Loan Facility, on November 10, 2005, TransDigm Inc. entered into an amendment to that certain amended and restated credit agreement (the "Amended and Restated Senior Credit Agreement"), dated as of April 1, 2004 (the "Amendment"). The Amendment, among other things, authorizes TransDigm Holdings, so long as certain conditions are satisfied, to (i) make Bonus and Dividend Payments (as defined therein) and (ii) pay dividends to TD Group so long as the proceeds of such dividends are used, directly or indirectly, to pay interest in respect of the indebtedness outstanding under the TD Group Loan Facility. In addition, the Amendment authorizes TransDigm Inc. to make distributions to TransDigm Holdings to enable TransDigm Holdings to make such dividend payments to TD Group.

9.    RETIREMENT PLANS

        Defined Benefit Pension Plans—The Company has two non-contributory defined benefit pension plans, which together cover certain union employees. The plans provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. The Company's funding policy is to contribute actuarially determined amounts allowable under Internal Revenue Service regulations. The plans' assets consist primarily of guaranteed investment contracts with an insurance company. The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

 
Service cost   $ 23   $ 21  
Interest cost     107     96  
Expected return on plan assets     (65 )   (67 )
Net amortization and deferral     6     8  
   
 
 
    $ 71   $ 58  
   
 
 

        Deferred Compensation PlansCertain management personnel of the Company participated in one or both of two deferred compensation plans of TD Group that were established in connection with the Merger. On November 10, 2005 and December 16, 2005, the Board of Directors of TD Group approved the termination of these deferred compensation plans. TD Group adopted the TD Holding Corporation 2005 New Management Deferred Compensation Plan (the "New Management Deferred

F-11


Compensation Plan") in December 2005 in connection with certain new requirements under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The New Management Deferred Compensation Plan is for the benefit of certain management personnel of the Company who were granted new management options under the TD Group stock option plan. The New Management Deferred Compensation Plan provides that a participant's deferred compensation account is fully distributable upon the earlier of December 31, 2008 or a Change in Control (as defined in the plan). On December 16, 2005, TD Group's Board of Directors approved contributions of $6.2 million, in the aggregate, to participant account balances under the New Management Deferred Compensation Plan. The cost of the plans totaled $(3.0) million and $1.4 million for the thirteen week periods ended December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005, respectively. The amount recognized during the period ended December 31, 2005 includes a reversal of previously recorded charges of $3.8 million resulting from the termination of the two deferred compensation plans of TD Group discussed above. The obligations under the New Management Deferred Compensation Plan represent obligations of TD Group and are not guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings or any of its subsidiaries.

10.    DIVIDEND AND BONUS PAYMENTS

        On November 10, 2005, in connection with the closing of the TD Group Loan Facility (see Note 8), TransDigm Inc. paid a cash dividend to TransDigm Holdings and made certain bonus payments to certain members of TransDigm's management. The aggregate amount of the cash dividend and bonus payments made by TransDigm Inc. was approximately $104 million. TransDigm Holdings used all of the proceeds received by it from the payment of the cash dividend from TransDigm Inc. to pay a cash dividend to TD Group. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds received from the TD Group Loan Facility of approximately $193.9 million, together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings to, (i) prepay the entire outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on its senior unsecured promissory notes that were issued by it in connection with the Merger in July 2003, with all such payments totaling approximately $262.7 million, (ii) make a distribution to participants under the TD Holding Corporation 2003 Rollover Deferred Compensation and Phantom Stock Unit Plan (the "Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan") of their vested deferred compensation account balances, with all such distributions totaling approximately $23.0 million, and (iii) make a distribution to participants under the TD Holding Corporation 2003 Management Deferred Compensation and Phantom Stock Unit Plan (the "Management Deferred Compensation Plan") of their vested and a portion of their unvested deferred compensation account balances, with all such distributions totaling approximately $3.0 million. In connection with the distributions under the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan, the Board of Directors of TD Group approved the termination of the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan, with such terminations becoming effective on November 10, 2005 and December 16, 2005, respectively.

        The approximately $6.2 million in aggregate bonuses were allocated to each employee receiving a bonus based on the aggregate number of shares of the Company's common stock underlying rollover options and new management options granted to all employees receiving a bonus.

F-12



11.    EARNINGS PER SHARE CALCULATION

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
 
  December 31,
2005

  January 1,
2005

 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

Basic Earnings Per Share Calculation:            
Net income   $ 8,984   $ 6,367
   
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding     295.5     295.5
   
 
Basic earnings per share   $ 30.41   $ 21.55
   
 

Diluted Earnings Per Share Calculation:

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income   $ 8,984   $ 6,367
   
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding     295.5     295.5
Effect of dilutive options outstanding     16.4     14.4
   
 
Total weighted-average shares outstanding     311.9     309.8
   
 
Diluted earnings per share   $ 28.81   $ 20.55
   
 

F-13


        The following table sets forth the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share after giving effect to the intended 149.60 to 1.00 stock split:

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
 
  December 31,
2005

 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

Basic Earnings Per Share Calculation:      
Net income   $ 8,984
   
Weighted-average shares outstanding     44,202
   
Basic earnings per share   $ 0.20
   

Diluted Earnings Per Share Calculation:

 

 

 
Net income   $ 8,984
   
Weighted-average shares outstanding     44,202
Effect of dilutive options outstanding     2,455
   
Total weighted-average shares outstanding     46,657
   
Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.19
   

F-14



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
TransDigm Group Incorporated

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of TransDigm Group Incorporated and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended September 30, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule for the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 included at Item 16(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audit.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TransDigm Group Incorporated and subsidiaries at September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended September 30, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule for the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
November 22, 2005

F-14



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
TransDigm Group Incorporated (formerly, TD Holding Corporation)

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders equity/(deficiency) and cash flows of TransDigm Group Incorporated (formerly, TD Holding Corporation) and subsidiaries (the "Successor" and, together with its predecessor, TransDigm Holding Company, the "Company") for the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule for the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003 listed in Item 16(b). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of the Successor for the period from July 8, 2003 (date of formation) through September 30, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2003 taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, effective July 23, 2003, the Company adopted a new method of accounting for stock options that had not been utilized by its predecessor, TransDigm Holding Company, prior to its merger with TD Acquisition Corporation, a subsidiary of TransDigm Group Incorporated.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Cleveland, Ohio
April 1, 2004

F-15



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
TransDigm Holding Company

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders equity/(deficiency) and cash flows of TransDigm Holding Company and subsidiaries (the "Predecessor" and, together with its successor, TransDigm Group Incorporated, formerly TD Holding Corporation, the "Company") for the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (date of merger with TransDigm Group Incorporated through TD Acquisition Corporation). Our audit also included the financial statement schedule for the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 listed in Item 16(b). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor for the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (date of merger with TransDigm Group Incorporated through TD Acquisition Corporation) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements for the period ended July 22, 2003 taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Cleveland, Ohio
December 19, 2003

F-16



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2004

 
  Successor
 
 
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (Amounts in thousands)

 
ASSETS              
CURRENT ASSETS:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 104,221   $ 48,498  
  Marketable securities         50,601  
  Trade accounts receivable—Net     63,554     44,489  
  Inventories     76,077     64,385  
  Deferred income taxes     12,746     10,355  
  Prepaid expenses and other     1,748     1,851  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     258,346     220,179  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT—Net     63,624     60,817  
GOODWILL     855,684     812,460  
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES     125,497     125,497  
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Net     104,454     103,101  
DEBT ISSUE COSTS—Net     19,340     23,148  
OTHER     803     710  
   
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 1,427,748   $ 1,345,912  
   
 
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:              
  Current portion of long-term liabilities   $ 2,943   $ 4,431  
  Accounts payable     16,419     11,468  
  Accrued liabilities     120,425     24,895  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     139,787     40,794  
LONG-TERM DEBT—Less current portion     886,903     889,845  
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES     64,950     60,672  
OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES     3,001     57,189  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities     1,094,641     1,048,500  
   
 
 

STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Common stock—$.01 par value; authorized 1,500,000 shares; issued 295,465 at September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively     3     3  
  Preferred stock—$.01 par value; authorized 1,000,000 shares; issued 0 at September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively          
  Additional paid-in capital     290,890     289,828  
  Retained earnings     42,550     7,863  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (336 )   (282 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders equity     333,107     297,412  
   
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY   $ 1,427,748   $ 1,345,912  
   
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-17



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Successor
   
 
 
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  July 8,
2003 (Date of
Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

 


  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

  Year Ended
September 30,
2004

  October 1,
2002
Through
July 22,
2003

 
 
  (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 
NET SALES   $ 374,253   $ 300,703   $ 52,083   $ 241,185  
COST OF SALES (Including inventory purchase accounting charges of $1,493, $18,471, $12,038 and $855 for the periods ended September 30, 2005, September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and July 22, 2003, respectively)     189,983     164,198     40,399     126,516  
   
 
 
 
 
GROSS PROFIT     184,270     136,505     11,684     114,669  
OPERATING EXPENSES:                          
  Selling and administrative     38,943     31,201     5,205     20,167  
  Amortization of intangibles     7,747     10,325     1,975     945  
  Merger expenses                 176,003  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     46,690     41,526     7,180     197,115  
   
 
 
 
 
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS     137,580     94,979     4,504     (82,446 )
INTEREST EXPENSE—Net     80,266     74,675     14,233     28,224  
   
 
 
 
 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES     57,314     20,304     (9,729 )   (110,670 )
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)     22,627     6,682     (3,970 )   (40,701 )
   
 
 
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (5,759 ) $ (69,969 )
   
 
 
 
 

Net earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share

 

$

117.40

 

$

46.11

 

$

(19.76

)

$

(606.38

)
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

$

111.49

 

$

44.01

 

$

(19.76

)

$

(606.38

)

Pro forma net earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-18



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY/(DEFICIENCY)

Predecessor for the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Warrant
  Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

  Total
 
 
  (Amounts in thousands)

 
BALANCE—October 1, 2002   $ 1   $ 102,079   $ 1,934   $ (180,506 ) $ (664 ) $ (77,156 )
Comprehensive loss:                                      
  Net loss                 (69,969 )       (69,969 )
  Other comprehensive loss                     (173 )   (173 )
                                 
 
    Comprehensive loss                                   (70,142 )
Cumulative redeemable preferred stock:                                      
  Dividends accrued                 (2,443 )       (2,443 )
  Accretion for original issuance discount                 (226 )       (226 )
Adjustment of redeemable common stock                 (2,743 )       (2,743 )
Elimination of historical stockholders deficiency in connection with the Merger     (1 )   (102,079 )   (1,934 )   255,887     837     152,710  
Equity contribution from TD Group:                                      
  Cash investment         471,300                 471,300  
  Rollover equity investment         35,698                 35,698  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE—July 22, 2003   $   $ 506,998   $   $   $   $ 506,998  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-19



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY/(DEFICIENCY)

Successor for the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 and the
period from July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation) through September 30, 2003

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

  Total
 
 
  (Amounts in thousands)

 
BALANCE—July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation)   $   $   $   $   $  
Equity contributions:                                
  Cash investment     3     271,300             271,303  
  Rollover equity investment         17,937             17,937  
Compensation expense recognized for employee stock options         104             104  
Comprehensive loss:                                
  Net loss             (5,759 )       (5,759 )
  Other comprehensive loss                 (103 )   (103 )
                           
 
    Comprehensive loss                             (5,862 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options         69             69  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE—September 30, 2003     3     289,410     (5,759 )   (103 )   283,551  
Compensation expense recognized for employee stock options         633             633  
Comprehensive income:                                
  Net income             13,622         13,622  
  Other comprehensive loss                 (179 )   (179 )
                           
 
    Comprehensive income                             13,443  
Purchase of common stock         (239 )           (239 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options         24             24  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE—September 30, 2004     3     289,828     7,863     (282 )   297,412  
Compensation expense recognized for employee stock options         1,062             1,062  
Comprehensive income:                                
  Net income             34,687         34,687  
  Other comprehensive loss                 (54 )   (54 )
                           
 
    Comprehensive income                             34,633  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE—September 30, 2005   $ 3   $ 290,890   $ 42,550   $ (336 ) $ 333,107  
   
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-20



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Successor
   
 
 
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation) Through September 30, 2003
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

  Year Ended
September 30,
2004

  October 1,
2002
Through
July 22,
2003

 
 
  (Amounts in thousands)

 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                          
  Net income (loss)   $ 34,687   $ 13,622   $ (5,759 ) $ (69,969 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                          
    Inventory purchase accounting charge     1,493     18,471     12,038     855  
    Depreciation     9,209     7,978     1,358     5,410  
    Amortization of intangibles     7,747     10,325     1,975     945  
    Amortization/write-off of debt issue costs and note premium     3,808     3,791     672     9,829  
    Interest accrued on Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes     28,806     25,734     4,666      
    Non-cash stock option and deferred compensation costs     6,848     6,169     1,033     35,698  
    Deferred income taxes     693     2,706     (4,255 )   (20,393 )
    Loss on repayment of senior subordinated notes                 16,595  
    Interest deferral on TransDigm Holdings PIK Notes                 1,546  
    Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from Merger and acquisitions of businesses:                          
      Trade accounts receivable     (15,576 )   (5,134 )   (658 )   3,099  
      Inventories     (4,566 )   (2,157 )   1,603     (4,387 )
      Income taxes receivable and other assets     (1,534 )   36,583     1,917     (42,448 )
      Accounts payable     4,031     (499 )   (1,166 )   (267 )
      Accrued and other liabilities     5,049     (6,450 )   3,428     29,303  
   
 
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     80,695     111,139     16,852     (34,184 )
   
 
 
 
 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Merger with TransDigm Holdings (net of cash balances existing at the date of the Merger)             (469,339 )    
  Capital expenditures     (7,960 )   (5,416 )   (968 )   (4,241 )
  Acquisition of businesses     (63,171 )   (21,531 )   988     (53,026 )
  Purchase of marketable securities     (65,374 )   (94,675 )        
  Sales and maturity of marketable securities     115,975     44,003          
   
 
 
 
 
        Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (20,530 )   (77,619 )   (469,319 )   (57,267 )
   
 
 
 
 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Borrowings under credit facility—net of fees                 306,744  
  Proceeds from senior subordinated notes—net of fees                 386,973  
  Proceeds from issuance of Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes             199,997      
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock and exercise of stock options         24     271,372     471,300  
  Repayment of amounts borrowed under credit facility     (2,942 )   (2,209 )       (200,793 )
  Payment of license obligation     (1,500 )   (1,500 )       (2,600 )
  Repayment/defeasance of senior subordinated notes, including premium                 (216,595 )
  Repayment of TransDigm Holdings PIK Notes                 (32,802 )
  Redemption of preferred stock and warrant                 (28,003 )
  Purchase of common stock         (239 )       (599,725 )
  Payment of Merger costs incurred by stockholders of TD Group                 (2,049 )
   
 
 
 
 
        Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (4,442 )   (3,924 )   471,369     82,450  
   
 
 
 
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     55,723     29,596     18,902     (9,001 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period     48,498     18,902         49,206  
   
 
 
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period   $ 104,221   $ 48,498   $ 18,902   $ 40,205  
   
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                          
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 45,995   $ 45,535   $ 1,175   $ 31,998  
   
 
 
 
 
Net cash paid (received) during the period for income taxes   $ 19,232   $ (32,933 ) $ (23 ) $ 16,771  
   
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-21



TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND MERGER

        Description of the Business—On January 19, 2006, TD Holding Corporation changed its legal name to TransDigm Group Incorporated ("TD Group"). This change was effected to ensure that investors recognize that TD Group is the ultimate owner of the TransDigm group of operating companies, as the TransDigm name is recognized in the industry in which TD Group's subsidiaries operate. TD Group through its wholly-owned subsidiary, TransDigm Holding Company ("TransDigm Holdings"), and TransDigm Holdings' wholly-owned subsidiary, TransDigm Inc., is a leading global designer, producer and supplier of highly engineered aircraft components for use on nearly all commercial and military aircraft in service today. TransDigm Inc., which includes the AeroControlex and Adel Wiggins Groups, along with its wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, MarathonNorco Aerospace, Inc. ("Marathon"), Adams Rite Aerospace, Inc., Champion Aerospace Inc., Avionic Instruments, Inc. and Skurka Aerospace Inc., offers a broad line of proprietary aerospace components. Major product offerings include ignition systems and components, gear pumps, mechanical/electromechanical controls and actuators, NiCad batteries/chargers, power conditioning devices, hold-open rods and locking devices, engineered connectors, engineered latches, cockpit security devices, lavatory hardware and components, specialized AC/DC electric motors and specialized valving.

        TD Group was incorporated on July 8, 2003 by outside investors to acquire control of TransDigm Holdings through the Merger described below and had limited operations prior to the Merger. TD Group has no material assets or operations other than its 100% ownership of TransDigm Holdings, which in turn has no material assets or operations other than its 100% ownership of TransDigm Inc. TD Group and all of its subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as the "Successor." TransDigm Holdings prior to the Merger on July 22, 2003 is referred to as the "Predecessor." The Successor and the Predecessor are collectively referred to as the "Company." The Predecessor financial statements represent the financial statements of TransDigm Holdings prior to the Merger. As a result of purchase accounting for the Merger described below, the Predecessor balances and amounts presented in these consolidated financial statements and footnotes may not be comparable to the Successor balances and amounts.

        Initial Public Offering and Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Common Share—In connection with the initial public offering, TD Group intends to effect a 149.60 to 1.00 stock split and, in connection therewith, TD Group will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to, among other things, increase the number of authorized shares of TD Group's common stock and preferred stock. The accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements do not reflect the effect of the 149.60 to 1.00 stock split.

        The pro forma earnings per share for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 give effect to the 149.60 to 1.00 stock split.

        Merger—On July 22, 2003, TD Group received $471.3 million of initial funding from Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. ("Warburg Pincus") and certain other investors in the form of $271.3 million of cash equity contributions and approximately $200 million of borrowings under senior unsecured promissory notes. All of these funds were used to capitalize a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Group, TD Acquisition Corporation ("TD Acquisition"), that was merged with and into TransDigm Holdings, with TransDigm Holdings continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Group (the "Merger"). The cash merger consideration of approximately $759.7 million paid to TransDigm Holdings' former common and preferred stockholders, holders of in-the-money stock options and the holder of a warrant to purchase TransDigm Holdings' common stock (including merger related expenses of approximately $29.1 million borne by the former equity

F-22



holders of TransDigm Holdings and excluding the $35.7 million fair value of stock options rolled over in connection with the Merger), acquisition fees and expenses of approximately $34.7 million and the repayment of substantially all of TransDigm Inc.'s then existing long-term indebtedness was financed through: (1) the investment of $471.3 million in TD Group which was contributed as equity to TD Acquisition which then contributed such proceeds as equity to TD Funding Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Acquisition, which merged with and into TransDigm Inc. in connection with the Merger, with TransDigm Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransDigm Holdings; (2) $295.0 million of borrowings by TransDigm Inc. under a secured term loan facility; (3) $400.0 million of gross proceeds from the issuance by TransDigm Inc. of 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011; and (4) the use of TransDigm Inc.'s existing cash balances. Following the Merger, Warburg Pincus, through its direct and indirect ownership, owns a majority of the outstanding common stock of TD Group. The 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally and on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by TransDigm Holdings and all of TransDigm Inc.'s existing domestic subsidiaries.

        The Merger was accounted for as a purchase and fair value adjustments to the Company's assets and liabilities were recorded as of the date of the Merger. The purchase price paid by TD Group under the terms of the merger agreement was determined in a competitive bidding process. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets resulted in the recognition of $800.0 million of goodwill; $673.4 million of which will not be deductible for income tax purposes. TransDigm Holdings consolidated cash flows and results of operations have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Successor since the date of the Merger.

        The following table summarizes the fair values assigned to the Company's assets and liabilities in connection with the Merger (in thousands):

Assets:      
  Current assets   $ 218,861
  Property, plant and equipment     60,732
  Goodwill     799,983
  Other intangible assets     238,516
  Other assets     27,732
   
    Total assets     1,345,824
   

Liabilities:

 

 

 
  Current liabilities     82,100
  Long-term debt     692,788
  Deferred income taxes     60,472
  Other liabilities     3,466
   
    Total liabilities     838,826
   
TD Group investment in TransDigm Holdings   $ 506,998
   

        TD Group's investment in TransDigm Holdings is comprised of TD Group's cash equity contribution of $471.3 million plus the $35.7 million fair value of TransDigm Holdings' stock options rolled over into interests in certain deferred compensation plans of TD Group (see Note 11) and stock

F-23



options of TD Group (see Note 15) in connection with the Merger. The $469.3 million of cash disbursed by TD Group in connection with the Merger, as reported in the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows for the period ended September 30, 2003, is comprised of TD Group's $471.3 million cash equity contribution and $38.2 million of expenditures relating to the Merger made subsequent to July 22, 2003 less $40.2 million of cash balances of TransDigm Holdings and its subsidiaries acquired in connection with the Merger.

        The following table summarizes the unaudited, consolidated pro forma results of operations of the Company, as if the Merger and the Norco Acquisition (see Note 2) had occurred on the first day of the period presented (in thousands):

 
  October 1, 2002
Through
July 22, 2003

 
Net sales   $ 248,685  
Operating loss     (125,948 )
Net loss     (106,800 )

        These pro forma results of operations include the effects of: (i) inventory purchase accounting adjustments that were charged to cost of sales in the year following the transactions as the inventory on hand as of the date of the transactions was sold; (ii) additional amortization expense that was recognized from the identifiable intangible assets recorded in accounting for the transactions; (iii) additional depreciation expense resulting from the write-up of the carrying value of property, plant and equipment to fair value in accounting for the transactions; (iv) additional compensation expense that resulted from the new stock option plan (see Note 15) and the deferred compensation plans of TD Group established in conjunction with the Merger (see Note 11) that cover certain management personnel of the Company; and (v) additional interest expense that resulted from the Company's increased indebtedness resulting from the transactions. This pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have been obtained if the transactions had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented and is not intended to be a projection of future results.

        The Company's results of operations for the period ended July 22, 2003 included a one-time charge of $176.0 million ($111.8 million after tax) that was recorded as a result of the Merger and consisted primarily of the following (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor
Compensation costs recognized for stock options redeemed and rolled over in connection with the Merger   $ 137,538
Premium paid to redeem the 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes     16,595
Write-off of debt issue costs associated with the 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes     9,459
Investment banker fees     8,220
Other fees and expenses     4,191
   
Total Merger charge   $ 176,003
   

F-24


2.    ACQUISITIONS

        Eaton—On June 30, 2005, TransDigm Inc., through its wholly-owned subsidiary Skurka Aerospace Inc. ("Skurka"), acquired an aerospace motor product line from Eaton Corporation for $9.6 million in cash. The acquired Eaton business has been a long-time supplier of aerospace motors and related products. The motor products are used on a range of commercial aircraft, as well as military programs. The proprietary products, market position, and aftermarket content of the acquired business fit well with TransDigm Inc.'s overall business direction. The acquired business will be consolidated into Skurka's existing aerospace motor business in Camarillo, California. The purchase price consideration of $9.6 million in cash was funded through the use of TransDigm Inc.'s existing cash balances. The Company expects that the goodwill of $4.8 million recognized in accounting for this acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes.

        Fluid Regulators—On January 28, 2005, TransDigm Inc. acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Fluid Regulators Corporation ("FRC") from Esterline Technologies Corporation, for $23.5 million in cash, net of a purchase price adjustment of $0.5 million received in April 2005. FRC designs and manufactures highly engineered flight control and pressure valves used in hydraulic, fuel, lubrication and related applications. The products are used on a wide range of commercial and regional aircraft as well as many corporate and military aircraft. FRC's product characteristics and market position fit well with TransDigm Inc.'s overall direction. In addition, in an attempt to reduce the combined operating costs of FRC and the AeroControlex division of TransDigm Inc., FRC was merged into TransDigm Inc. on September 30, 2005. The purchase price consideration of $23.5 million in cash was funded through the use of the Company's existing cash balances. The Company expects that the goodwill of $15.7 million recognized in accounting for this acquisition will not be deductible for income tax purposes.

        Skurka—On December 31, 2004, Skurka acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Skurka Engineering Company ("Skurka Engineering") for $30.7 million in cash. Skurka Engineering designs and manufactures engineered aerospace components, primarily AC/DC electric motors and transducers. The products are used on a wide range of commercial and military aircraft, ships and ground vehicles. Skurka Engineering's product characteristics and market position fit well with TransDigm Inc.'s overall direction. The purchase price consideration of $30.7 million in cash was funded through the use of the Company's existing cash balances. The Company expects substantially all of the goodwill of $20.7 million recognized in accounting for this acquisition to be deductible for income tax purposes.

        The Company accounted for the acquisition of the assets of Skurka Engineering, the stock of FRC and the motor product line (collectively, the "Acquisitions") as a purchase and included the results of operations of the acquired businesses in its consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the applicable acquisition. The Company is in the process of obtaining third-party valuations of certain tangible and intangible assets; thus, the values attributed to acquired assets in the consolidated financial statements are subject to adjustment. Pro forma net sales and results of operations for the Acquisitions, had the Acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the year ended September 30, 2005, are not significant and, accordingly, are not provided.

        Avionic Instruments—On July 9, 2004, TransDigm Inc. acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Avionic Instruments, Inc. ("Avionic Instruments") and DAC Realty Corp. ("DAC") for approximately $20.9 million in cash, net of a purchase price adjustment of $0.6 million, net of fees, received in April 2005. Avionic Instruments designs and manufactures specialized power conversion

F-25



devices for a wide range of aerospace applications. These products are used on most commercial and regional transports as well as many corporate and military aircraft. DAC is a realty company that holds title to the real property used in connection with the operation of the business of Avionic Instruments. Avionic Instruments' proprietary products, market position and aftermarket content fit well with TransDigm Inc.'s overall direction. In addition, the acquisition significantly enhances the Company's existing market position in aerospace power conversion devices.

        The purchase price consideration of $20.9 million in cash was funded through the use of the Company's existing cash balances. Goodwill of $13.1 million recognized in accounting for this acquisition will not be deductible for income taxes. The Company accounted for the acquisition as a purchase and has included the results of operations of the acquired company in its consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the acquisition.

        Pro forma net sales and results of operations for this acquisition, had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the year ended September 30, 2004, are not significant and, accordingly, are not provided.

        Norco—On February 24, 2003, Marathon acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Norco, Inc. ("Norco") business from TransTechnology Corporation for $51.0 million in cash (the "Norco Acquisition"). In addition, the Company was required to pay approximately $1.0 million of asset transfer tax payments in accordance with the purchase agreement and, during August 2003, a $1.1 million purchase price adjustment was received by Marathon from TransTechnology Corporation (excluding related fees and expenses of $0.1 million) based on a final determination of working capital as of the closing of the Norco Acquisition.

        Norco is a leading aerospace component manufacturer of proprietary engine hold open mechanisms and specialty connecting devices. Norco's proprietary aerospace components, significant aftermarket sales and large share of niche markets are consistent with TransDigm Inc.'s overall direction. In addition, as a result of the Norco Acquisition, Marathon reduced the combined operating costs through the relocation of the Norco manufacturing process into its existing Waco, Texas facility. During the fourth quarter of the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, the Company relocated Norco's manufacturing operations from Norco's former facility in Connecticut to Marathon's Waco, Texas facility. In connection with this relocation, Norco's lease at its Connecticut facility was cancelled.

        The initial purchase price consideration of $51.0 million in cash, $1.0 million of asset transfer tax payments and $1.0 million of costs associated with the Norco Acquisition were funded through the use of $28.2 million of the Company's existing cash balances and $24.8 million (net of fees of $0.2 million) of borrowings under TransDigm Inc.'s previous senior secured credit facility (the "Old Credit Facility"). All amounts outstanding under the Old Credit Facility were repaid in connection with the consummation of the Merger (see Note 1).

        The Company accounted for the Norco Acquisition as a purchase and included the results of operations of the acquired business in its consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the acquisition. Substantially all of the goodwill recognized in accounting for the Norco Acquisition is deductible for income tax purposes.

F-26



        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in connection with the Norco Acquisition (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor
Current assets   $ 8,487
Property, plant and equipment     834
Goodwill     27,981
Other intangible assets     17,137
   
Total assets acquired     54,439
Total liabilities assumed—current liabilities     2,401
   
Net assets acquired   $ 52,038
   

3.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Presentation and Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TD Group and its subsidiaries and, prior to the Merger, the accounts of TransDigm Holdings and its subsidiaries (Predecessor). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

        Since the date of the Merger (see Note 1), the accompanying consolidated financial statements include fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities, including inventory, goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment and the subsequent impact on cost of sales, amortization and depreciation expenses.

        Revenue Recognition and Related Allowances—The Company recognizes substantially all revenue based upon shipment of products to the customer, at which time title and risk of loss passes to the customer. Substantially all sales are made pursuant to firm, fixed-price purchase orders received from customers. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold. Provisions for estimated returns, uncollectible accounts and the cost of repairs under contract warranty provisions are provided for in the same period as the related revenues are recorded and are principally based on historical results modified, as appropriate, by the most current information available. Due to uncertainties in the estimation process, it is possible that actual results may vary from the estimates and the differences could be material.

        Research and Development Costs—The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred and records these costs in operating expenses—selling and administration. The cost recognized for research and development costs for the years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, and the periods ended September 30, 2003 and July 22, 2003 (Predecessor) was approximately $2.5 million, $2.2 million, $0.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

        Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

        Marketable Securities—Marketable securities consist of U.S. Treasury Notes, U.S. Government Agency mortgage-backed obligations, corporate bonds and asset backed securities. The Company accounts for its marketable securities under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS No. 115"), which

F-27



requires that marketable debt and equity securities be adjusted to market value at the end of each accounting period, except in the case of debt securities which a holder has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, in which case the debt securities are carried at cost. For marketable debt and equity securities carried at market value, unrealized market value gains and losses are charged or credited to a separate component of stockholders equity ("accumulated other comprehensive loss").

        The Company determines the proper classification of its marketable debt and equity securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designations as of each balance sheet date. At September 30, 2004, all marketable securities were designated as available for sale. Accordingly, these securities were stated at market value at September 30, 2004, with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss. All marketable securities were sold during fiscal 2005. Realized gains and losses on sale of securities, as determined on a specific identification basis, were included in net income.

        Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts—The Company reserves for amounts determined to be uncollectible based on specific identification and historical experience. The allowance also incorporates a provision for the estimated impact of disputes with customers. The determination of the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts is subject to significant levels of judgment and estimation by management. If circumstances change or economic conditions deteriorate or improve, the allowance for doubtful accounts could increase or decrease.

        Inventories—Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost of inventories is determined by the average cost and the first-in, first-out (FIFO) methods. Provision for potentially obsolete or slow-moving inventory is made based on management's analysis of inventory levels and future sales forecasts. In accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as current assets even though a portion of the inventories may not be sold within one year.

        Property, Plant and Equipment—Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: land improvements from 10 to 20 years, buildings and improvements from 10 to 30 years, machinery and equipment from 3 to 10 years and furniture and fixtures from 3 to 10 years.

        The Company assesses the potential impairment of its property by determining whether the carrying value of the property can be recovered through projected, undiscounted cash flows from future operations over the property's remaining estimated useful life. Any impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.

        Debt Issue Costs, Premiums and Discounts—The cost of obtaining financing as well as premiums and discounts are amortized using the interest method over the terms of the respective obligations/securities.

        Intangible Assets—Intangible assets consist of identifiable intangibles acquired or recognized in accounting for the Merger and other acquisitions (trademarks, trade names, a license agreement, patented and unpatented technology, trade secrets and order backlog) and goodwill. Goodwill and certain other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Instead, they are tested for impairment at least annually. A two-step impairment test is used to identify potential goodwill impairment. The first step of the goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit (as defined) with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired, and the second step of the goodwill impairment test is unnecessary. The second step measures the amount of impairment, if any, by comparing the carrying value of the goodwill associated

F-28



with a reporting unit to the implied fair value of the goodwill derived from the estimated overall fair value of the reporting unit and the individual fair values of the other assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The impairment test for indefinite lived intangible assets consists of a comparison between their fair values and carrying values. If the carrying amounts of intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives exceed their fair values, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the sum of any such excesses. The Company's annual impairment test of goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives is performed as of its fiscal year end.

        The Company assesses the recoverability of its amortizable intangible assets by determining whether the amortization over their remaining lives can be recovered through projected, undiscounted, cash flows from future operations.

        Stock Option and Deferred Compensation Plans—Prior to the Merger, the Company applied Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", ("APB No. 25") and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. No compensation cost was recognized for TransDigm Holdings' stock option plans because the exercise price of the options issued equaled the fair value of the common stock on the grant date. In connection with the Merger, TransDigm Holdings' outstanding stock options were either cancelled in return for cash consideration or exchanged for a combination of stock options of TD Group and interests in certain deferred compensation plans of TD Group.

        Effective with the consummation of the Merger and the issuance of the TD Group stock options described above, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, which requires the measurement of compensation expense under a stock option plan to be based on the estimated fair values of the awards under the plan on the grant dates and amortizes the expense over the options' vesting periods. In addition, the Company accounts for the cost of the deferred compensation plans in accordance with Opinion No. 12 of the Accounting Principles Board, which requires the cost of deferred compensation arrangements to be accrued over the service period of the related employees in a systematic and rational manner.

        Earnings Per Share—The Company is required to report both basic earnings per share ("EPS"), based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, and diluted EPS, based on the basic EPS adjusted for all potentially dilutive shares issuable. The calculation of EPS is disclosed in Note 13.

        Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred taxes are recorded for the difference between the book and tax basis of various assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

F-29


        Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Comprehensive Income (Loss)—The term "comprehensive income (loss)" represents the change in stockholders equity/(deficiency) from transactions and other events and circumstances resulting from non-shareholder sources. The Company's accumulated other comprehensive loss, consisting principally of its minimum pension liability adjustment, is reported separately in the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in stockholders equity/(deficiency), net of taxes of $0.2 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, the period from July 23, 2003 through September 30, 2003, and the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (Predecessor), respectively.

        Segment Reporting—In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," management evaluates the Company as one reporting segment in the aerospace industry. The Company is engaged in the design, manufacture and sale of engineered aircraft components through its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company's product offerings consist primarily of highly engineered electro/mechanical components used in aerospace and defense applications. Substantially all of the Company's operations and assets are located within the United States.

        Reclassifications—Certain reclassifications have been made to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures for fiscal year 2004 and the periods ended July 22, 2003 and September 30, 2003 to conform to the classifications used for the year ended September 30, 2005.

4.    MARKETABLE SECURITIES

        There were no marketable securities at September 30, 2005. At September 30, 2004 marketable securities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
   
  Gross Unrealized
   
 
  Cost
  Gains
  Losses
  Fair Value
Debt securities:                        
  U.S. Treasury Notes   $ 19,212   $ 15   $ 13   $ 19,214
  U.S. Government Agency mortgage-backed securities     11,055     13     20     11,048
  Corporate bonds     8,689     3     71     8,621
  Asset backed securities     11,715     24     21     11,718
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 50,671   $ 55   $ 125   $ 50,601
   
 
 
 

        Proceeds from the sale/maturity of marketable securities were $116.0 and $44.0 million during the years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, respectively. Gross realized losses for the years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004 were $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The Company had no realized gains or losses from the sale/maturity of marketable securities during the periods ended July 22, 2003 (Predecessor) and September 30, 2003.

F-30



5.    SALES AND TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

        Sales—The Company's sales and receivables are concentrated in the aerospace industry. The Company's customers include distributors of aftermarket components, as well as commercial airlines, aircraft maintenance facilities, systems suppliers, and aircraft and engine original equipment manufacturers.

        For the year ended September 30, 2005, three customers accounted for approximately 11%, 10% and 9% of the Company's net sales, respectively. For the year ended September 30, 2004, three customers accounted for approximately 13%, 12% and 9% of the Company's net sales, respectively. For the period ended September 30, 2003, one customer accounted for approximately 13% and two customers each accounted for approximately 8% of the Company's net sales. For the period ended July 22, 2003, three customers accounted for approximately 14%, 12% and 10% of the Company's net sales, respectively. Export sales to customers, primarily in Western Europe, Canada and Asia, were $81.5 million during fiscal 2005, $69.9 million during fiscal 2004, $14.0 million during the period ended September 30, 2003 and $73.8 million during the period ended July 22, 2003 (Predecessor).

        Information concerning the Company's net sales by its major product offerings is as follows for the periods indicated below (in thousands):(1)

 
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
   
   
  July 8,
2003 (Date of
Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

 
  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

  Year Ended
September 30,
2004

  October 1,
2002
Through
July 22,
2003

Ignition systems and components   $ 77,886   $ 76,872   $ 13,862   $ 56,787
Gear pumps     40,547     35,840     6,397     25,156
Mechanical/electromechanical actuators and controls     39,457     36,918     4,746     27,849
Engineered connectors     38,065     34,446     7,209     25,032
Specialized valves     31,444     16,299     2,161     13,532
Engineered latching and locking devices     29,368     26,585     5,382     48,754
NiCad batteries/chargers     25,112     23,620     4,762     18,675
Rods and locking devices     23,690     20,544     3,116     7,505
Lavatory hardware     19,049     16,334     2,410     9,738
Elastomers     17,661     10,339     2,038     8,157
Power conditioning devices     17,320     2,906        
AC/DC electric motors     14,654            
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 374,253   $ 300,703   $ 52,083   $ 241,185
   
 
 
 
(1)
The comparability of net sales of certain product offerings may vary from period to period due, in part, to the reclassification of a particular product into a different product category from the prior period.

F-31


        Trade Accounts Receivable—Trade accounts receivable consist of the following at September 30 (in thousands):

 
  2005
  2004
 
Due from U.S. government or prime contractors under U.S. government programs   $ 7,224   $ 7,488  
Commercial customers     57,440     37,865  
Allowance for uncollectible accounts     (1,110 )   (864 )
   
 
 
Trade accounts receivable—net   $ 63,554   $ 44,489  
   
 
 

        Approximately 34% of the Company's trade accounts receivable at September 30, 2005 was due from four customers. In addition, approximately 23% of the Company's trade accounts receivable was due from entities that principally operate outside of the United States. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of each customer's financial condition and collateral is generally not required.

6.    INVENTORIES

        Inventories consist of the following at September 30 (in thousands):

 
  2005
  2004
 
Work-in-progress and finished goods   $ 40,234   $ 36,728  
Raw materials and purchased component parts     42,581     34,314  
   
 
 
  Total     82,815     71,042  
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory     (6,738 )   (6,657 )
   
 
 
Inventories—net   $ 76,077   $ 64,385  
   
 
 

7.    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        Property, plant and equipment consist of the following at September 30 (in thousands):

 
  2005
  2004
 
Land and improvements   $ 9,055   $ 8,886  
Buildings and improvements     25,666     22,388  
Machinery, equipment and other     45,283     36,459  
Construction in progress     1,891     2,398  
   
 
 
  Total     81,895     70,131  
Accumulated depreciation     (18,271 )   (9,314 )
   
 
 
Property, plant and equipment—net   $ 63,624   $ 60,817  
   
 
 

F-32


8.    INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        Intangibles assets subject to amortization consisted of the following at September 30 (in thousands):

 
  2005
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Unpatented technology   $ 90,786   $ 8,488   $ 82,298
License agreement     9,373     1,150     8,223
Trade secrets     11,772     1,159     10,613
Patented technology     1,498     387     1,111
Order backlog     9,245     8,807     438
Other     1,827     56     1,771
   
 
 
  Total   $ 124,501   $ 20,047   $ 104,454
   
 
 
 
  2004
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Unpatented technology   $ 85,186   $ 4,363   $ 80,823
License agreement     9,468     625     8,843
Trade secrets     11,772     623     11,149
Patented technology     1,345     209     1,136
Order backlog     7,630     6,480     1,150
   
 
 
  Total   $ 115,401   $ 12,300   $ 103,101
   
 
 

        The total carrying amount of identifiable intangible assets not subject to amortization consisted of trademarks and trade names in the amount of $125.5 million at September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004. The Company performed its annual impairment test of goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives as of September 30, 2005 and 2004 and determined that no impairment had occurred.

        Intangible assets acquired during the year ended September 30, 2005 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended September 30, 2005
 
  Cost
  Amortization
Period

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:          
  Goodwill   $ 41,207   None

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 
  Unpatented technology     5,600   20 years
  Order backlog     1,615   1 year
  Other     1,600   7 year
   
   
      8,815   14 years
   
   
    Total   $ 50,022    
   
   

F-33


        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the period October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003, the period July 23, 2003 through September 30, 2003 and the fiscal years ended September 30, 2004 and 2005 were as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of October 1, 2002 (Predecessor)   $ 158,453  
Goodwill acquired during the period     27,981  
Other     (14 )
   
 
Balance as of July 22, 2003 (Predecessor)     186,420  
Additional goodwill recognized in accounting for the Merger (Note 1)     621,294  
   
 
Balance as of September 30, 2003     807,714  

Goodwill acquired during the year

 

 

12,477

 
Reduction in goodwill recognized in accounting for the Merger (Note 1)     (7,731 )
   
 
Balance as of September 30, 2004     812,460  
Goodwill acquired during the year (Note 2)     41,207  
Other     2,017  
   
 
Balance as of September 30, 2005   $ 855,684  
   
 

        Information regarding the amortization expense of amortizable intangible assets is detailed below (in thousands):

Aggregate amortization expense:

   
Year ended September 30, 2005   $ 7,747
Year ended September 30, 2004     10,325
Period ended September 30, 2003     1,975
Period ended July 22, 2003 (Predecessor)     945
Estimated amortization expense for the years ending September 30:

   
2006   $ 6,099
2007     5,661
2008     5,661
2009     5,549
2010     5,512

F-34


9.    ACCRUED LIABILITIES

        Summary—Accrued liabilities consist of the following at September 30 (in thousands):

 
  2005
  2004
Interest   $ 70,109   $ 7,844
Deferred compensation obligations     29,736    
Compensation and related benefits     8,858     6,533
Income taxes payable     2,881     146
Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts     2,361     3,450
Product warranties     2,789     2,829
Sales returns and rebates     739     881
Professional services     940     1,573
Other     2,012     1,639
   
 
  Total   $ 120,425   $ 24,895
   
 

        Product Warranties—The Company provides limited warranties in connection with the sale of its products. The warranty period for products sold varies, ranging from 90 days to five years; however, the warranty period for the majority of the Company's sales generally does not exceed one year. A provision for the estimated cost to repair or replace the products is recorded at the time of sale and periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. The following table presents a reconciliation of changes in the product warranty liability for the periods indicated below (in thousands):

 
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation) Through September 30, 2003
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

  Year Ended
September 30,
2004

  October 1,
2002
Through
July 22,
2003

 
Liability balance at beginning of period   $ 2,829   $ 3,070   $ 2,738   $ 2,356  
Product warranty provision     1,512     1,350     758     1,455  
Warranty costs incurred     (1,985 )   (1,957 )   (426 )   (1,073 )
Acquisitions     433     366          
   
 
 
 
 
Liability balance at end of period   $ 2,789   $ 2,829   $ 3,070   $ 2,738  
   
 
 
 
 

10.    DEBT

        Summary—The Company's long-term debt consists of the following at September 30 (in thousands):

 
  2005
  2004
 
Term loans   $ 289,849   $ 292,791  
83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011     400,000     400,000  
12% Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes due 2008     199,997     199,997  
   
 
 
  Total debt     889,846     892,788  
Current maturities (Note 12)     (2,943 )   (2,943 )
   
 
 
Long-term portion   $ 886,903   $ 889,845  
   
 
 

F-35


        Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans—In connection with the Merger (see Note 1), all of TransDigm Inc.'s borrowings (term loans) under the Old Credit Facility were repaid and a new senior secured credit facility was obtained. On April 1, 2004, TransDigm Inc.'s senior secured credit facility was amended and restated to refinance approximately $294 million of term loans then outstanding. TransDigm Inc.'s new amended and restated senior secured credit facility (the "Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility") totals $394 million, which consists of (1) a $100 million revolving credit line (including a letter of credit sub-facility of $15 million) maturing in July 2009 and (2) a $294 million term loan facility maturing in July 2010. At September 30, 2005, TransDigm Inc. had a $0.85 million letter of credit outstanding and $99.15 million of borrowings available under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility.

        The interest rates per annum applicable to loans, other than swingline loans, under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility are, at TransDigm Inc.'s option, equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted LIBO rate for one, two, three or six-month interest periods selected by TransDigm Inc., in each case, plus an applicable margin percentage. The applicable margin percentage is a percentage per annum equal to (1) 1.25% for alternate base rate term loans, (2) 2.25% for adjusted LIBO rate term loans and (3) in the case of alternate base rate revolving loans and adjusted LIBO rate revolving loans, a percentage ranging from 1.75% to 2.50% (in the case of alternate base rate revolving loans) and 2.75% to 3.50% (in the case of adjusted LIBO rate revolving loans), in each case depending upon the leverage ratio of TransDigm Inc. as of the relevant date of determination. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility at September 30, 2005 was 5.8%.

        The Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility is subject to mandatory prepayment with a defined percentage of net proceeds from certain asset sales, insurance proceeds or other awards that are payable in connection with the loss, destruction or condemnation of any assets, certain new debt offerings and 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility) over a predetermined amount defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility. The first fiscal year for which excess cash flow may be calculated is the fiscal year ending September 30, 2006.

        All obligations under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings and each of the domestic subsidiaries, direct and indirect, of TransDigm Inc. The indebtedness outstanding under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of the stock of TransDigm Inc. and all of its domestic subsidiaries and a perfected lien and security interest in substantially all of the assets (tangible and intangible) of TransDigm Inc., its direct and indirect subsidiaries and TransDigm Holdings. The agreement also contains a number of restrictive covenants that, among other things, restrict TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and their subsidiaries from various actions, including mergers and sales of assets, use of proceeds, granting of liens, incurrence of indebtedness, voluntary prepayment of indebtedness, capital expenditures, payment of dividends, repurchase of capital stock, business activities, investments and acquisitions, and transactions with affiliates. The agreement also requires TransDigm Inc. to comply with certain financial covenants pertaining to fixed charge coverage, interest coverage and leverage. TransDigm Inc. was in compliance with all financial covenants of the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility as of September 30, 2005. TransDigm Inc.'s scheduled term loan principal repayments are $2.94 million annually in fiscal years 2006 through 2009 and $278.08 million in fiscal year 2010.

        Senior Subordinated Notes—In connection with the Merger (see Note 1), all of TransDigm Inc.'s 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes were either repaid or defeased and $400 million of new 83/8% Senior

F-36



Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2011 (the "Notes") were issued to assist in financing the Merger. The Notes are unsecured obligations of TransDigm Inc. ranking subordinate to TransDigm Inc.'s senior debt, as defined in the indenture governing the Notes. Interest under the Notes is payable semi-annually.

        The Notes are redeemable by TransDigm Inc. after July 15, 2006, in whole or in part, at specified redemption prices, which decline from 106.281% to 100% over the remaining term of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Prior to July 15, 2006, TransDigm Inc. may redeem specified percentages of the Notes from the proceeds of equity offerings at a redemption price of 108.375% plus accrued and unpaid interest. If a Change in Control (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes) occurs, the holders of the Notes will have the right to demand that TransDigm Inc. redeem the Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. The indenture governing the notes contains a number of restrictive covenants that, among other things, restrict TransDigm Inc. and its restricted subsidiaries from various actions, including incurring or guaranteeing additional debt, issuing preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries, paying dividends or making other equity distributions, purchasing or redeeming capital stock, making certain investments, entering into arrangements that restrict dividends from restricted subsidiaries, engaging in transactions with affiliates, selling or otherwise disposing of assets and merging into or consolidating with another entity.

        The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings and all direct and indirect subsidiaries of TransDigm Inc. (other than one wholly-owned, non-guarantor subsidiary that has inconsequential assets, liabilities and equity) on a senior subordinated basis. The guarantee given by TransDigm Holdings and the direct and indirect subsidiaries of TransDigm Inc. (other than the subsidiary noted above) of the 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes is subordinated to the guarantees issued by such entities in respect of TransDigm Inc.'s borrowings under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility.

        The approximate $2.2 million of 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes not repaid in connection with the Merger were defeased by TransDigm Inc. on July 22, 2003 by depositing sufficient cash with the trustee to enable the trustee to repay the notes on December 1, 2003, the first date on which the 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes could be redeemed. Because TransDigm Inc. had not been legally released from being the primary obligor under the defeased notes as of September 30, 2003, the defeased notes were not considered extinguished by TransDigm Inc. until they were repaid in December 2003.

        Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes—In connection with the initial funding of TD Group (see Note 1), TD Group issued approximately $200 million of senior unsecured promissory notes due July 22, 2008 (the "Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes"). As discussed in Note 21, the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes were repaid in their entirety on November 10, 2005. Interest on the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes accrued at an annual fixed rate of 12% (compounding semi-annually) and was payable on the maturity date of the notes or the earlier prepayment thereof. The Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes were not guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings or its subsidiaries and the provisions of the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility and the indenture that governs the Notes restricted certain payments to TD Group from TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and its subsidiaries.

F-37



        See Note 21 for information regarding certain indebtedness incurred by TD Group on November 10, 2005.

11.    RETIREMENT PLANS

        Defined Benefit Pension Plans—The Company has two non-contributory defined benefit pension plans, which together cover certain union employees. The plans provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. The Company's funding policy is to contribute actuarially determined amounts allowable under Internal Revenue Service regulations.

        The Company uses a September 30th measurement date for its defined benefit pension plans.

        Obligations and funded status for the defined benefit plans is provided below (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
September 30,

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Change in benefit obligation:              
  Benefit obligation, beginning of year   $ 6,897   $ 6,562  
  Service cost     86     78  
  Interest cost     395     380  
  Benefits paid     (391 )   (372 )
  Actuarial losses     396     249  
   
 
 
  Benefit obligation, end of year   $ 7,383   $ 6,897  
   
 
 
 
  Years Ended
September 30,

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Change in plan assets:              
  Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year   $ 5,303   $ 5,080  
  Actual return on plan assets     220     213  
  Employer contribution     573     382  
  Benefits paid     (391 )   (372 )
   
 
 
  Fair value of plan assets, end of year   $ 5,705   $ 5,303  
   
 
 

F-38


 
  September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Funded status at September 30:              
  Funded status   $ (1,678 ) $ (1,594 )
  Unamortized actuarial losses     818     439  
   
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ (860 ) $ (1,155 )
   
 
 
 
  September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at September 30 consist of:              
  Unamortized prior service cost   $ 227   $  
  Accrued liabilities     (480 )   (572 )
  Other non-current liabilities (Note 12)     (1,198 )   (1,022 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     591     439  
   
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ (860 ) $ (1,155 )
   
 
 

        The Company's accumulated benefit obligation for its defined benefit pension plans was $7.4 million and $6.9 million as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation) Through September 30, 2003
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

  Year Ended
September 30,
2004

  October 1,
2002
Through
July 22,
2003

 
Components of net periodic benefit cost:                          
  Service cost   $ 86   $ 78   $ 14   $ 72  
  Interest cost     395     380     63     306  
  Expected return on plan assets     (262 )   (252 )   (42 )   (243 )
  Net amortization and deferral     58     33     5     116  
   
 
 
 
 
  Net periodic pension cost   $ 277   $ 239   $ 40   $ 251  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
Weighted-average assumptions as of September 30:              
  Discount rate   5.50 % 5.75 % 5.75 %
  Expected return on plan assets   4.50 % 5.00 % 5.00 %

        The plans' assets consist of guaranteed investment contracts with an insurance company. It is the objective of the plan sponsor to ensure that the funds of the plans are prudently invested to preserve capital and provide necessary liquidity, while maximizing earnings. The Company's expected return on plan assets is based on the return of the guaranteed investment contracts.

F-39



        Contributions:    The Company expects to contribute $0.5 million to its pension plans in fiscal 2006.

        The following pension plan benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows:

Years Ending September 30,

   
2006   $ 436
2007     431
2008     432
2009     436
2010     430
2011–2015     2,613

        Defined Contribution Plans—The Company also sponsors certain defined contribution employee savings plans that cover substantially all of the Company's non-union employees. Under the plans, the Company contributes a percentage of employee compensation and matches a portion of employee contributions. The cost recognized for such contributions for the years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004 and the periods ended September 30, 2003 and July 22, 2003 (Predecessor) was approximately $1.8 million, $1.8 million $0.3 million, and $1.6 million, respectively.

        Deferred Compensation Plans—Prior to the termination of the deferred compensation plans discussed in Note 21, certain management personnel of the Company participated in one or both of two deferred compensation plans of TD Group that were established in connection with the Merger. Vested interests in a rollover deferred compensation plan equal to approximately $17.8 million of the $35.7 million fair value of the stock options rolled over in connection with the Merger were issued as partial compensation in exchange for such options (see Note 1). Management's interest in the rollover deferred compensation plan accreted at a rate of 12% per annum. Notional interests in a management deferred compensation plan were also issued to certain management personnel in connection with the Merger. The vesting provisions of the management deferred compensation plan were identical to the vesting provisions contained in the TD Group stock option plan and were based on the achievement of time and performance criteria over a five-year period. Management's interests in the management deferred compensation plan were initially valued at zero and accreted at a rate equal to 11.1% of the sum of the interest accrued on the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes and the notional interest credited under the rollover deferred compensation plan. The cost recognized for the plans totaled $5.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2005, $5.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 and $0.9 million for the period ended September 30, 2003. The vested obligations under the deferred compensation plans represented obligations of TD Group and were not guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings or any of its subsidiaries.

        See Note 21 for information regarding the adoption of a new deferred compensation plan.

F-40



12.    OTHER LIABILITIES

        Current Portion of Long-Term Liabilities—The current portion of long-term liabilities consists of the following at September 30 (in thousands):

 
  2005
  2004
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 10)   $ 2,943   $ 2,943
Current portion of license agreement obligation         1,488
   
 
Current portion of long-term liabilities   $ 2,943   $ 4,431
   
 

        Other Non-Current Liabilities—Other non-current liabilities consist of the following at September 30 (in thousands):

 
  2005
  2004
 
Accrued pension costs (Note 11)   $ 1,198   $ 1,022  
Obligation under license agreement (net of imputed interest
of $12 in fiscal 2004)
        1,488  
Deferred compensation obligations (Note 11)         23,950  
Interest Accrued on Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes (Note 10)         30,400  
Other     1,803     1,817  
   
 
 
  Total     3,001     58,677  
Current portion of license agreement obligation         (1,488 )
   
 
 
Other non-current liabilities   $ 3,001   $ 57,189  
   
 
 

F-41


13.    EARNINGS PER SHARE CALCULATION

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  July 8,
2003 (Date of
Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

  Year Ended
September 30,
2004

  October 1,
2002
Through
July 22,
2003

 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
Basic Earnings Per Share Computation:                          
 
Net income (loss)

 

$

34,687

 

$

13,622

 

$

(5,759

)

$

(69,969

)
 
Cumulative redeemable preferred stock dividends

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

(2,443

)
 
Accretion for original issuance discount on cumulative redeemable preferred stock

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

(226

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) available to common stockholders

 

$

34,687

 

$

13,622

 

$

(5,759

)

$

(72,638

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

295.5

 

 

295.4

 

 

291.5

 

 

119.8

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share

 

$

117.40

 

$

46.11

 

$

(19.76

)

$

(606.38

)
   
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings Per Share Computation:                          
 
Income (loss) available to common stockholders

 

$

34,687

 

$

13,622

 

$

(5,759

)

$

(72,638

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares
outstanding

 

 

295.5

 

 

295.4

 

 

291.5

 

 

119.8

 
 
Effect of dilutive options
outstanding

 

 

15.6

 

 

14.1

 

 


 

 


 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

311.1

 

 

309.5

 

 

291.5

 

 

119.8

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

$

111.49

 

$

44.01

 

$

(19.76

)

$

(606.38

)
   
 
 
 
 

        There were approximately 48,869 stock options outstanding at September 30, 2003 excluded from the diluted earnings computation due to the anti-dilutive effect of such options.

F-42



        The following table sets forth the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share after giving effect to the intended 149.60 to 1.00 stock split:

 
  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

Basic Earnings Per Share Computation:      
  Net income   $ 34,687
  Cumulative redeemable preferred stock dividends    
  Accretion for original issuance discount on cumulative redeemable preferred stock    
   
  Income available to common stockholders   $ 34,687
   
  Weighted average common shares outstanding     44,402
   
  Basic earnings per share   $ 0.78
   
Diluted Earnings Per Share Computation:      
  Income available to common stockholders   $ 34,687
   
  Weighted-average common shares outstanding     44,402
  Effect of dilutive options outstanding     2,455
   
  Total weighted-average shares outstanding     46,544
   
  Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.75
   

14.    INCOME TAXES

        Prior to the Merger, TransDigm Holdings filed its own consolidated federal income tax return. For periods subsequent to the Merger, TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return with TD Group. Accordingly, TransDigm Holdings, TransDigm Inc. and its subsidiaries have entered into a tax sharing agreement with TD Group under which each company's federal income tax liability for any period will equal the lesser of (1) each company's U.S. federal income taxes that would be payable by such company had the company filed a separate income tax return for that fiscal year based on the company's separate taxable income; or (2) the product of (a) the affiliated group of corporations consisting of TD Group, as the common parent, and each company's actual consolidated U.S. federal tax liability for such fiscal year and (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is such company's separate tax return liability for that fiscal year and the denominator of which is the sum of each company's separate tax return liability for that fiscal year.

F-43



        The Company's income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following for the periods shown below (in thousands):

 
   
   
  July 8,
2003 (Date of
Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

  Predecessor
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

  Year Ended
September 30,
2004

  October 1,
2002 Through
July 22,
2003

 
Current   $ 21,934   $ 3,976   $ 285   $ (20,308 )
Deferred     (2,956 )   (10,579 )   (4,174 )   (5,990 )
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards     3,649     13,285     (81 )   (14,403 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 22,627   $ 6,682   $ (3,970 ) $ (40,701 )
   
 
 
 
 

        The differences between the income tax provision (benefit) at the federal statutory income tax rate and the tax provision (benefit) shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods shown below are as follows (in thousands):

 
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  July 8,
2003 (Date of
Formation)
Through
September 30,
2003

 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
2005

  Year Ended
September 30,
2004

  October 1,
2002
Through
July 22,
2003

 
Tax at statutory rate of 35%   $ 20,042   $ 7,106   $ (3,405 ) $ (38,735 )
State and local income taxes     2,012     911     (257 )   (5,379 )
Change in valuation allowance resulting from change in Ohio Tax Code     1,318              
Nondeductible Merger expenses                 4,236  
Nondeductible goodwill amortization and interest expense                 24  
Research and development credits     (550 )   (375 )   (225 )   (300 )
Benefit from foreign sales     (698 )   (1,146 )   (158 )   (1,207 )
Other—net     503     186     75     660  
   
 
 
 
 
Income tax provision (benefit)   $ 22,627   $ 6,682   $ (3,970 ) $ (40,701 )
   
 
 
 
 

F-44


        The components of the deferred taxes at September 30 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  2005
  2004
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Employee compensation and other accrued obligations   $ 14,892   $ 17,658  
  Interest accrued on Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes     9,700     4,918  
  Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards—federal and state income taxes     4,094     7,009  
  Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts     581     1,375  
  Inventory     2,130     1,670  
  Employee benefits     7,558     1,699  
  Sales returns and repairs     1,116     1,308  
  Other accrued liabilities     439     1,358  
  Transaction costs     1,494     2,433  
   
 
 
Total deferred tax assets     42,004     39,428  
  Less valuation allowance     (2,729 )   (750 )
   
 
 
Total deferred tax assets     39,275     38,678  
   
 
 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Intangible assets     81,362     79,325  
  Property, plant and equipment     10,117     9,670  
   
 
 
  Total deferred tax liabilities     91,479     88,995  
   
 
 
Total net deferred tax liabilities   $ 52,204   $ 50,317  
   
 
 

        The Company's net operating loss carryforwards as of September 30, 2005 expire as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year of Expiration

  Federal
  State
  Local
2008   $   $   $ 70,853
2009             328
2013         12,758    
2023         31,423    

        The $70,853 of local net operating losses have only a 5 year carryforward period and it is unlikely that the Company will be able to utilize the entire balance by the expiration of the carryforward period. Therefore, a valuation allowance has been established equal to the amount of the net operating loss that the Company believes will not be utilized. It is also unlikely that the $31,423 of state net operating losses will be utilized by the Company prior to 2023 because a change in the Ohio tax law eliminates the corporate income tax and replaces it with a commercial activity tax by 2010. Again, a valuation allowance has been established that is equal to the amount of the net operating loss that the Company believes will not be utilized.

15.    CAPITAL STOCK, WARRANT, AND OPTIONS

        Capital Stock—Authorized capital stock of TD Group consists of 1.5 million shares of $.01 par value common stock and 1.0 million shares of $.01 par value preferred stock. The total number of

F-45



shares of common stock of TD Group outstanding at September 30, 2005 and 2004 was 295,465, respectively. There were no shares of preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2005 and 2004. The terms of the preferred stock have not been established.

        Under certain circumstances, management personnel of the Company who own shares of TD Group common stock or vested options to purchase shares of TD Group common stock have put rights and TD Group has call rights if their employment with the Company is terminated. The funds necessary to satisfy a properly executed put or call right are expected to be transferred to TD Group by TransDigm Inc., if permitted under restrictions regarding the repurchase of capital stock contained in TransDigm Inc.'s long-term debt agreements (see Note 10). Under TD Group's Management Stockholders' Agreement, if TD Group is unable to access sufficient funds to enable it to repurchase the stock or vested options, TD Group will not make such purchase until all prohibitions lapse, and will then pay such management shareholder, in addition to the repurchase price, a specified rate of interest on the repurchase price.

        Common Stock Options Issued by TD Group—In conjunction with the Merger, certain executives and key employees of the Company were granted stock options under a stock option plan of TD Group. In addition to the stock options issued under the plan covering the Company's employees, a member of the Company's board of directors has also been granted stock options of TD Group. TD Group has reserved 61,210 shares of its common stock for issuance to the Company's employees under the plans, 55,014 of which had been issued as of September 30, 2005. The options generally vest upon: (1) the achievement of certain earnings targets, (2) a change in the control of TD Group, or (3) certain specified dates in the option agreements. Unless terminated earlier, the options expire ten years from the date of grant.

        The Company accounts for the TD Group stock option activity in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and, accordingly, measures compensation expense under the plan based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the grant dates and amortizes the expense over the options' vesting periods. The fair value of the option awards is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate ranging from 2.5% to 4.10%, expected option life ranging from four to five years and no expected volatility or dividend yield.

        Option activity was as follows during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004 and the period from July 23, 2003 through September 30, 2003:

 
  Year Ended
September 30, 2005

  Year Ended
September 30, 2004

  July 23, 2003 Through
September 30, 2003

 
  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

Outstanding at beginning of period   48,239   $ 718   48,869   $ 702     $
Granted in exchange for rollover stock options (Note 1)               25,870     307
Granted following closing of Merger   3,094     1,555   1,400     1,000   26,433     1,000
Exercised/cancelled         (2,030 )   535   (3,434 )   20
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at end of period   51,333     768   48,239     718   48,869     702
   
       
       
     
Exercisable at end of period   31,174     604   26,915     494   25,301     424
   
       
       
     

F-46


        During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004 and the period from July 23, 2003 through September 30, 2003, the weighted average fair value of each option granted was $218, $139 and $118, respectively. Non-cash stock option compensation expense recognized during these periods was $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

        The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at September 30, 2005:

 
  Options Outstanding
Exercise Price

  Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (In
Years)

  Number
Exercisable

$      67.27   184   4.25   184
      112.67   633   4.25   633
      118.72   1,739   4.25   1,739
      349.79   4,160   4.25   4,160
      353.07   1,986   4.25   1,986
      355.84   6,036   4.25   6,036
      356.07   1,487   4.25   1,487
      396.88   1,252   4.83   1,252
      470.87   642   5.57   642
      501.14   2,622   6.59   2,622
      507.42   134   6.80   134
      867.75   431   7.15   431
    1,000.00   26,933   7.86   8,389
    1,275.00   1,900   9.25   285
    2,000.00   1,194   4.90   1,194
   
     
    51,333       31,174
   
     

        At September 30, 2005, 6,196 remaining options were available for award under TD Group's stock option plan.

        Common Stock Options Issued by TransDigm Holdings—Prior to the Merger, TransDigm Holdings granted options to purchase common stock to certain employees of TransDigm Inc. Such options generally vested upon the passage of time and/or TransDigm Holdings' attainment of certain financial targets, including a "change in control," if any, on or prior to September 30, 2003, pursuant to which certain investor return targets were satisfied. These investor return targets were satisfied in connection with the Merger and all unvested stock options became vested. In addition, in conjunction with the Merger, all of TransDigm Holdings' stock options were either cancelled in return for cash consideration or exchanged for a combination of stock options of TD Group and interests in deferred compensation plans of TD Group.

F-47



        A summary of the status of TransDigm Holdings' stock option plans for the period October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 is presented below:

 
  Predecessor
 
  October 1, 2002
Through
July 22, 2003

 
  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at beginning of period   31,706   $ 698
Granted   400     2,580
Exercised/cancelled   (32,106 )   722
   
     
Outstanding at end of period      
   
     
Exercisable at end of period      
   
     

        The Company applied APB No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for stock options that were outstanding prior to the Merger. No compensation cost was recognized for such stock options prior to the Merger because the exercise price of the options equaled the fair value of the common stock on the grant date. The exchange of stock options for cash consideration, stock options of TD Group and an interest in a rollover TD Group deferred compensation plan in conjunction with the Merger resulted in the recognition of $137.5 million of compensation expense under the provisions of APB No. 25 during the period ended July 22, 2003. Had compensation cost for TransDigm Holdings' stock option plan been determined based on the fair value of awards granted under such plans consistent with the method specified in SFAS No. 123, the effect on the Company's net loss for the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 would not have been material.

        Warrant to Purchase Common Stock—At September 30, 2002, a warrant to purchase 1,381.87 shares of TransDigm Holdings' common stock was outstanding. The warrant was issued in connection with the acquisition of Champion Aerospace Inc. in fiscal 2001 and was recorded at its estimated fair value at the date of issuance. The warrant was exercised in connection with the Merger at an exercise price of $.01 per share and the related common stock was cancelled in exchange for cash consideration of approximately $6.9 million.

        Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock—At September 30, 2002, the authorized preferred stock of TransDigm Holdings consisted of 75,000 shares of 16% cumulative redeemable preferred stock with a par value of $.01 per share. As of September 30, 2002, 17,496 shares of the preferred stock were issued and outstanding. Preferred stock issued by TransDigm Holdings had a stated liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Dividends accrued and accumulated at 16% per annum, based on the liquidation preference amount, and were payable semi-annually in cash or delivery of additional shares of preferred stock. The recorded value of the preferred stock at September 30, 2002 included $0.9 million of accrued dividends that were paid-in-kind, and was net of remaining, unamortized original issuance discount and issuance costs of $2.3 million. The preferred stock was cancelled in connection with the Merger in exchange for cash consideration of approximately $21.1 million.

F-48



16.    LEASES

        TransDigm Inc. leases office space for its corporate headquarters. TransDigm Inc. also leases two manufacturing facilities. The office space leases require rental payments of $0.1 million per year through fiscal 2011. TransDigm Inc. may also be required to share in the operating costs of the facility under certain conditions. The facility leases require annual rental payments ranging from approximately $1.3 million to $1.4 million through January 2013. TransDigm Inc. also has commitments under operating leases for vehicles and equipment. Rental expense under operating leases was $1.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2005, $1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2004, $0.5 million during the period from July 8, 2003 through September 30, 2003 and $1.2 million during the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003 (Predecessor). Future, minimum rental commitments at September 30, 2005 under operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms exceeding one year are $2.2 million in fiscal 2006, $2.2 million in fiscal 2007, $1.6 million in fiscal 2008, $1.5 million in fiscal 2009, $1.1 million in fiscal 2010, and $2.0 million thereafter.

17.    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The Company has various financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities (see Note 4), accounts receivable and payable, accrued liabilities and long-term debt. The carrying value of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, and accrued liabilities approximates their fair value due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities. The Company also believes that the aggregate fair value of its term loan under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility approximates its carrying amount because the interest rates on the debt are reset on a frequent basis to reflect current market rates. The estimated fair value of TransDigm Inc.'s 83/8% Senior Subordinated Notes approximated $422.0 million at September 30, 2005 based upon the quoted market prices.

18.    CONTINGENCIES

        During the ordinary course of business, the Company is from time to time threatened with, or may become a party to, legal actions and other proceedings. While the Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings, it believes the results of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. The Company believes that, where applicable, its potential exposure to such legal actions is adequately covered by its aviation product and general liability insurance.

19.    QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 
  First
Quarter Ended
January 1, 2005

  Second
Quarter Ended
April 2, 2005

  Third
Quarter Ended
July 2, 2005

  Fourth
Quarter Ended
September 30, 2005

 
  (In Thousands)

Year Ended September 30, 2005                        
  Net sales   $ 80,270   $ 91,392   $ 97,627   $ 104,964
  Gross profit     39,473     45,058     47,892     51,847
  Net income     6,367     8,764     9,529     10,027

F-49


 
  First
Quarter Ended
December 27, 2003

  Second
Quarter Ended
March 27, 2004

  Third
Quarter Ended
June 26, 2004

  Fourth
Quarter Ended
September 30, 2004

 
  (In Thousands)

Year Ended September 30, 2004                        
  Net sales   $ 67,682   $ 71,903   $ 76,348   $ 84,770
  Gross profit     16,063     37,637     39,811     42,994
  Net income (loss)     (7,664 )   5,309     7,243     8,734

20.    NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

        In June 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued SFAS No. 154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—A Replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3" ("SFAS 154"). This Statement requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented on the basis of the new accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to do so. FAS 154 also provides that (1) a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived nonfinancial asset be accounted for as a change in estimate (prospectively) that was effected by a change in accounting principle, and (2) correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a "restatement". The new standard is effective for accounting changes and a correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. Early adoption of this standard is permitted for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after June 1, 2005. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on the Company results of operation or financial condition.

        During December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123 (R), Share Based Payment ("SFAS 123(R)"), which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The Company anticipates adopting this pronouncement effective October 1, 2006. The Company anticipates the adoption of this pronouncement will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations as SFAS 123(R) will be applied to option grants issued subsequent to December 20, 2005.

        In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, "Inventory Costs" ("SFAS 151"), which requires abnormal amounts of inventory costs related to idle facility, freight handling and wasted material expense to be recognized as current period charges. Additionally, SFAS 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company believes the adoption of this pronouncement will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

21.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On November 10, 2005, TD Group closed on a $200 million loan facility (the "TD Group Loan Facility"). The TD Group Loan Facility is unsecured and is not guaranteed by TransDigm Holdings or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including TransDigm Inc. The interest rates per annum applicable to the loans are equal to an adjusted LIBO rate for three-month interest periods plus an applicable margin percentage. The initial interest rate was 9.3%. In connection with the closing of the

F-50



TD Group Loan Facility, on November 10, 2005, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings entered into an amendment to the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility (the "Amendment"). Among other things, the Amendment authorized (i) the payment of the cash dividends by TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings referred to in the immediately following paragraph and (ii) TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holdings to make certain distributions to TD Group from time to time, so long as certain conditions are satisfied and the proceeds of such distributions to TD Group are used, directly or indirectly, by TD Group to pay interest in respect of the indebtedness outstanding under the TD Group Loan Facility.

        In connection with the closing of the TD Group Loan Facility, TransDigm Inc. paid a cash dividend of approximately $98.0 million to TransDigm Holdings and made certain bonus payments in the aggregate amount of approximately $6.2 million to certain members of management. TransDigm Holdings used all of the proceeds received by it from the payment of the cash dividend from TransDigm Inc. to pay a cash dividend to TD Group. On November 10, 2005, TD Group used the net proceeds received from the TD Group Loan Facility of approximately $193.9 million, together with substantially all of the proceeds received from the dividend payment from TransDigm Holdings to (i) prepay the entire outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes, with all such payments totaling approximately $262.7 million, (ii) make a distribution to participants under the TD Holding Corporation 2003 Rollover Deferred Compensation and Phantom Stock Unit Plan of their vested deferred compensation account balances and (iii) make certain distributions to participants under the TD Holding Corporation 2003 Management Deferred Compensation and Phantom Stock Unit Plan of their vested and a portion of their unvested deferred compensation account balances. The aggregate distributions with respect to deferred compensation account balances totaled approximately $26.0 million. In connection with the distributions under the TD Holding Corporation 2003 Rollover Deferred Compensation and Phantom Stock Unit Plan, the Board of Directors of TD Group approved the termination of such plan, with such termination becoming effective on November 10, 2005. The TD Holding Corporation 2003 Management Deferred Compensation and Phantom Stock Unit Plan was terminated effective as of December 16, 2005 in connection with the adoption by TD Group of the TD Holding Corporation 2005 New Management Deferred Compensation Plan.

        In connection with the closing of the TD Group Loan Facility, TD Group also amended and restated its stock option plan. The significant changes made in connection with the amendment and restatement of the stock option plan were to (i) remove certain dividend equivalent rights provisions to ensure that the plan is in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Section 409A"), (ii) adjust the applicable performance vesting targets to reflect certain acquisitions made by the Company and (iii) increase the number of shares of common stock of TD Group reserved for issuance thereunder by 1,219.5 shares. In addition, in connection with the amendment and restatement of the stock option plan, TD Group adopted a dividend equivalent plan that is intended to be compliant with the requirements of Section 409A, which plan was subsequently amended and restated. The dividend equivalent plan contains the same economic terms as the dividend equivalent rights provisions that were removed from TD Group's previous stock option plan in connection with the adoption of the stock option plan.

        Assuming the debt related transactions described above occurred on October 1, 2004, interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2005 would have been lower by $9.0 million.

F-51


LOGO




10,954,572 Shares

LOGO

TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS


Until             , 2006 all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Credit Suisse

 

Lehman Brothers


Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

UBS Investment Bank

The date of this prospectus is             , 2006.





PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by TD Group in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the NYSE application fee.

Item

  Amount to be Paid
SEC Registration Fee   $ 29,656
NASD Filing Fee     20,500
NYSE Fee     *
Federal Taxes     *
State Taxes     *
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses     *
Legal Fees and Expenses     *
Accounting Fees and Expenses     *
Printing Expenses     *
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees     *
Miscellaneous     *
   
  Total   $ *
   

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit our directors' and officers' liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Specifically, our directors and officers will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by a director or officer, except for liability:

        If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of our directors and officers shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

        The provision regarding indemnification of our directors and officers in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will generally not limit liability under state or federal securities laws.

        Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person's former of present official capacity with our company against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses including reasonable attorney's fees. Any person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding. In addition, the employment agreements to which we are a party provide for the indemnification of our employees who are party thereto.

II-1



        We also maintain a directors' and officers' insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        In connection with the closing of the Mergers, on July 22, 2003, TD Group issued to Warburg Pincus and certain co-investors (i) an aggregate of 43,578,929 shares of its common stock in exchange for $271.3 million in cash and (ii) an aggregate of approximately $200 million of its Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes. The shares of common stock and Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes were offered to a limited number of accredited investors in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act and were not registered thereunder. There were no underwriters involved in this transaction.

        In addition, in connection with the closing of the Mergers, on July 22, 2003, certain of our employees rolled-over certain then-existing options to purchase shares of common stock of TransDigm Holdings with an aggregate intrinsic value of approximately $35.7 million into a combination of rollover options and interests in the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan. Our employees rolled-over an aggregate of approximately $17.9 million in intrinsic value into options to purchase shares of our common stock, and an aggregate of approximately $17.8 million in intrinsic value into interests in the Rollover Deferred Compensation Plan, and the Management Deferred Compensation Plan. The chart below sets forth, with respect to each of our executive officers and directors, individually, and with respect to all other employees, as a group, (i) the aggregate intrinsic value rolled-over into rollover options by each such person or the group, as applicable, and (ii) the number of shares of our common stock underlying the options that were granted in connection therewith (after giving effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering).

Name of Executive Officer of Director

  Intrinsic Value Rolled-Over
  Number of Shares Underlying
Rollover Options

W. Nicholas Howley(1)   $ 8,786,328   1,676,866
Robert S. Henderson     1,256,589   289,115
Raymond F. Laubenthal     1,632,172   350,498
John F. Leary     400,874   97,409
W. Todd Littleton     342,230   99,634
James Riley     333,211   81,842
Albert J. Rodriguez     1,380,003   298,011
Gregory Rufus     532,131   145,447
Douglas W. Peacock     193,321   44,479
Other Employees     3,079,439   786,835

(1)
Includes rollover options granted to Bratenahl Investments, Ltd., a trust in which Mr. Howley owns an ownership interest.

        The rollover options were offered and sold by TD Group to certain accredited and non-accredited investors in a transaction that did not involve a public offering in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The securities were not registered under the Securities Act. The persons receiving the rollover options represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof. This sale and issuance was made without general solicitation or advertising. Each person had adequate access, through their relationships with TD Group, to information about TD Group. The terms on which the rollover options could be exercised are set forth in the 2003 stock option plan and the individual option agreements executed in connection with the grant of such rollover options. There were no underwriters involved in these transactions.

II-2



        From August 5, 2003 to December 31, 2005, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 5,213,784 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $6.68 to $13.37 per share to executive officers, other employees and directors (the number of shares of common stock subject to such options and the exercise price gives effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering). The following chart sets forth the individual grants made to executive officers and directors and the grants made to all other employees on an aggregate basis (the number of shares of common stock subject to such options and the exercise price gives effect to the 149.60 for 1.00 stock split that we intend to effect prior to the closing of this offering).

Date of Grant

  Name of Executive
Officer or Director;
Other Employees

  Number of Shares
Underlying Option
Grant

  Exercise Price
August 5, 2003   W. Nicholas Howley
(including grants made to Bratenahl Investments, Ltd.)
  1,496,000   $ 6.68

 

 

Gregory Rufus

 

194,480

 

 

6.68

 

 

Raymond Laubenthal

 

194,480

 

 

6.68

 

 

James Riley

 

74,800

 

 

6.68

 

 

Robert Henderson

 

194,480

 

 

6.68

 

 

John F. Leary

 

194,480

 

 

6.68

 

 

W. Todd Littleton

 

194,480

 

 

6.68

 

 

Albert J. Rodriguez

 

194,480

 

 

6.68

 

 

Michael Graff

 

132,097

 

 

6.68

 

 

Other Employees

 

1,084,600

 

 

6.68

January 20, 2004

 

Two Employees

 

134,640

 

 

6.68

March 1, 2004

 

One Employee

 

74,800

 

 

6.68

December 30, 2004

 

James Riley

 

22,440

 

 

8.52

 

 

Other Employees

 

172,040

 

 

8.52

December 31, 2004

 

Howard Skurka

 

89,760

 

 

8.52

September 28, 2005

 

W. Nicholas Howley
(including grants made to Bratenahl Investments, Ltd.)

 

78,166

 

 

13.37

 

 

Gregory Rufus

 

7,031

 

 

13.37

 

 

Raymond Laubenthal

 

15,858

 

 

13.37

 

 

James Riley

 

3,815

 

 

13.37

 

 

Robert Henderson

 

13,240

 

 

13.37

 

 

John F. Leary

 

4,937

 

 

13.37

 

 

W. Todd Littleton

 

5,012

 

 

13.37

 

 

Albert J. Rodriguez

 

13,614

 

 

13.37

 

 

Douglas Peacock

 

1,945

 

 

13.37

 

 

Other Employees

 

34,929

 

 

13.37
               

II-3



November 3, 2005

 

Robert Henderson

 

29,920

 

 

13.37

 

 

Raymond Laubenthal

 

194,480

 

 

13.37

 

 

Gregory Rufus

 

29,920

 

 

13.37

 

 

Albert J. Rodriguez

 

29,920

 

 

13.37

 

 

James Riley

 

89,760

 

 

13.37

 

 

Other Employees

 

63,580

 

 

13.37

December 31, 2005

 

Other Employees

 

149,600

 

 

13.37

        The stock options listed above were granted to our employees and directors in transactions that did not involve a public offering in reliance on the exemptions provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The recipients of such options represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The grants were made without general solicitation or advertising. Each recipient had adequate access, through its relationship with TD Group, to information about TD Group. The terms on which the options could be exercised are set forth in the stock option plan and the individual option agreements executed in connection with the grant of such options. There were no underwriters involved in these grants.

II-4


Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules


Exhibit
No.

  Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 6, 2003, by and between TD Acquisition Corporation and TransDigm Holding Company.(a)

2.2

 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 9, 2003, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and between TD Acquisition Corporation and TransDigm Holding Company.(a)

2.3

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 22, 2003, by and between TransDigm Inc. and TD Funding Corporation.(b)

2.4

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 30, 2005, by and between TransDigm Inc. and Fluid Regulators Corporation.(k)

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of TD Holding Corporation (now known as TransDigm Group Incorporated).([nc_cad,217])

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of TD Holding Corporation (now known as TransDigm Group Incorporated).([nc_cad,217])

3.3

 

Bylaws of TD Holding Corporation (now known as TransDigm Group Incorporated).([nc_cad,217])

3.4

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TransDigm Group Incorporated.*

3.5

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of TransDigm Group Incorporated.*

4.1

 

Form of Stock Certificate.*

4.2

 

Indenture, dated as of July 22, 2003, among TransDigm Inc. (as the successor by merger to TD Funding Corporation), TransDigm Holding Company (as the successor by merger to TD Acquisition Corporation), the Guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee.(b)

4.3

 

Form of 83/8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2011.(b)

4.4

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 9, 2003, to Indenture, dated as of July 22, 2003, by and among TransDigm Inc., TransDigm Holding Company, the Guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee.(c)

4.5

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 10, 2005, to Indenture, dated as of July 22, 2003, by and among TransDigm Inc., TransDigm Holding Company, the Guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee.(f)

4.6

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 24, 2005, to Indenture, dated as of July 22, 2003, by and among TransDigm Inc., TransDigm Holding Company, the Guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee.(g)

4.7

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2005, to Indenture, dated as of July 22, 2003, by and among TransDigm Inc., TransDigm Holding Company, the Guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee.(h)

5.1

 

Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP.*
     

II-5



10.1

 

Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2003, by and among TD Holding Corporation, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., the other institutional investors whose names and addresses are set forth on Schedule I thereto and the employees of TransDigm Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries whose names and addresses are set forth on Schedule II thereto.(b)

10.2

 

Management Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2003, by and among TD Holding Corporation, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and the employees of TransDigm Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries whose names and addresses are set forth on Schedule I thereto.(b)

10.3

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2003, among the institutional investors whose names and addresses are set forth on Schedule I thereto, the employees of TransDigm Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries whose names and addresses are set forth on Schedule II thereto and TD Holding Corporation.(b)

10.4

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2003, by and between W. Nicholas Howley and TransDigm Holding Company.(b)

10.5

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2006, between TransDigm Holding Company and W. Nicholas Howley.**

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005, by and between Raymond Laubenthal and TransDigm Holding Company.(j)

10.7

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2006, between TransDigm Holding Company and Raymond Laubenthal.**

10.8

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005, by and between Gregory Rufus and TransDigm Holding Company.(j)

10.9

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2006, between Transdigm Holding Company and Gregory Rufus.**

10.10

 

Severance Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2004, by and between Skurka Engineering Company and Howard Skurka.(k)

10.11

 

Retention Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2004, by and between TD Holding Corporation, TransDigm Inc. and Howard Skurka.(k)

10.12

 

Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2004, by and among Skurka Aerospace Inc., TransDigm Inc. and Howard Skurka.(k)

10.13

 

Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2004, by and among Skurka Aerospace Inc., TransDigm Inc. and Howard Skurka.(k)

10.14

 

TD Holding Corporation Third Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Option Plan.(i)

10.15

 

Letter, dated February 24, 2006, from David Barr, Member of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of TransDigm Group Incorporated, to W. Nicholas Howley, Chief Executive Officer of TransDigm Group Incorporated.**

10.16

 

TransDigm Group Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.*

10.17

 

TD Holding Corporation 2003 Management Deferred Compensation and Phantom Stock Unit Plan.(b)

10.18

 

TD Holding Corporation 2003 Rollover Deferred Compensation and Phantom Stock Unit Plan(b)
     

II-6



10.19

 

TD Holding Corporation 2005 New Management Deferred Compensation Plan.(l)

10.20

 

Amended and Restated TD Holding Corporation Dividend Equivalent Plan.(l)

10.21

 

Form of Management Option Agreement, between TD Holding Corporation and the applicable executive regarding the rollover options granted to such executive.(b)

10.22

 

Form of Management Option Agreement, between TD Holding Corporation and the applicable executive regarding the time vested options granted to such executive.(b)

10.23

 

Form of Management Option Agreement, between TD Holding Corporation and the applicable executive regarding the performance vested options granted to such executive.(b)

10.24

 

Form of Option Agreement under TransDigm Group Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.*

10.25

 

Demand Promissory Note, dated July 22, 2003, made by TransDigm Holding Company in favor of TransDigm Inc. and subsequently assigned by TransDigm Inc. to TD Finance Corporation.(b)

10.26

 

Amendment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2004, among TransDigm Holding Company, TransDigm Inc., the lenders from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent and collateral agent.(k)

10.27

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2004, among TransDigm Holding Company, TransDigm Inc., the lenders from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent and collateral agent.(e)

10.28

 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 10, 2005, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2004, among TransDigm Inc., TransDigm Holding Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse (formerly known as Credit Suisse First Boston), as administrative agent and as collateral agent.(i)

10.29

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2003, among TransDigm Holding Company (as the successor by merger to TD Acquisition Corporation), TransDigm Inc. (as the successor by merger to TD Funding Corporation), the Subsidiaries Guarantors (as defined therein) and Credit Suisse First Boston, as collateral agent.(b)

10.30

 

Supplement No. 1, dated as of October 9, 2003, to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2003, among TransDigm Inc., TransDigm Holding Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and Credit Suisse First Boston, as collateral agent.(c)

10.31

 

Supplement No. 2, dated as of February 10, 2005, to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2003, among TransDigm Inc., TransDigm Holding Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and Credit Suisse First Boston, as collateral agent.(f)

10.32

 

Supplement No. 3, dated as of May 24, 2005, to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2003, among TransDigm Inc., TransDigm Holding Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and Credit Suisse First Boston, as collateral agent.(g)

10.33

 

Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2003, by and among TD Holding Corporation, TransDigm Holding Company, TransDigm Inc. and such direct and indirect subsidiaries of TD Holding Corporation that are listed on Exhibit A thereto.(c)
     

II-7



10.34

 

Contribution and Assignment Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2003, by and between TransDigm Inc. and TD Finance Corporation.(d)

10.35

 

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease—Net, dated as of December 31, 2004, between VHEM, LLC, d/b/a H&M Properties, and Skurka Aerospace Inc.(k)

10.36

 

Guaranty of Lease, dated as of December 31, 2004, by TransDigm Inc. in favor of VHEM, LLC, d/b/a H&M Properties.(k)

10.37

 

Amended and Restated TransDigm Inc. Executive Retirement Savings Plan.(l)

10.38

 

Loan Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, among TD Holding Corporation, the lenders named therein and Banc of America Bridge LLC, as administrative agent.**

12.1

 

Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*

16.1

 

Letter of Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding its dismissal.*

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of TD Holding Corporation.†

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.**

23.2

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.**

23.3

 

Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP (included in the opinion referred to in 5.1 above).*

24.1

 

Power of Attorney.†

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Filed herewith.

Previously filed.

(a)
Incorporated by reference to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2003 (File No. 333-71397).

(b)
Incorporated by reference to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form S-4 filed on August 29, 2003 (File No. 333-10834006).

(c)
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form S-4 filed on October 30, 2003 (File No. 333-10834006).

(d)
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form S-4 filed on November 10, 2003 (File No. 333-10834006).

(e)
Incorporated by reference to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 10-Q filed on May 5, 2004 (File No. 333-10834006).

(f)
Incorporated by referenced to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 8-K filed on February 16, 2005 (File No. 333-108340).

(g)
Incorporated by referenced to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2005 (File No. 333-108340).

(h)
Incorporated by referenced to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2005 (File No. 333-108340).

(i)
Incorporated by referenced to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 8-K filed on November 15, 2005 (File No. 333-108340).

(j)
Incorporated by reference to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2005 (File No. 333-108340).

(k)
Incorporated by reference to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 10-K filed on November 30, 2005 (File No. 333-10834006).

(l)
Incorporated by reference to TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company's Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2005 (File No. 333-10834006).

II-8


        (b) Financial Statement Schedules


TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2004, THE PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 2003 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2003 (SUCCESSOR), AND THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 2002 THROUGH JULY 22, 2003 (PREDECESSOR)

Column A

  Column B
  Column C
  Column D
  Column E
 
   
  Additions
   
   
 
  Balance
at
Beginning
of Period

   
   
Description

  Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

  Acquisitions
  Deductions
From
Reserve(1)

  Balance
at End of
Period

 
  (Amounts in Thousands)

Sucessor:                              
Year Ended September 30, 2005                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 864   $ 424   $ 78   $ 256   $ 1,110
  Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory     6,657     865     728     1,512     6,738
Year Ended September 30, 2004                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts     1,240     (230 )   324     470     864
  Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory     7,041     715     77     1,176     6,657
Period July 8, 2003 though September 30, 2003                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts         15     1,485     260     1,240
  Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory     7,046     143     200     348     7,041
Predecessor:                              
Period October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts     1,305     193     110     123     1,485
  Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory     7,115     358     219     646     7,046

(1)
The amounts in this column represent charge-offs net of recoveries.

Item 17. Undertakings

        (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-9



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cleveland, State of Ohio, on this 27th day of February, 2006.

    TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

 

 

By:

/s/  
W. NICHOLAS HOWLEY      
Name: W. Nicholas Howley
Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/  W. NICHOLAS HOWLEY      
W. Nicholas Howley
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)   February 27, 2006

/s/  
GREGORY RUFUS      
Gregory Rufus

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

February 27, 2006

*

David Barr

 

Director

 

February 27, 2006

*

Michael Graff

 

Director

 

February 27, 2006

*

Kevin Kruse

 

Director

 

February 27, 2006

*

Kewsong Lee

 

Director

 

February 27, 2006

*

Douglas Peacock

 

Director

 

February 27, 2006

*By:

 

/s/  
GREGORY RUFUS      
Gregory Rufus
Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

II-10




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Our Company
Industry and Market Overview
Our Competitive Strengths
Our Business Strategy
Recent Transactions
THE OFFERING
Risk Factors
Principal Offices
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
UNDERWRITING
VALIDITY OF SECURITIES
EXPERTS
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TransDigm Group Incorporated
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Amounts in thousands) (Unaudited)
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) (Unaudited)
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' FOR THE THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 (Amounts in thousands) (Unaudited)
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Amounts in thousands) (Unaudited)
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 AND JANUARY 1, 2005 (UNAUDITED)
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2004
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY/(DEFICIENCY) Predecessor for the period from October 1, 2002 through July 22, 2003
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY/(DEFICIENCY) Successor for the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 and the period from July 8, 2003 (Date of Formation) through September 30, 2003
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2004, THE PERIOD FROM JULY 8, 2003 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2003 (SUCCESSOR), AND THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1, 2002 THROUGH JULY 22, 2003 (PREDECESSOR)
SIGNATURES

Exhibit 10.5

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

                THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is entered into as of the 24th day of  February, 2006, between TransDigm Holding Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and W. Nicholas Howley (the “Executive”).

 

                WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into a certain Employment Agreement dated June 6, 2003 (the “Employment Agreement”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings given thereto in the Employment Agreement.

 

                WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive seek to amend the Employment Agreement to provide for certain rights on behalf of the Executive to use the aircraft owned by the Company for personal use.

 

                WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive also seek to amend the Employment Agreement to reflect that Raymond Laubenthal is now the President of the Company and that the Executive’s roles with the Company are those of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman.

 

                WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive also seek to amend the Employment Agreement in order to make clear certain provisions of the noncompetition clause and the indemnification to which the Executive is entitled under the terms of his employment.

 

                NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

                1.             Section 3(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to delete the first sentence thereof and substitute in lieu thereof the following:

 

                “During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of each of the Company and its subsidiary, TransDigm Inc. (“TransDigm”), with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority as may from time to time be assigned to the Executive by the Board.”

 

                2.             Section 7 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended such that references to the “Company” contained therein are deemed to refer to “TransDigm Group Incorporated and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.”

 

                3.             The Employment Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 21 to the Employment Agreement, which shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

                “21.         Personal Use of Company Aircraft.  The Executive shall be permitted to use the Company’s aircraft for personal purposes up to fourteen (14) times per year (round trip travel considered one use), provided there is no interference with the Company’s use of the aircraft for business purposes as outlined in the Company’s “Use of Company Aircraft” policy.  Income will be imputed to the Executive for tax purposes

 



 

with regard to such personal use of the Company’s aircraft at the Standard Industry Fare Level (SIFL) rate, as published by the Internal Revenue Code.”

 

                4.             The Employment Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 20(a) in its entirety and substitute in lieu thereof the following:

 

                “(a)         The Company shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as in effect at the time of the subject act or omission, and shall advance to the Executive reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses as such fees and expenses are incurred (subject to an undertaking from the Executive to repay such advances if it shall be finally determined by a judicial decision which is not subject to further appeal that the Executive was not entitled to the reimbursement of such fees and expense) and he shall be entitled to the protection of any insurance policies the Company shall elect to maintain generally for the benefit of its directors and officers (“Directors and Officers Insurance”) against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being  or having been a director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or his serving or having served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Company (other than any dispute, claim or controversy arising under or relating to this Agreement).  The Company covenants to maintain during the Term and for a reasonable period of time thereafter (which period shall not be less than five (5) years) for the benefit of the Executive (in his capacity as a current or former officer and director of the Company, as applicable) Directors and Officers Insurance providing customary benefits to the Executive with respect to all periods during the Term.”

 

                5.             Except as amended hereby, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

TRANSDIGM HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Rufus

 

Name:

Greg Rufus

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

/s/ W. Nicholas Howley

 

W. NICHOLAS HOWLEY

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.7

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

                THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is entered into as of the 24th day of February, 2006, between TransDigm Holding Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Raymond Laubenthal (the “Executive”).

 

                WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into a certain Employment Agreement dated November 18, 2005, effective October 1, 2005 (the “Employment Agreement”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings given thereto in the Employment Agreement.

 

                WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive seek to amend the Employment Agreement in order to make clear certain provisions of the noncompetition clause and the indemnification to which the Executive is entitled under the terms of his employment.

 

                NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

                1.             Section 7 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended such that references to the “Company” contained therein are deemed to refer to “TransDigm Group Incorporated and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.”

 

                2.             The Employment Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 20 in its entirety and substitute in lieu thereof the following:

 

                “The Company shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as in effect at the time of the subject act or omission, and shall advance to the Executive reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses as such fees and expenses are incurred (subject to an undertaking from the Executive to repay such advances if it shall be finally determined by a judicial decision which is not subject to further appeal that the Executive was not entitled to the reimbursement of such fees and expense) and he shall be entitled to the protection of any insurance policies the Company shall elect to maintain generally for the benefit of its directors and officers (“Directors and Officers Insurance”) against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being  or having been a director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or his serving or having served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Company (other than any dispute, claim or controversy arising under or relating to this Agreement).  The Company covenants to maintain during the Term and for a reasonable period of time thereafter (which period shall not be less than five (5) years) for the benefit of the Executive (in his capacity as a current or former officer and director of the Company, as applicable) Directors and Officers Insurance providing customary benefits to the Executive with respect to all periods during the Term.”

 



 

                3.             Except as amended hereby, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

TRANSDIGM HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Nicholas Howley

 

Name:

W. Nicholas Howley

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

/s/ Raymond Laubenthal

 

RAYMOND LAUBENTHAL

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.9

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

                THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is entered into as of the 24th day of February, 2006, between TransDigm Holding Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Greg Rufus (the “Executive”).

 

                WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into a certain Employment Agreement dated November 18, 2005, effective October 1, 2005 (the “Employment Agreement”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings given thereto in the Employment Agreement.

 

                WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive seek to amend the Employment Agreement in order to make clear certain provisions of the noncompetition clause and the indemnification to which the Executive is entitled under the terms of his employment.

 

                NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

                1.             Section 7 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended such that references to the “Company” contained therein are deemed to refer to “TransDigm Group Incorporated and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.”

 

                2.             The Employment Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 20 in its entirety and substitute in lieu thereof the following:

 

                “The Company shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as in effect at the time of the subject act or omission, and shall advance to the Executive reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses as such fees and expenses are incurred (subject to an undertaking from the Executive to repay such advances if it shall be finally determined by a judicial decision which is not subject to further appeal that the Executive was not entitled to the reimbursement of such fees and expense) and he shall be entitled to the protection of any insurance policies the Company shall elect to maintain generally for the benefit of its directors and officers (“Directors and Officers Insurance”) against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being  or having been a director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or his serving or having served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Company (other than any dispute, claim or controversy arising under or relating to this Agreement).  The Company covenants to maintain during the Term and for a reasonable period of time thereafter (which period shall not be less than five (5) years) for the benefit of the Executive (in his capacity as a current or former officer and director of the Company, as applicable) Directors and Officers Insurance providing customary benefits to the Executive with respect to all periods during the Term.”

 

 

 



 

                3.             Except as amended hereby, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

TRANSDIGM HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Nicholas Howley

 

Name:  W. Nicholas Howley

 

Title:    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Greg Rufus

 

GREG RUFUS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.15

February 24, 2006

W. Nicholas Howley
Chief Executive Officer
TransDigm Group Incorporated
1301 East 9th Street, Suite 3710
Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Dear Nick:

The purpose of this letter is to confirm our mutual understanding regarding the interpretation of the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) as it relates to the potential vesting of stock options upon the occurrence of a change in control or other sale event.

As was agreed upon by you, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. (“Warburg Pincus”) and the Company at the time the Plan was initially conceived, the vesting provision contained Section 8(b)(ii)(C) was intended to apply “upon a change of control or other sale if the investors received a [specified] return on their invested equity….”  The determining factor in each event is the extent to which the Warburg Pincus and its investor group has realized the targeted NRR (as described in the Plan) on the shares of the Company acquired on July 22, 2003 (with respect to such shares, Warburg Pincus and its investor group are referred to below as the “Investor Group”).  This understanding was memorialized in a letter dated June 6, 2003, stating the intentions of the parties, from Warburg Pincus to Mr. W. Nicholas Howley, then President and Chief Executive Officer of TransDigm Holding Company.  This letter was signed by both Warburg Pincus and Mr. Howley.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has reviewed the intentions of the parties and, by this letter, as the administrator of the Plan, is confirming that the NRR vesting provisions contained in Section 8(b)(ii)(C) apply to any sale of Company stock by members of the Investor Group.

Specifically, including for purposes of making clear the mechanics of implementing this understanding, the Compensation Committee has determined that:  if the NRR equals, or is in excess of, 25% upon any sale of stock by the Investor Group on the shares so sold, a percentage (not to exceed 100%) of the unvested Performance Vested Options as of the date of this letter (the “Unvested Performance Vested Options”) equal to the shares then sold by the Investor Group as a percentage of all outstanding shares of stock of the Company originally acquired by the Investor Group shall vest.  If the NRR is 20%, a percentage (not to exceed 100%) of the Unvested Performance Vested Options as of the date of this letter equal to the shares then sold by the Investor Group as a percentage of all outstanding shares of stock of the Company originally acquired by the Investor Group, multiplied by .75, shall vest.  For each additional 1% of NRR in excess of 20% (to and including 24.9%) earned on shares sold by the Investor Group, an additional percentage (not to exceed 100%) of the Unvested Performance Vested Options as of the date of this letter equal to the shares then sold by the Investor Group as a percentage of all outstanding shares of stock of the Company originally acquired by the Investor Group, multiplied by .05, shall vest.  The foregoing is intended to apply in the event of distributions of stock to the Investor Group’s respective partners and limited partners, but not in the event of any direct or indirect distributions from any investment vehicle in which the Investor Group holds Company stock to the members of such Investor Group in proportion to their ownership position in such investment vehicle.

The understanding addressed in this letter does not amend or modify any provision contained in the Plan.

Sincerely,

/s/ David Barr

David Barr

Member of the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors of TransDigm Group Incorporated




Exhibit 10.38

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

dated as of November 10, 2005,

 

 

among

 

 

TD HOLDING CORPORATION,

 

THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN,

 

and

 

BANC OF AMERICA BRIDGE LLC,

 

as Administrative Agent

 


 

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

 

and

 

CREDIT SUISSE,

 

as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers,

 

CREDIT SUISSE,

 

as Syndication Agent,

 

and

 

LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.,

 

as Documentation Agent

 

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.

Defined Terms

1

SECTION 1.02.

Terms Generally

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

THE LOANS

 

SECTION 2.01.

Commitments

29

SECTION 2.02.

Borrowing Procedure; Funding of Loans

30

SECTION 2.03.

Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans

30

SECTION 2.04.

Interest on Loans and Fees

31

SECTION 2.05.

Default Interest

31

SECTION 2.06.

Optional Prepayments

32

SECTION 2.07.

Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances

32

SECTION 2.08.

Indemnity

33

SECTION 2.09.

Pro Rata Treatment

33

SECTION 2.10.

Sharing of Setoffs

33

SECTION 2.11.

Payments

34

SECTION 2.12.

Taxes

34

SECTION 2.13.

Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate

35

SECTION 2.14.

Change of Control

36

SECTION 2.15.

Asset Sale Offer

37

SECTION 2.16.

Mandatory Prepayment

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 3.01.

Organization; Powers

39

SECTION 3.02.

Authorization

39

SECTION 3.03.

Enforceability

39

SECTION 3.04.

Governmental Approvals

39

SECTION 3.05.

Financial Statements

40

SECTION 3.06.

No Material Adverse Change

40

SECTION 3.07.

Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases

40

 



 

SECTION 3.08.

Subsidiaries

41

SECTION 3.09.

Litigation; Compliance with Laws

41

SECTION 3.10.

Agreements

41

SECTION 3.11.

Federal Reserve Regulations

41

SECTION 3.12.

Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act

41

SECTION 3.13.

Use of Proceeds

42

SECTION 3.14.

Tax Returns

42

SECTION 3.15.

No Material Misstatements

42

SECTION 3.16.

Employee Benefit Plans

42

SECTION 3.17.

Environmental Matters

42

SECTION 3.18.

Insurance

42

SECTION 3.19.

Labor Matters

43

SECTION 3.20.

Solvency

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

CONDITIONS OF LENDING

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 5.01.

Restricted Payments

45

SECTION 5.02.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

50

SECTION 5.03.

Incurrence of Indebtedness

51

SECTION 5.04.

Asset Sales

51

SECTION 5.05.

Transactions with Affiliates

53

SECTION 5.06.

Liens

54

SECTION 5.07.

Conduct of Business

54

SECTION 5.08.

Corporate Existence

55

SECTION 5.09.

Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

55

SECTION 5.10.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Borrower

55

SECTION 5.11.

Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets

55

SECTION 5.12.

Successor Corporation Substituted

56

SECTION 5.13.

Repayment of Indebtedness of the Borrower

57

SECTION 5.14.

Financial Statements, Reports, etc

57

SECTION 5.15.

Compliance Certificate

57

SECTION 5.16.

Filing of Report

58

 

2



 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 8.01.

Notices

62

SECTION 8.02.

Survival of Agreement

62

SECTION 8.03.

Binding Effect

63

SECTION 8.04.

Successors and Assigns

63

SECTION 8.05.

Expenses; Indemnity

66

SECTION 8.06.

Right of Setoff

67

SECTION 8.07.

Applicable Law

67

SECTION 8.08.

Waivers; Amendment

67

SECTION 8.09.

Interest Rate Limitation

68

SECTION 8.10.

Entire Agreement

69

SECTION 8.11.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

69

SECTION 8.12.

Severability

69

SECTION 8.13.

Counterparts

69

SECTION 8.14.

Headings

69

SECTION 8.15.

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

69

SECTION 8.16.

Confidentiality

70

SECTION 8.17.

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

71

 

 

 

Schedules

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 2.01

Lenders and Commitments

 

Schedule 3.02

Authorizations

 

Schedule 3.04

Governmental Approvals

 

Schedule 3.05

Material Liabilities Not Reflected in Balance Sheet

 

Schedule 3.08

Subsidiaries

 

Schedule 3.09

Litigation

 

Schedule 3.17

Environmental Matters

 

Schedule 3.18

Insurance

 

Schedule 8.01

Administrative Agent’s Office

 

 

3



 

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

 

EXHIBIT B

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

 

EXHIBIT C

Form of Borrowing Request

 

EXHIBIT D

Form of Amendment No. 1 to TransDigm Credit Agreement

 

EXHIBIT E

Form of Section 5.13 Certificate

 

 

4



 

LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of November 10, 2005 (this “Agreement”), among TD HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders (as defined in Article I), and BANC OF AMERICA BRIDGE LLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders.

 

The Borrower has requested the Lenders to make Loans (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this introductory statement having the meaning given it in Article I) on the Closing Date, in an aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrower, together with cash on hand at TransDigm Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (“TransDigm”), that will on or after the Closing Date be dividended to the Borrower, to do the following on or after the Closing Date: (a) pay dividends to equity holders of the Borrower or to repay shareholder loans made to the Borrower by such equity holders, (b) make payments (whether characterized as compensation, bonuses or otherwise) to holders of options to purchase equity of the Borrower in the amount of the dividends that such holders would have received in respect of such equity had their options been exercised prior to the payment of the dividends referred to in clause (a), (c)  make payments to terminate deferred compensation arrangements, (d) make one-time special bonus payments not in excess of $7.5 million in cash in lieu of the establishment of deferred compensation arrangements (the uses of proceeds described in clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as the “Bonus and Dividend Payments”) and (e) pay fees and expenses relating to the Transactions and the amendment of the TransDigm Credit Agreement.

 

The Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.  Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.01.            Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

 

Acquired Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and in each case not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or such acquisition, merger or consolidation.

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (b) Statutory Reserves.

 



 

Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

 

Administrative Agent’s Office” shall mean the Administrative Agent’s address and, as applicable, account as set forth on Schedule 8.01 hereto.

 

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower) in whom a Securitization Entity makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such investment.

 

Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

 

Applicable Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Loan (a) for any day prior to the earlier to occur of (i) a Public Equity Offering and (ii) the date that is one year after the Closing Date (the date on which the earlier to occur of the events described in clauses (i) and (ii) occurs, the “Trigger Date”), 5.00%, (b) for any day on or after the Trigger Date and prior to the date that is one year after the Trigger Date, 5.50% and (c) for any day on or after the date that is one year after the Trigger Date, 6.00%.

 

Arrangers” shall mean Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse.

 

Asset Acquisition” shall mean (a) an Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, or shall be merged with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, or (b) the acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower) other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

Asset Sale” shall mean any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of:  (a) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or (b) any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that Asset Sales or other dispositions shall not include (i) a transaction or series of related transactions for which the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $1.0 million, (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower as permitted by Section 5.11  or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control, (iii) the

 

2



 

sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, (iv) disposals or replacements of obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business, (v) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of assets or property to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with Investments permitted by Section 5.01  or pursuant to any Permitted Investment, (vi) sales of accounts receivable, equipment and related assets (including contract rights) of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Securitization Transaction” to a Securitization Entity for the fair market value thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the fair market value thereof as determined in accordance with GAAP (for the purposes of this clause (vi), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash), (vii) dispositions of cash or Cash Equivalents; and (viii) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien).

 

Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(c).

 

Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Bankruptcy Law” shall mean Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

 

Board of Directors” shall mean, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Board Resolution” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

Bonus and Dividend Payments” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.

 

Borrowing” shall mean the incurrence of the Loans.

 

Borrowing Request” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.02 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order, to close; provided, however, that when used in connection with a Loan, the term “Business Day” shall

 

3



 

also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

 “Capital Stock” shall mean (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, of such Person and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” shall mean, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Equivalents” shall mean: (i) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any State of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such State or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the three highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank or by a bank organized under the laws of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, in each case having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof); (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; and (vi) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (v) above.

 

Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), other than to the Borrower (in the case of the assets of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower), the Permitted Holders or their Related Parties or any Permitted Group; (ii) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Borrower, of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement); (iii) any Person or Group (other than the Permitted Holders or their Related Parties or any Permitted Group) shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares representing more than 40% of the total ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower, at a time when the Permitted Holders and their

 

4



 

Related Parties in the aggregate own a lesser percentage of the total ordinary voting power represented by such issued and outstanding Capital Stock;  (iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent holding company of the Borrower are not Continuing Directors; (v) to the extent any TransDigm Notes are outstanding, a “Change of Control,” as defined in the TransDigm Indenture, shall have occurred; or (vi) the failure at any time by the Borrower to beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, 100% of the total ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of TransDigm (except to the extent TransDigm is merged with and into the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement).

 

Change in Law” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.07, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date.

 

Closing Date” shall mean November 10, 2005.

 

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make a Loan hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01.

 

Common Stock” of any Person shall mean any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued after the Closing Date, and includes all series and classes of such common stock.

 

Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of such Person’s (i) Consolidated Net Income; and (ii) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby:  (A) all income taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period; (B) Consolidated Interest Expense; (C) Consolidated Non-cash Charges less any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than normal accruals in the ordinary course of business), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; (D) restructuring costs and acquisition integration costs and fees, including cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions and (E) costs and expenses attributable to any debt or equity financing, including costs and expenses relating to any modifications, amendments or waivers of any financing documents undertaken in connection with any such financing.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four-Quarter Period”) ending prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for which internal financial statements are

 

5



 

available (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four-Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to (i) the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness or the issuance of any Designated Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness or the issuance or redemption of other Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to revolving credit facilities, occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment or issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), had occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; and (ii) any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale or other disposition and without regard to clause (iv) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period.  If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such other Indebtedness that was so guaranteed.

 

Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”:  (i) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; and (ii) notwithstanding clause (i) of this paragraph, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower.  In addition, any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to reflect operating expense reductions reasonably expected to result from any acquisition or merger.

 

6



 

Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:  (i) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus (ii) the product of (x) the amount of all cash dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated Federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal (as estimated in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, which estimate shall be conclusive); plus (iii) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated Federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal (as estimated in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, which estimate shall be conclusive); provided that with respect to any series of Preferred Stock that did not pay cash dividends during such period but that is eligible to pay cash dividends during any period prior to the maturity date of the Loans, cash dividends shall be deemed to have been paid with respect to such series of Preferred Stock during such period for purposes of this clause (iii).

 

Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate of all cash and non-cash interest expense with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the net costs associated with Interest Swap Obligations, for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, but excluding amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; and (iii) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio with respect to any Person as of any date of determination shall mean, the ratio of (x) consolidated Indebtedness of such Person as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive quarters for which internal financial statements are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to consolidated Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP and without any deduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom to the extent otherwise included, without duplication:  (i) gains and losses from Asset Sales (without regard to the $1.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) and the related tax effects according to GAAP; (ii) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP; (iii) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, gains and losses (including all restructuring costs, acquisition integration costs and fees, including cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions, and any expense or charge related to the repurchase of Capital Stock or warrants or options to purchase Capital Stock), and the related tax

 

 

7



 

effects according to GAAP; (iv) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; (v) the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of that income is prohibited by contract, operation of law or otherwise (other than any such prohibitions that are permitted under Section 5.02); (vi) the net loss of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; (vii) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower by such Person; (viii) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of the referent Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets; (ix) any non-cash compensation charges and deferred compensation charges, including any arising from existing stock options resulting from any merger or recapitalization transaction, including the Original Transactions; provided, however, that Consolidated Net Income for any period shall be reduced by any cash payments made during such period by such Person in connection with any such deferred compensation, whether or not such reduction is in accordance with GAAP; (x) inventory purchase accounting adjustments and amortization and impairment charges resulting from other purchase accounting adjustments with respect to the Original Transactions and other acquisition transactions; and (xi) all after tax interest expense of the Borrower from the Measurement Date to November 15, 2005 with respect to the TD Holding Promissory Notes. For purposes of clause (iii)(v) of the first paragraph of Section 5.01, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by any cash dividends paid with respect to any series of Designated Preferred Stock.

 

Consolidated Non-cash Charges” shall mean, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges, impairment and expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges that require an accrual of or a reserve for cash payments for any future period other than accruals or reserves associated with mandatory repurchases of equity securities). For clarification purposes, purchase accounting adjustments with respect to inventory will be included in Consolidated Non-cash Charges.

 

Continuing Directors” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Measurement Date; or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors by any of the Permitted Holders or with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Credit Facilities” shall mean one or more debt facilities (including this Agreement and the TransDigm Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) and/or letters of credit or banker’s acceptances.

 

8



 

Currency Agreement” shall mean any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower against fluctuations in currency values.

 

Default” shall mean any event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Demand Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Borrower issued pursuant to a Demand Offering (as such term is defined in the Fee Letter) in accordance with the terms set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

Designated Noncash Consideration” shall mean any noncash consideration received by the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such Asset Sale.  Any particular item of Designated Noncash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents. At the time of receipt of any Designated Noncash Consideration, the Borrower shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Administrative Agent which shall state the fair market value of such Designated Noncash Consideration and shall state the basis of such valuation, which shall be a report of a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm with respect to the receipt in one or a series of related transactions of Designated Noncash Consideration with a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million.

 

Designated Preferred Stock” shall mean Preferred Stock that is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii)(w) of the first paragraph of Section 5.01 .

 

Disqualified Capital Stock” shall mean with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself Disqualified Capital Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock, or (iii) is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part; in each case on or prior to the final maturity date of the Loans; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the final maturity date of the Loans shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock if:  (A) the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Loans and set forth in Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 5.04; and (B) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with such terms applicable to the Loans, including the prepayment of any Loans pursuant thereto. The amount of any Disqualified Capital

 

9



 

Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which the amount of such Disqualified Capital Stock is to be determined pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that if such Disqualified Capital Stock could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Capital Stock as reflected in the most recent internal financial statements of such Person.

 

dollars” or “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

Environmental Laws” shall mean all former, current and future Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives having the force of law and orders (including consent orders), in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

 

Environmental Liability” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any

 

10



 

liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA; (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (h) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” with respect to which the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any such Subsidiary of the Borrower or ERISA Affiliate could otherwise be liable; or (i) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could result in liability of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Event of Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VI.

 

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

 

Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.13(a)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.12(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.12(a).

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

Fee Letter” shall mean the Fee Letter dated November 10, 2005, among the Borrower, Banc of America Bridge LLC, Credit Suisse and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.

 

11



 

Financial Officer” of any Person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer or Controller of such Person.

 

Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

Foreign Restricted Subsidiary shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Four-Quarter Period” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States of America, as in effect as of the Closing Date with respect to Article III, as of the date of the applicable financial statements with respect to Section 5.14  and otherwise as of the Measurement Date.

 

Governmental Authority” shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

 

Granting Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.04(i).

 

“Group” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Change of Control.

 

 “Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Agreement” shall mean any agreement with respect to the hedging of price risk associated with the purchase of commodities used in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as any such agreement has been entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for purposes of speculation.

 

Indebtedness” shall mean with respect to any Person, without duplication, (i) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (iv) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), (v) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any

 

12



 

letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction, (vi) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above and clause (viii) below, (vii) all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) which are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset and the amount of the Obligation so secured, (viii) all Obligations under Currency Agreements and interest swap agreements of such Person, and (ix) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of any business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter.  For clarification purposes, the liability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to make periodic payments to licensors in consideration for the license of patents and technical information under license agreements in existence on the Closing Date and any amount payable in respect of a settlement of disputes with respect to such payments thereunder shall not constitute Indebtedness.

 

For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Agreement, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock. For the purposes of calculating the amount of Indebtedness of a Securitization Entity outstanding as of any date, the face or notional amount of any interest in receivables or equipment that is outstanding as of such date shall be deemed to be Indebtedness but any such interests held by Affiliates of such Securitization Entity shall be excluded for purposes of such calculation.

 

Indemnification Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person and such person’s Affiliates.

 

Indemnified Taxes” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Interest Payment Date” shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the day on which such Loan is repaid or prepaid.

 

Interest Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last

 

13



 

day) in the calendar month that is three months thereafter, and each successive three-month period commencing on the last day of the preceding interest period and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is three months thereafter; provided, however, that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day.  Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

 

Interest Swap Obligations” shall mean the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.

 

Investment” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal trade practices of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. If the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower sells or otherwise disposes of any Common Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, such Restricted Subsidiary has a minority interest that is held by an Affiliate of the Borrower that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower), the Borrower shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its fair market value at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in its fair market value.

 

Lenders” shall mean (a) the persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such Person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) and (b) any Person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

 

LIBO Rate” shall mean, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a three-month period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant

 

14



 

to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

 

Lien” shall mean any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest).

 

Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement and all other documents executed and delivered with respect to this Agreement or the Loans made hereunder, in each case including any annexes, exhibits, appendices or schedules thereto.

 

Loans” shall mean the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

 

Marketable Securities” shall mean publicly traded debt or equity securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange and that were issued by a corporation whose debt securities are rated in one of the three highest rating categories by either S&P or Moody’s.

 

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or (c) a material impairment of the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Loan Document.

 

 “Maturity Date” shall mean November 10, 2011.

 

Measurement Date” shall mean July 22, 2003, the date of original issuance of notes under the TransDigm Indenture.

 

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

 

Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of:  (i) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions and title and recording tax expenses); (ii) all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes

 

15



 

required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Sale; (iii) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale (iv) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale; and (v) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale.

 

Obligations” shall mean all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Officer” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

 

Officers’ Certificate” shall mean a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower by any of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Borrower.

 

Opinion of Counsel” shall mean an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Original Transactions” shall mean the “Transactions” as such term is defined in the TransDigm Indenture.

 

Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

 

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

 

Permitted Business” shall mean any business (including stock or assets) that derived a majority of its revenues from the business engaged in by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Measurement Date and/or activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries were engaged on the Measurement Date.

 

16



 

Permitted Group” shall mean any group of investors that is deemed to be a “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) by virtue of the Stockholders’ Agreements, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, provided that no single Person (together with its Affiliates), other than the Permitted Holders and their Related Parties, is the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower that is “beneficially owned” (as defined above) by such group of investors.

 

Permitted Holders” shall mean Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., its Affiliates and any general or limited partners of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and any other shareholder of the Borrower on the Measurement Date.

 

Permitted Indebtedness” shall mean, without duplication, each of the following:

 

(i)            Indebtedness of the Borrower incurred pursuant to this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200.0 million;

 

(ii)           Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $455.0 million, less:  (A) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of Securitization Entities at the time outstanding, (B) the amount of all mandatory principal payments actually made by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower since the Measurement Date with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale in respect of term loans under a Credit Facility (excluding any such payments to the extent refinanced at the time of payment), and (C) further reduced by any repayments of revolving credit borrowings under a Credit Facility with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale that are accompanied by a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder; provided that the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities in accordance with this clause (ii) shall be in addition to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities in reliance on, and in accordance with, clauses (vii), (xiii), (xiv) and (xv) below;

 

(iii)          other Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date, including the TransDigm Notes and the TD Holding Promissory Notes, reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments or mandatory prepayments when actually paid or permanent reductions therein;

 

(iv)          Interest Swap Obligations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries covering Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any Indebtedness to which any such Interest Swap Obligations correspond is otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; provided, further, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into, in the judgment of the Borrower, to protect the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuation in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness;

 

17



 

(v)           Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower under Hedging Agreements and Currency Agreements;

 

(vi)          the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Borrower and any such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: (a) if the Borrower is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Loans and (b) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower thereof and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (other than by way of granting a Lien permitted under this Agreement or in connection with the exercise of remedies by a secured creditor) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

 

(vii)         Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million;

 

(viii)        Refinancing Indebtedness (other than Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (ii) of this definition or with respect to the TD Holding Promissory Notes);

 

(ix)           guarantees by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of each other’s Indebtedness; provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement;

 

(x)            Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(xi)           obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xii)          the incurrence by a Securitization Entity of Indebtedness in a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is non recourse to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

18



 

(xiii)         Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection with the acquisition of a Permitted Business; provided that on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof and the use of proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Borrower would be greater than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Borrower immediately prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

(xiv)        additional Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed $20.0 million at any one time outstanding (which amount may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under a Credit Facility);

 

(xv)         additional Indebtedness of the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount which (when combined with the liquidation value of all series of outstanding Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock) does not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding (which amount may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under a Credit Facility);

 

(xvi)        Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of incurrence; and

 

(xvii)       Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by letters of credit for the account of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, issued in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, including in order to provide security for workers’ compensation claims or payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements in the ordinary course of business and other Indebtedness with respect to workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 5.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xvii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of Section 5.03, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, divide and classify (or later redivide and reclassify) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with Section 5.03. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock for purposes of Section 5.03.

 

19



 

Permitted Investments” shall mean: (i) Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in which an Affiliate of the Borrower that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower holds a minority interest) (whether existing on the Closing Date or created thereafter) or any other Person (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property) if as a result of such Investment such other Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in which an Affiliate of the Borrower that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower holds a minority interest) or that will merge with or consolidate into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower and Investments in the Borrower by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; (ii) investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; (iii) loans and advances (including payroll, travel and similar advances) to employees and officers of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for bona fide business purposes (including to purchase Capital Stock of the Borrower, TransDigm Holding or TransDigm) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; (iv) Currency Agreements, Hedging Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with this Agreement; (v) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of such trade creditors or customers; (vi) Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 5.04; (vii) Investments existing on the Closing Date; (viii) accounts receivable created or acquired in the ordinary course of business; (ix) guarantees by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; (x) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (A) $100.0 million and (B) 7.5% of the Borrower’s Total Assets; (xi) any Investment by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Securitization Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that any Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an equity interest; (xii) Investments the payment for which consists exclusively of Qualified Capital Stock of the Borrower; and (xiii) any Investment in any Person to the extent it consists of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business.

 

Permitted Liens” shall mean, with respect to any Person,

 

(i)            pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

20



 

(ii)           Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review and Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution; provided, however, that (A) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board and (B) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to provide collateral to the depository institution;

 

(iii)          Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(iv)          Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;

 

(v)           minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(vi)          Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the purchase, lease, or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto), and the Indebtedness (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of improvement, or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

 

(vii)         Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto);

 

(viii)        Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto);

 

21



 

(ix)           Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary of such Person owing to such Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person;

 

(x)            Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations or Obligations under any Currency Agreement or Hedging Agreement so long as such Interest Swap Obligations or Obligations under such Currency Agreement or Hedging Agreement are permitted to be incurred under this Agreement;

 

(xii)          Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under clause (ii) of the definition of Permiteed Indebtedness;

 

(xiii)         Liens existing on the Closing Date; and

 

(xi)           Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clause (vi), (vii), (viii) or (xiii); provided, however, that (A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to such property or proceeds or distributions thereof) and (B) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clause (vi), (vii), (viii) or (xiii) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Permitted Liens” will not include any Lien described in clause (vi), (vii) or (viii) above to the extent such Lien applies to any Productive Assets acquired directly or indirectly from Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to Section 5.04.  For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock” shall mean any series of Preferred Stock of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes Qualified Capital Stock, the liquidation value of all series of which, when combined with the aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (xv) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, does not exceed $5.0 million.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

 “Preferred Stock” of any Person shall mean any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

 

Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were

 

22



 

terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Productive Assets” shall mean assets (including Capital Stock) that are used or usable by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Permitted Businesses.

 

Public Equity Offering” shall mean an underwritten public offering of common stock of the Borrower (or the Qualifying IPO Issuer) pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (whether in the form of a primary or a secondary public offering).

 

Purchase Money Note” shall mean a promissory note of a Securitization Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction to a Securitization Entity, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, and principal and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables or newly acquired equipment.

 

Qualified Capital Stock” shall mean any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

Qualified Securitization Transaction” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (i) a Securitization Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); and (ii) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Entity), or may grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or equipment (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable and equipment, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable and equipment, proceeds of such accounts receivable and equipment and other assets (including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with assets securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and equipment.

 

Qualifying IPO Issuer” shall mean the Borrower or a corporation or other legal entity which owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower.

 

Refinance” shall mean, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean (a) any Refinancing, modification, replacement, restatement, refunding, deferral, extension, substitution, supplement, reissuance or resale of existing or future Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness), including any additional Indebtedness incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such

 

23



 

existing or future Indebtedness as in effect at the time of issuance thereof (“Required Premiums) and fees in connection therewith; provided that any such event shall not (i) directly or indirectly result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Indebtedness (except to the extent such increase is a result of a simultaneous incurrence of additional Indebtedness (A) to pay Required Premiums and related fees or (B) otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Agreement); and (ii) create Indebtedness with a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Indebtedness is incurred that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity at such time of the Indebtedness being refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended, substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold and (b) the Demand Securities.

 

Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.04(d).

 

Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Related Fund” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is advised or managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

Related Party” with respect to any Permitted Holder shall mean (i)(A) any spouse, sibling, parent or child of such Permitted Holder; or (B) the estate of any Permitted Holder during any period in which such estate holds Capital Stock of the Borrower for the benefit of any Person referred to in clause (i)(A) or (ii) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially owning an interest of more than 50% of which consist of, or the sole managing partner or managing member of which is, one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).

 

Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

 

Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Commitments and Loans representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Commitments and Loans outstanding at such time.

 

“Required Premiums” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness.

 

Requisite Lenders” shall mean Lenders holding at least (x) a majority in principal amount of outstanding Loans, if at such time a majority in principal amount of outstanding Loans

 

24



 

is held by the Arrangers or their Affiliates, or (y) 331/3% in principal amount of outstanding Loans, in all other cases.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor thereto.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction” shall mean any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Closing Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property.

 

Secured Debt” shall mean any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

 

Securitization Entity” shall mean a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (or another Person in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower makes an Investment and to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower transfers accounts receivable or equipment and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable or equipment and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity (i) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (A) is guaranteed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); (B) is recourse to or obligates the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or (C) subjects any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; (ii) with which neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Borrower, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing receivables of such entity; and (iii) to which neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower has any obligations to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by filing with the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the Board Resolution of the Borrower giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

25



 

Senior Indebtedness” shall mean the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of the Borrower, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall be subordinate in right of payment to the Loans.

 

 “Significant Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 

SPC” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.04(i).

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which are reasonably customary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, in an accounts receivable or equipment transaction.

 

Statutory Reserves” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board).  Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D.  Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Stockholders’ Agreements” shall mean those certain stockholders agreements entered into in connection with the Original Transactions.

 

Subsidiary” with respect to any Person, shall mean (i) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.

 

Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, liabilities or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

TD Holding Promissory Notes” shall mean the Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes of the Borrower issued pursuant to a Subscription and Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2003, among the Borrower and the investors whose names are set forth on the signature pages thereto in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200 million.

 

26



 

Total Assets” shall mean, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as set forth on the Borrower’s most recently available internal consolidated balance sheet as of such date.

 

Transactions” shall mean, collectively, the transactions to occur on the Closing Date, including (a) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (b) the borrowing of the Loans hereunder and (c) the payment of all related fees and expenses.

 

TransDigm Credit Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2004, as amended as of the Closing Date by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated the date hereof, among TransDigm, TransDigm Holding, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse (formerly known as Credit Suisse First Boston), as administrative agent and collateral agent, together with the related documents thereto (including any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

TransDigm Holding” shall mean TransDigm Holding Company, a Delaware corporation, the direct parent corporation of TransDigm and a direct, wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and its successors and assignees.

 

TransDigm Notes” shall mean the 8 3/8%  Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 of TransDigm in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million issued on July 22, 2003 pursuant to the TransDigm Indenture, together with any notes that are issued in exchange therefore pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as such term is defined in the TransDigm Indenture), or in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 of the TransDigm Indenture.

 

TransDigm Indenture” shall mean the indenture dated as of July 22, 2003 among TransDigm, TransDigm Holding, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee, pursuant to which the TransDigm Notes are issued, as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

TransDigm Security Documents” shall mean each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to the TransDigm Credit Agreement.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean (a) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and (b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of,

 

27



 

the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or another Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) the Borrower certifies to the Administrative Agent that such designation complies with Section 5.01, and (ii) each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if (x) immediately after giving effect to such designation, (A) in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than TransDigm and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Borrower is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 5.03(i), or (B) in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary of TransDigm, TransDigm is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 5.03(ii), and (y) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

Actions taken by an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Borrower shall not be deemed to have been taken, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

USA PATRIOT Act” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (ii) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying:  (A) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof by (B) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any Subsidiary of such Person of which all the outstanding voting securities (other than in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than a State in the United States of America or the District of Columbia, directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

 

28



 

Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

SECTION 1.02.            Terms Generally.  The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  Unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.  All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Loans

 

SECTION 2.01.            Commitments.  (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make a Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount not to exceed its Commitment.  Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

(b)                                 If the Loans are not made on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on November 14, 2005, the Commitments shall terminate at such time on such date.  The Borrower may terminate or reduce the Commitments at any time by providing irrevocable written or fax notice thereof to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)                                  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the Closing Date that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.02 and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount.  If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such

 

29



 

corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans hereunder and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error).

 

(d)                                 The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender.  Each Lender may at its option make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.02.            Borrowing Procedure; Funding of Loans.  (a)  In order to request the Borrowing to be made on the Closing Date, the Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Borrowing Request (or give telephonic notice promptly confirmed by written notice) not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date.  Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, shall be signed by or on behalf of the Borrower and shall specify the following information: (i) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed, and (iii) the amount of such Borrowing.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.02 (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall make the Loan to be made by it hereunder on the Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly transfer the amounts so received to the account designated by the Borrower in the Borrowing Request (to the extent the Administrative Agent shall not have theretofore made such funds available to the Borrower as contemplated by Section 2.01(c))  or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on the Closing Date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

 

SECTION 2.03.            Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans.  (a)  The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, the principal amount of each Loan of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof.  The Borrower shall make such payment of the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan on the Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which such Loan is required to be repaid in accordance with the provisions hereof), or if any such date is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.  All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be subject to Section 2.08, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan

 

30



 

made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                  The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(d)                                 The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

 

(e)                                  Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note.  In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 8.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

 

SECTION 2.04.            Interest on Loans and Fees.  (a)  (i) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.05, the Loans shall bear interest for each Interest Period on the unpaid principal thereof at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

 

(b)                                 Interest on each Loan shall be payable to the Lenders, through the Administrative Agent, on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.  The Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(c)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the Administration Fees (as such term is used in the Fee Letter) set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein.

 

SECTION 2.05.            Default Interest.  Any amount (whether of principal, interest, fees or otherwise) not paid when due hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall bear interest, to the extent permitted by law (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to the rate then applicable to outstanding Loans pursuant to Section 2.04 plus 2.00% per annum.

 

31



 

SECTION 2.06.            Optional Prepayments.  (a)  The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written or fax notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed by written notice), to the Administrative Agent before 12:00 (noon), New York City time; provided, however, that each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000; provided, however, that no optional prepayment shall be permitted under this Section 2.06 (x) if at such time there is less than $100.0 million of aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding or (y) to the extent that, after giving effect thereto, there would be less than $100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding, unless in either case such optional prepayment is in an amount equal to the entire aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding at such time.

 

(b)                                 Each notice of optional prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of the Loans to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay the amount stated therein on the date stated therein.  All prepayments under this Section 2.06 shall be subject to Section 2.08 but otherwise without premium or penalty.  All optional prepayments under this Section 2.06 shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

 

SECTION 2.07.            Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.  (a)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), in each case, by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)                                 If any Lender shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)                                  A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The

 

32



 

Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.

 

(d)                                 Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 120-day period.  The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.

 

SECTION 2.08.            Indemnity.  The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (ii) any Loan to be made by such Lender not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “Breakage Event”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder.  In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period, but such loss shall not, in any event, include any lost profit or loss of applicable margin.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.08 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

SECTION 2.09.            Pro Rata Treatment.  Except as provided in Section 2.16, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans and each reduction of the Commitments shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments (or, if the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans).  Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.

 

SECTION 2.10.            Sharing of Setoffs.  Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against the Borrower, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan as a result of which the unpaid portion of its

 

33



 

Loans shall be proportionately less than the unpaid portion of the Loans of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid amount of the Loans and participations in Loans held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid amount of all Loans then outstanding as the amount of its Loans prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the amount of all Loans outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided, however, that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.10 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest.  The Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

SECTION 2.11.            Payments.  (a)  The Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Loan or any fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the date when due in immediately available dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim.  Each such payment shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, or at such other location as the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower from time to time in accordance with Section 8.01.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.

 

(b)                                 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Loan or any fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, if applicable.

 

SECTION 2.12.            Taxes.  (a)  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or such Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)                                 In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

34



 

(c)                                  The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (other than penalties or interest attributable to (i) a failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, in making such written demand to the Borrower or (ii) the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)                                 As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                                  Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.

 

SECTION 2.13.            Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate.  (a)  In the event (i) any Lender delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.07, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.12 or (iii) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 8.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to transfer and assign, without recourse, representation or warranty, except as to warranty as to its ownership of the assigned obligations (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 8.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations and, with respect to clause (iii) above, shall consent to such requested amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent,

 

35



 

which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, and (z) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans of such Lender plus all other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender hereunder (including any amounts under Section 2.07 and Section 2.08); provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 2.07 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.12, as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to result in amounts being payable under Section 2.12, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender pursuant to paragraph (b) below), or if such Lender shall waive its right to claim further compensation under Section 2.07 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall waive its right to further payments under Section 2.12 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder.

 

(b)                                 If (i) any Lender shall request compensation under Section 2.07, or (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender, pursuant to Section 2.12, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.07 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12, as the case may be, in the future.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.

 

SECTION 2.14.            Change of Control.  (a)  The Borrower shall (i) within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, make an offer to all Lenders to prepay all Loans pursuant to a Change in Control Offer (as defined in paragraph (b) of this Section 2.14) at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of prepayment, in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 2.14; and (ii) prepay all the Loans of all Lenders properly accepting such offer of prepayment in accordance with such Change of Control Offer.

 

(b)                                 A “Change of Control Offer” means a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly furnish such notice to the Lenders) stating:

 

(i)                                     that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Lender has the right to require the Borrower to prepay all or a portion of such Lender’s Loans at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of prepayment;

 

36



 

(ii)                                  the Change of Control prepayment date (which shall be no earlier than thirty (30) days nor later than sixty (60) days from the date such notice is delivered);

 

(iii)                               that any Loans as to which such offer is not properly accepted will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv)                              unless the Borrower defaults in the payment of the purchase price of any Loans as to which the Change of Control Offer shall have been accepted, all Loans accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control prepayment date;

 

(v)                                 Lenders electing to have any Loans purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to notify the Administrative Agent prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control prepayment date; and

 

(vi)                              that Lenders will be entitled to withdraw their election to require the Borrower to prepay their Loans; provided that the Administrative Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the last day of the offer period, a notice setting forth the name of the Lender, the principal amount of Loans tendered for prepayment, and a statement that such Lender is withdrawing its election to have such Loans prepaid.

 

(c)                                  On the prepayment date, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans of all Lenders who accept the Change of Control Offer at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment.  All prepayments of Loans under this Section 2.14 shall be subject to Section 2.08.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Borrower shall be deemed to have made a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 2.14(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Borrower and prepays all Loans as to which offers for prepayment have been validly accepted and not withdrawn pursuant to the terms of such Change of Control Offer.

 

(e)                                  A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for such Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

SECTION 2.15.            Asset Sale Offer.  (a)  On the Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, as determined in accordance with Section 5.04, the Borrower shall (i) make an offer to all Lenders and, if required by the terms of any other Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (other than with respect to Hedging Obligations) in accordance with the procedures set forth below, to prepay the maximum aggregate principal amount of Loans and prepay or purchase the maximum principal amount of such Senior Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the aggregate Asset Sale Amount at a prepayment or purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of prepayment or repurchase, in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 2.15; and (ii) prepay all the Loans of Lenders properly

 

37



 

accepting such offer of prepayment in accordance with such Asset Sale Offer (subject to the proration provisions set forth in paragraph (d) of this Section 2.15).

 

(b)                                 An “Asset Sale Offer” means a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly furnish such notice to the Lenders) stating:

 

(i)                                     that an Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 2.15 and that such Lender has the right to require the Borrower to prepay all or a portion of such Lender’s Loans (subject to the proration provisions set forth in paragraph (d) of this Section 2.15) at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of prepayment; and

 

(ii)                                  the prepayment date (which shall be no earlier than thirty (30) days nor later than sixty (60) days from the date such notice is mailed).

 

(c)                                  On the prepayment date, the Borrower (subject to the proration provisions set forth in paragraph (d) of this Section 2.15) shall prepay the Loans of all Lenders who accept the Asset Sale Offer at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of prepayment.  All prepayments of Loans under this Section 2.15 shall be subject to Section 2.08.

 

(d)                                 To the extent that the aggregate amount of Loans and other Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Borrower may use any remaining Asset Sale Offer Amount for general corporate purposes, subject to the terms of this Agreement.  If the aggregate principal amount of Loans and other Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the aggregate Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Borrower shall select or cause to be selected the Loans and such other Senior Indebtedness to be prepaid or purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount (or accreted value) of the Loans and other such Senior Indebtedness tendered.  Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the Asset Sale Offer Amount related to such Asset Sale Offer shall be reset at zero.

 

(e)                                  Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to this Section 2.15, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may apply such Net Cash Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited hereunder.

 

SECTION 2.16.            Mandatory Prepayment.  (a)  Substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the third Business Day next following) the receipt by the Borrower of the proceeds of the offering of Demand Securities, the Borrower shall repay such of the Loans as shall be determined by the Arrangers in an amount equal to such proceeds, net of reasonable costs associated therewith.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each mandatory prepayment required under this Section 2.16, (i) a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such mandatory prepayment and (ii) to the extent practicable, at least three days prior written notice of such mandatory prepayment.  Each notice of mandatory prepayment shall specify the

 

38



 

prepayment date and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid (as determined in accordance with Section 2.16(a)).  All prepayments under this Section 2.16 shall be subject to Section 2.08, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders that:

 

SECTION 3.01.            Organization; Powers.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow hereunder.

 

SECTION 3.02.            Authorization.  The Transactions (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate and, if required, stockholder action and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 3.02, be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any such indenture, material agreement or other material instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 3.03.            Enforceability.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 3.04.            Governmental Approvals.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.04, no action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect or which are not material to the consummation of the Transactions.

 

39


 

SECTION 3.05.            Financial Statements.  The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i) the consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of TransDigm Holding and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002 and 2003, each audited by and accompanied by the unqualified opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants, (ii) the consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of TransDigm Holding and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, audited by and accompanied by the unqualified opinion of Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, (iii) the balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, audited by and accompanied by the unqualified opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants, (iv) the balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, audited by and accompanied by the unqualified opinion of Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, (v) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of TransDigm Holding and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for each fiscal quarter subsequent to September 30, 2004 ended 50 days before the Closing Date and (vi) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statement of income of TransDigm Holding and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for each fiscal month subsequent to the date of the most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements furnished under clause (ii) ended 30 days before the Closing Date.  Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower or TransDigm Holding and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as applicable,  as of such dates and for such periods.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.05, such balance sheets and the notes thereto disclose all material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof.  Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that the unaudited financial statements are subject to normal year-end adjustments and do not contain notes thereto.

 

SECTION 3.06.            No Material Adverse Change.  No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since September 30, 2004.

 

SECTION 3.07.            Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases.  (a)  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and material assets, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and material assets for their intended purposes.  All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by the TransDigm Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied with all material obligations due and payable or required to be performed under all material leases to which it is a party and all such material leases are in full force and effect.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases, except where the failure to so enjoy could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

40



 

SECTION 3.08.            Subsidiaries.  Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries of the Borrower and the percentage ownership interest of the Borrower therein.  The shares of Capital Stock so indicated on Schedule 3.08 are owned by the Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the TransDigm Security Documents).

 

SECTION 3.09.            Litigation; Compliance with Laws.  (a)  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are not any actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any business, property or rights of any such Person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                 None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective material properties or material assets is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of their material properties and material assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, Environmental Law, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits), or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 3.10.            Agreements.  (a)  None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that TransDigm is subject to dividend and investment restrictions under the TransDigm Indenture).

 

(b)                                 None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 3.11.            Federal Reserve Regulations.  (a)  None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

 

(b)                                 No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

 

SECTION 3.12.            Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act.  None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a “holding company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

 

41



 

SECTION 3.13.            Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes specified in the introductory statement to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.14.            Tax Returns.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all Federal and all material state, local and foreign tax returns or materials required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all material taxes due and payable by it and all assessments received by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the Borrower, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves and except for taxes the nonpayment of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 3.15.            No Material Misstatements.  No information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, which when taken as a whole and together with the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading; provided that to the extent any such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, the Borrower represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due care in the preparation of such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule and it is understood that actual results may differ from forecasts and projections.

 

SECTION 3.16.            Employee Benefit Plans.  Each of the Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder.  No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The present value of all benefit liabilities under any underfunded Plan (based on the assumptions used to fund such plan and when considered together with all such underfunded Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such underfunded Plans by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 3.17.            Environmental Matters.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17 and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

 

SECTION 3.18.            Insurance.  Schedule 3.18 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by the Borrower or by the Borrower for its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.  As of each such date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid if due.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are, when considered in its entirety, in the

 

42



 

good faith judgment of the Borrower prudent in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 3.19.            Labor Matters.  As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened.  The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is bound.  Except to the extent any of the following, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation in any material respect of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters and (b) all payments due from the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 3.20.            Solvency.  Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, (a) the fair value of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, at a fair valuation, will exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Conditions of Lending

 

The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by Section 2.02.

 

(b)                                 The representations and warranties set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

 

43



 

(c)                                  At the time of and immediately after the Borrowing to be made on the Closing Date, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d)                                 The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a favorable written opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, counsel for the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (A) dated the Closing Date, (B) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (C) covering such other matters relating to the Loan Documents and the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, and the Borrower hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinions.

 

(e)                                  All legal matters incident to this Agreement, the Borrowings and extensions of credit hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and to the Administrative Agent.

 

(f)                                    The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate of incorporation, including all amendments thereto, of the Borrower, TransDigm Holding, TransDigm and each other Significant Subsidiary of the Borrower, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of its organization, (ii) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, certifying that (A) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of the Borrower, TransDigm Holding, TransDigm and each other Significant Subsidiary of the Borrower as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) attached thereto is a certificate as to the good standing of the Borrower, TransDigm Holding, TransDigm and each other Significant Subsidiary of the Borrower as of a recent date by the Secretary of the State of State of its organization, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection therewith; (ii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (i) above; and (iii) such other documents as the Lenders or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

(g)                                 The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) above.

 

(h)                                 The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including fees pursuant to the Fee Letter and, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out of pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower thereunder, hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(i)                                     All requisite Governmental Authorities shall have approved or consented to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby to the extent required, all applicable

 

44



 

appeal periods shall have expired and there shall not be any pending or threatened litigation, governmental, administrative or judicial action that could reasonably be expected to prevent or impose materially burdensome conditions on the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(j)                                     The Lenders shall have received, to the extent requested, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

(k)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence acceptable to the Administrative Agent and its counsel that the TransDigm Credit Agreement has been amended pursuant to an amendment in substantially the form of Exhibit D.

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Covenants

 

SECTION 5.01.            Restricted Payments.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of shares of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Borrower and dividends or distributions payable to the Borrower or a Restricted of the Borrower and other than pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation));

 

(b)                                 purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Borrower or of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower held by any Affiliate of the Borrower (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower) or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock;

 

(c)                                  make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness of the Borrower that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Loans (other than the purchase, defeasance or other acquisition of such Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of such purchase, defeasance or other acquisition); or

 

(d)                                 make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments)

 

45



 

(each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”); if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto:

 

(i)            a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or

 

(ii)           (A) if the Restricted Payment is made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransDigm and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) the Borrower is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 5.03(i) or, (B) if the Restricted Payment is made by TransDigm or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, TransDigm is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 5.03(ii); or

 

(iii)          the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the Measurement Date (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (9), (10), (11) and (12) of the following paragraph) shall exceed the sum of, without duplication:

 

(v)           50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of the Borrower earned subsequent to June 30, 2003 and on or prior to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the “Reference Date”) (treating such period as a single accounting period); provided, however, that if, at the time of a proposed Restricted Payment under this paragraph of this Section 5.01, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Borrower is less than 4.5 to 1, for purposes of calculating the availability of amounts hereunder for such Restricted Payment only, the reference to 50% in this clause (v) shall be deemed to be 75%; plus

 

(w)          100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash that would constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) received by the Borrower from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) from the issuance and sale subsequent to the Measurement Date and on or prior to the Reference Date of Qualified Capital Stock of the Borrower; plus

 

(x)            without duplication of any amounts included in clause (iii)(w) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received subsequent to the Measurement Date by the Borrower from a holder of the Borrower’s Capital Stock (excluding, in the case of clauses (iii)(w) and (x), any net cash proceeds from an Equity Offering (as such term is defined in the TransDigm Indenture) to the extent used to redeem the TransDigm Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under Section 3.07(b) of the TransDigm Indenture; plus

 

(y)           the amount by which Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Borrower’s balance sheet upon the

 

46



 

conversion or exchange subsequent to the Measurement Date of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for Qualified Capital Stock of the Borrower (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property, distributed by the Borrower upon such conversion or exchange); provided, however, that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of such Indebtedness (excluding net cash proceeds from sales to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or a trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees); plus

 

(z)            an amount equal to the sum of (I) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash that would constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) received after the Measurement Date by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (A) from any sale or other disposition of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) representing the return of capital or principal (excluding dividends and distributions otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income) with respect to such Investment, and (II) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that, in the case of item (II), the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments (excluding Permitted Investments) previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not prohibit:

 

(1)                                  the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of the declaration of such dividend or notice of such redemption if the dividend or payment of the redemption price, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of declaration or notice;

 

(2)                                  any Restricted Payment made out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, or made by exchange for, Qualified Capital Stock of the Borrower (other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees and other than Designated Preferred Stock) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by the Borrower from its shareholders; provided, however, that the net cash proceeds from such sale or such cash capital contribution (to the extent so used for such Restricted Payment) shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under clauses (iii)(w) and (iii)(x) of the immediately preceding paragraph;

 

(3)                                  the acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Borrower that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Loans through the application of net proceeds of a substantially

 

47



 

concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower) of Refinancing Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Loans;

 

(4)                                  payments to redeem or repurchase the Borrower’s common equity or options in respect thereof, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions of employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or upon the death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment of management employees; provided that all such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause (4) shall not exceed in any fiscal year the sum of (A) $5.0 million plus (B) any amounts not utilized in any preceding fiscal year following the Measurement Date that were otherwise available under this clause for such purchases (which aggregate amount shall be increased by the amount of any net cash proceeds received from the sale since the Measurement Date of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) to members of the Borrower’s management team that have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to the terms of clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph or clause (2) of this paragraph and by the cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases); provided, further, that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from members of management of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any repurchase of Capital Stock of the Borrower (or warrants or options or rights to acquire such Capital Stock) will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment under this Agreement;

 

(5)                                  repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

 

(6)                                  the Bonus and Dividend Payments in an amount not to exceed the net proceeds of the Loans;

 

(7)                                  Restricted Payments made with Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales remaining after application thereof as required by Section 5.04 and Section 2.15;

 

(8)                                  upon occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after the completion of the Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 2.14 (including the purchase of all Loans tendered), any purchase or redemption of Obligations of the Borrower that are subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Loans required pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control at a purchase or redemption price not to exceed 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that (A) at the time of such purchase or redemption, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom), (B) the Borrower would be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 5.03(i)  after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment and (C) such purchase or redemption is not made, directly or indirectly, from the proceeds of (or made in anticipation of) any issuance of Indebtedness by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

(9)                                  additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15 million

 

48



 

(10)                            if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) issued after the Measurement Date; provided that, (i) in the case of a dividend by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransDigm and its Restricted Subsidiaries), at the time of such dividend, the Borrower, after giving effect to such dividend on a pro forma basis, would have had a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.75 to 1.0 and (ii) in the case of a dividend by TransDigm and its Restricted Subsidiaries, at the time of such dividend, TransDigm, after giving effect to such dividend on a pro forma basis, would have had a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0;

 

(11)                            payments of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock issued in compliance with Section 5.03; and

 

(12)                            Permitted Acquisition Payments (as such term is defined in the TransDigm Indenture).

 

In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent the Measurement Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this Section 5.01, (a) amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (7) and (8) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall be included in such calculation, and (b) amounts expended pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (9), (10), (11) and (12) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall be excluded from such calculation.

 

The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary as specified in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”.  For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of the designation and shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this Section 5.01.  All of those outstanding Investments shall be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investments at the time of such designation.  Such designation shall only be permitted if the Restricted Payment would be permitted at the time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and in addition to the limits set forth in this Section 5.01, the aggregate amount of (i) all Restricted Payments covered in clauses (a) through (c) of the definition of Restricted Payments made on or after the Closing Date to the holders (either as such or in their capacity as holders of subordinated debt) of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (which shall include the Permitted Holders and their respective Affiliates) (other than a Restricted Payment made pursuant to clause (4) above or the Bonus and Dividend Payments) and (ii) all Investments made on or after the Closing Date in any Permitted Holders or Permitted Group or their respective Affiliates (other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and members of management of the Borrower) shall not exceed (x) prior to the initial Public Equity Offering, the amount set forth in clause (9) above (minus the amount of all Restricted Payments already made pursuant to such clause on or after

 

49



 

the Closing Date) and (y) following the initial Public Equity Offering, the sum of (A) the amount set forth in clause (9) above (minus the amount of all Restricted Payments already made pursuant to such clause on or after the Closing Date) and (B) 25% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower earned subsequent to October 31, 2005 and on or prior to the date the Restricted Payment or Investment occurs (treating such period as a single accounting period).

 

SECTION 5.02.            Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to: (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock; (b) make loans or advances or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Borrower; or (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Borrower, except, with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c), for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: (1) applicable law; (2) this Agreement; (3) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower entered into in the ordinary course of business; (4) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; (5) the TransDigm Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date and the TransDigm Indenture or any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that any restrictions imposed pursuant to any such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are ordinary and customary with respect to syndicated bank loans or high yield debt securities, as applicable (and in each case under the relevant circumstances); (6) agreements existing on the Closing Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Closing Date; (7) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under this Agreement imposed by the holder of such Lien; (8) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock permitted under this Agreement to any Person pending the closing of such sale; (9) any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person that is acquired; (10) any Purchase Money Note or other Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Entity; (11) other Indebtedness or Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock outstanding on the Closing Date or permitted to be issued or incurred under this Agreement; provided that any such restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness being incurred or Preferred Stock being issued (under the relevant circumstances); (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (13) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (4) and (6) through (12) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s Board of Directors (evidenced by a Board Resolution) whose judgment shall be conclusively binding, not materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

 

50



 

SECTION 5.03.            Incurrence of Indebtedness.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however, that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness (i) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransDigm and its Restricted Subsidiaries) may, subject to the provisions of the following sentence, incur Indebtedness, in each case if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Borrower would have been greater than 1.75 to 1.0 and (ii) notwithstanding that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransDigm and its Restricted Subsidiaries) may not be entitled to incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause (i) above, TransDigm and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness in each case if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of TransDigm would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0.

 

SECTION 5.04.            Asset Sales.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless

 

(a)                                  the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Borrower’s Board of Directors);
 
(b)                                 at least 75% of the consideration received by the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Loans) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets; (ii) any notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 90 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall, in each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, be deemed to be cash for the purposes of this provision or for purposes of this Section 5.04(b); and
 
(c)                                  upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Borrower shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 425 days of receipt thereof either (i) to prepay any Senior Indebtedness of the
 

51



 

Borrower (including the Loans) or any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower and, in the case of any such Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a corresponding reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility (or effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility regardless of the fact that no prepayment is required in order to do so (in which case no prepayment should be required)), (ii) to reinvest in Productive Assets (provided that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied if the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary by the end of such 425-day period has entered into a binding agreement under which it is contractually committed to reinvest in Productive Assets and such investment is consummated within 120 days from the date on which such binding agreement is entered into and, with respect to the amount of such investment, the reference to the 426th day after an Asset Sale in the second following sentence shall be deemed to be a reference to the 121st day after the date on which such binding agreement is entered into (but only if such 121st day occurs later than such 426th day)), or (iii) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (c)(i) and (c)(ii).  On the 426th day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Borrower or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines by Board Resolution not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (c)(i), (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of the next preceding sentence (each, an “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (c)(i), (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of the next preceding sentence (each an “Asset Sale Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Borrower to make an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with Section 2.15.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Asset Sale Offer Amount is less than $10.0 million, the application of the Net Cash Proceeds constituting such Asset Sale Offer Amount to an Asset Sale Offer may be deferred until such time as such Asset Sale Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Asset Sale Offer Amounts arising subsequent to the Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date relating to such initial Asset Sale Offer Amount from all Asset Sales by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries aggregates at least $10.0 million, at which time the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all Net Cash Proceeds constituting all Asset Sale Offer Amounts that have been so deferred to make a Asset Sale Offer in accordance with Section 2.15 (the first date the aggregate of all such deferred Asset Sale Offer Amounts is equal to $10.0 million or more shall be deemed to be a Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date).
 

Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to consummate an Asset Sale without complying with such paragraph to the extent that: (i) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Productive Assets, cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Marketable Securities; and (ii) such Asset Sale is for fair market value; provided that any consideration consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Marketable Securities received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.04, if at the time the Borrower would be required to make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 5.04(c) the Borrower does

 

52



 

not have access to the applicable Net Cash Proceeds as a result of a restriction permitted by Section 5.02, then the Borrower shall have no obligation to make such Asset Sale Offer.

 

SECTION 5.05.            Transactions with Affiliates.  (a)  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to occur any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate Transaction”), other than Affiliate Transactions on terms that are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower; provided, however, that for a transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate value of $5.0 million or more, at the Borrower’s option, either: (i) a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall determine in good faith that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower or (ii) the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary party to such Affiliate Transaction shall have received an opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm that such Affiliate Transaction is either fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or is on terms not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower; and provided, further, that for an Affiliate Transaction with an aggregate value of $20.0 million or more the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary party to such Affiliate Transaction shall have received an opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm that such Affiliate Transaction is either fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or is on terns not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower.

 

(b)                                 The restrictions set forth in Section 5.05(a) shall not apply to: (i) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower as determined in good faith by the Borrower’s Board of Directors or senior management; (ii) transactions exclusively between or among the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement; (iii) any agreement as in effect as of the Closing Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or by any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower; (iv) Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments permitted by this Agreement ; (v) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Transaction; (vi) the payment of customary annual management, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses to the Permitted Holders and their Affiliates made pursuant to any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement agreement or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which are approved by the Board of

 

53



 

Directors of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in good faith; (vii) payments or loans to employees or consultants that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith; (viii) sales of Qualified Capital Stock; (ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders’ agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect; (x) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Sections 5.11 and 5.12, (xi) any issuance of securities or other payments, awards, grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and (xii) usual and customary underwriting agreements (and related documents) relating to the sale of securities of the Borrower by Affiliates of the Borrower.

 

SECTION 5.06.            Liens.  The Borrower shall not incur any Secured Debt (other than Secured Debt that is secured by a Permitted Lien) unless contemporaneously therewith the Borrower makes effective provision to secure the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder, equally and ratably with (or, in the case of any Secured Debt that is not Senior Indebtedness, prior to) such Secured Debt for so long as such Secured Debt is secured by a Lien (the “Initial Lien”).  Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien securing the other Secured Debt and that holders of such other Secured Debt may exclusively control the disposition of property subject to the Initial Lien.

 

SECTION 5.07.            Conduct of Business.  The Borrower shall not permit TransDigm Holding to (a) engage in any business or activity other than its ownership of all of the outstanding shares of the Capital Stock of TransDigm and activities incidental thereto, (b) purchase, hold or acquire any assets other than the Capital Stock of TransDigm, cash and Cash Equivalents and other Investments in TransDigm or any Restricted Subsidiaries of TransDigm made in accordance with this Agreement, (c) incur any Indebtedness other than, subject to compliance with Section 5.03, as a guarantor of Indebtedness of TransDigm and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the TransDigm Indenture and this Agreement (and such guarantees may be secured by Liens the extent not prohibited by this Agreement), (d) merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it (in each case, other than the Borrower or TransDigm, or liquidate or dissolve, or (e) issue any Preferred Stock.  The Borrower shall own directly 100% of the Capital Stock of TransDigm Holding and shall not hold directly the Capital Stock of any other Person.  The Borrower shall cause TransDigm Holding to own directly 100% of the Capital Stock of TransDigm.  The Borrower shall not permit TransDigm or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to engage in any businesses a majority of whose revenues are not derived from businesses that are the same or reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which TransDigm and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the

 

54



 

Closing Date (which shall include engineered components businesses not within the aerospace industry).

 

SECTION 5.08.            Corporate Existence.  Subject to Section 5.11 and 5.12, the Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Lenders.

 

SECTION 5.09.            Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Borrower or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower) or permit any Person (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, other than Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock. The provisions of this Section 5.09 will not apply to (w) TransDigm or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of TransDigm that are guarantors pursuant to the TransDigm Notes or any Refinancing thereof, (x) any transaction as a result of which neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will own any Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary whose Preferred Stock is being issued or sold and (y) Preferred Stock that is Disqualified Capital Stock and is issued in compliance with Section 5.03.

 

SECTION 5.10.            Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Borrower.  The Borrower shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to guarantee any Indebtedness of the Borrower or to secure any Indebtedness of the Borrower with a Lien on the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary, unless contemporaneously therewith (or prior thereto) effective provision is made to guarantee or secure the Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, as the case may be, on an equal and ratable basis with such guarantee or Lien for so long as such guarantee or Lien remains effective; provided, however, that any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of any Indebtedness of the Borrower that is subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement shall be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the contemporaneous guarantee of the Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement by such Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that the Borrower shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure any Indebtedness of the Borrower that is subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement or to guarantee any Capital Stock of the Borrower.  Any guarantee or lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such guarantee or Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the initial guarantee or Lien.

 

SECTION 5.11.            Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.  The Borrower shall not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person,

 

55



 

or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Borrower’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries) to any Person unless (i) either: (a) the Borrower shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; or (b) the Person (if other than the Borrower) formed by such consolidation or into which the Borrower is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Borrower and of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Entity”): (x) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and (y) shall expressly assume all the Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Loans pursuant to supplements to the Loan Documents or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (ii) except in the case of a merger of the Borrower with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower and except in the case of a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (i)(b)(y) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Borrower or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 5.03(i), (iii) except in the case of a merger of the Borrower with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower and except in the case of a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (i)(b)(y) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and (iv) the Borrower or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and such supplements (if any) comply with this Agreement.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Borrower, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Borrower. However, transfer of assets between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to this Section 5.11.

 

SECTION 5.12.            Successor Corporation Substituted.  Upon any consolidation, combination or merger, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower in accordance with Section 5.11, in which the Borrower is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Borrower is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Borrower under this Agreement with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such and that, in the event of a conveyance or

 

56



 

transfer (but not a lease), the conveyor or transferor (but not a lessor) shall be released from the provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.13.            Repayment of Indebtedness of the Borrower.  On or before November 15, 2005, the Borrower shall repay in full all Indebtedness of the Borrower outstanding on the Closing Date (before giving effect to the Loans) and shall provide the Administrative Agent with a certificate of an Officer of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit E on or prior to November 15, 2005.

 

SECTION 5.14.            Financial Statements, Reports, etc.  The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (either physically or through electronic delivery reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), which shall furnish to each Lender:

 

(a)                                  within 95 days after the end of each fiscal year, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all audited by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which shall not be qualified in any material respect) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
 
(b)                                 within 50 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and
 
(c)                                  promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or, after the initial Public Equity Offering, distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be.
 

SECTION 5.15.            Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (either physically or through electronic delivery reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), within 95
 

57



 

days after the end of each fiscal quarter, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal quarter has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Borrower has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Agreement, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Borrower has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Agreement and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Loans is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. For purposes of this paragraph, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Agreement.
 
(b)                                 The Borrower shall, so long as any of the Loans are outstanding, deliver to the Administrative Agent, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
 

SECTION 5.16  Filing of Report.  The Borrower shall cause TransDigm to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or prior to November 30, 2005 an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 or a Current Report on Form 8-K, which Form 8-K shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Events of Default

 

In case of the happening of any of the following events (“Events of Default”):

 

(a)                                  the failure to pay interest on any Loans when the same becomes due and payable if the default continues for a period of 30 days;
 
(b)                                 the failure to pay the principal on any Loans when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment of the purchase price of any Loans pursuant to (i) any mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.16, or (ii) a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase);
 

(c)           a default in the observance or performance of the covenant set forth in Section 5.16 if the default continues for a period of 7 days after Borrower receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders;

 

(d)                                 a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained herein or in Annex I to the Fee Letter if the default continues for a period of 30 days after the Borrower receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders (except in the case of a default with respect to Section 5.11 or Section 5.13, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement);

 

58



 
(e)                                  the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Securitization Entity), or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more at any time;
 
(f)                                    one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million shall have been rendered against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable;
 
(g)                                 the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
 

(i)                                     commences a voluntary case,

 

(ii)                                  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(iii)                               consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(iv)                              makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(h)                                 a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
 

(i)                                     is for relief against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)                                  appoints a custodian of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or

 

(iii)                               orders the liquidation of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

 

(i)                                     any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower herein or in any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report or other certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any Loan Document, shall prove to have been materially incorrect when made or deemed made;
 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Requisite Lenders, shall, by notice to the

 

59



 

Borrower, declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

The Administrative Agent

 

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

 

The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 8.08), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall be not liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 8.08) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to

 

60



 

be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders,  unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper person.  The Administrative Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided below, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor.  If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After an Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 8.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in

 

61



 

respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Administrative Agent.

 

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 8.01.            Notices.  Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

(a)                                  if to the Borrower, to it at The Tower at Erieview, 1301 East 9th Street, Suite 3710, Cleveland, OH 44114, Attention of Gregory Rufus (Fax No. 216-706-2937);
 
(b)                                 if to the Administrative Agent, to the Administrative Agent’s Office; and
 
(c)                                  if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.
 

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 8.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 8.01.  As agreed to among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.

 

SECTION 8.02.            Survival of Agreement.  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or on their behalf, and shall

 

62



 

continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.12 and 8.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

SECTION 8.03.            Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

 

SECTION 8.04.            Successors and Assigns.  (a)  Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that (i) the amount of the Loans or Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Loans or Commitment), (ii) the parties to each such assignment shall (A) electronically execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which initially shall be ClearPar, LLC) or (B) manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (unless such fee is waived at the discretion of the Administrative Agent) and (iii) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and all applicable tax documentation.  Upon recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 8.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.12 and 8.05, as well as to any fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).

 

63



 

(c)                                  By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:  (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Commitment, and the outstanding balances of its Loans, in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.05 or delivered pursuant to Section 5.14 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

(d)                                 The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Charlotte, North Carolina a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(e)                                  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire (including all applicable tax documentation) completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder) and the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if any, the Administrative Agent shall promptly record the information contained in such Assignment and Acceptance in the Register.  No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).

 

64



 

(f)                                    Each Lender may, without notice to Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other entities shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.07, 2.08 and 2.12 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant) and (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans, or increasing or extending the Commitments).

 

(g)                                 Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 8.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated by the Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.16.

 

(h)                                 Any Lender may (without notice to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender (including, if such Lender is a fund that invests in bank loans, to a trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such fund); provided that no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto and any foreclosure or exercise of remedies by such assignee or trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.04 regarding assignments in all respects.

 

(i)                                     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof.  The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender.  Each party hereto hereby

 

65



 

agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender).  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.  In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 8.04, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

 

(j)                                     Neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

 

SECTION 8.05.            Expenses; Indemnity.  (a)  The Borrower agrees, to pay all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Arrangers in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein and by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including the fees, charges and disbursements of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Indemnification Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto or thereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or

 

66



 

any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

 

(c)                                  To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Arrangers or the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Arrangers or the Administrative Agent such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Arrangers or the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such.  For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the outstanding Loans and Commitments at the time.

 

(d)                                 To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(e)                                  The provisions of this Section 8.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.  All amounts due under this Section 8.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

 

SECTION 8.06.            Right of Setoff.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured.  The rights of each Lender under this Section 8.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

 

SECTION 8.07.            Applicable Law.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 8.08.            Waivers; Amendment.  (a)  No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan

 

67



 

Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  No notice or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

(b)                                 Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement under this Section 8.08(b) shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or date for the payment of any interest on any Loan, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan, without the prior written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (ii) increase or extend the Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of any fees of or any other amount actually due and payable hereunder to any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.09, the provisions of Section 8.04(j) or the provisions of this Section, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) modify the protections afforded to an SPC pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.04(i) without the written consent of such SPC, (v) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Commitments on the date hereof); provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

SECTION 8.09.            Interest Rate Limitation.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 8.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

68



 

SECTION 8.10.            Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, the Fee Letter and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof.  Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnification Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

SECTION 8.11.            WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.11.

 

SECTION 8.12.            Severability.  In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction).  The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8.13.            Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 8.03.  Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.14.            Headings.  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.15.            Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.  (a)  The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising

 

69



 

out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(c)                                  The Borrower irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.01.  Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

SECTION 8.16.            Confidentiality.  (a)  Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (v) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 8.16, to (A) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of their respective obligations, (vi) with the consent of the Borrower or (vii) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 8.16.  For the purposes of this Section, “Information” shall mean all information received from the Borrower and related to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of Information received from the Borrower after the Closing Date, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 8.16 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person

 

70



 

has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord its own confidential information.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party subject to confidentiality obligations hereunder or otherwise (and any Affiliate thereof and any employee, representative or other agent of such party or such Affiliate) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the U.S. federal income tax treatment and the U.S. federal income tax structure of the transactions contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

SECTION 8.17.            USA PATRIOT Act Notice.  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

71



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TD HOLDING CORPORATION,

 

 

 

by

 

 

      /s/ Gregory Rufus

 

 

Name:  Gregory Rufus

 

Title:    Vice President and Treasurer

 



 

 

 

BANC OF AMERICA BRIDGE LLC, individually
and as Administrative Agent,

 

 

 

by

 

 

      /s/ John McCusker

 

 

Name:  John McCusker

 

Title:    Managing Director

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

 

 

 

by

 

 

      /s/ James Moran

 

 

Name:  James Moran

 

Title:    Managing Director

 

 

 

by

 

 

      /s/ Gregory S. Richards

 

 

Name:  Gregory S. Richards

 

Title:    Associate

 

 

 

LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.,

 

 

 

by

 

 

      /s/ V. Paul Arzouian

 

 

Name:  V. Paul Arzouian

 

Title:    Authorized Signatory

 


 



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated November 22, 2005 in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 and in the related Prospectus of TransDigm Group Incorporated (formerly TD Holding Corporation) for the registration of shares of its common stock.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Cleveland, Ohio
February 24, 2006




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-130483 of our report dated April 1, 2004 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation") relating to the consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders equity/(deficiency) and cash flows and financial statement schedule of TransDigm Group Incorporated (formerly, TD Holding Corporation) and subsidiaries and our report dated December 19, 2003 relating to the consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders equity/(deficiency) and cash flows and financial statement schedule of TransDigm Holding Company and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Cleveland, Ohio
February 24, 2006




[Letterhead of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP]

February 27, 2006

VIA EDGAR AND FEDERAL EXPRESS

Mr. Max Webb
Assistant Director, Office of Structured Finance, Transportation and Leisure
Division of Corporate Finance
United States Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F. Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549-0405

Re:                     TransDigm Group Incorporated (formerly TD Holding Corporation)
(File No. 333-130483)

Dear Mr. Webb:

On behalf of TransDigm Group Incorporated (formerly TD Holding Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), set forth below are the Company’s responses to the comments of the staff (the “Staff”) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pertaining to the Company’s Registration Statement (the “Registration Statement”) in respect of the initial public offering of shares of its common stock, contained in your letter, dated February 17, 2006, to Mr. W. Nicholas Howley, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  On behalf of the Company, we hereby submit to the Commission Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (the “Amendment”) that contains changes made in response to the comments of the Staff.  To facilitate your review, we have set forth each of your comments below with the Company’s corresponding response. We have marked the enclosed Amendment, and references to page numbers below pertain to the page numbers in the marked version of the Amendment submitted herewith.  Defined terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Amendment.

* * * * * * * * *

 

 

 

NEW YORK    WASHINGTON, DC    PARIS    LONDON    MILAN    ROME    FRANKFURT    BRUSSELS

 



TransDigm Group Incorporated

1.                                       CommentWe note your response to comment 3 and the gatefold artwork.  Please confirm that the components or parts that are shown were designed and/or produced by you or your subsidiaries.  Otherwise, please tell us why it is appropriate to depict them in your artwork.

Response:  The components and parts depicted in the gatefold artwork included in the prospectus are designed and/or produced by a subsidiary of the Company.

2.                                       CommentWe note your response to comment 7 in our letter dated January 19, 2006; however, we reissue our previous comment.  In addition, please move the third italicized paragraph that discusses EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined so that it appears under Selected Consolidated Financial Data on page 26.

ResponseThe Company has revised the prospectus to comply with the Staff’s comment.  We advise the Staff that with respect to the italicized paragraph that discusses EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined, the Company has moved this disclosure to page 7 of the prospectus (Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data) as this is the first section of the prospectus in which a detailed discussion of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined appears.

3.                                       CommentWe note your response to comment 8 in our letter dated January 19, 2006.  The summary, however, still appears lengthy and overly detailed.  Please note that the summary is merely intended to provide a brief overview of the key aspects of the offering.  For example, your disclosure in subsections “The Company,” “Our Competitive Strengths” and “Our Business Strategy” contain excessive detail for the summary section.  Further, please relocate your disclosure regarding your formation to the beginning of this section under “Our Company.” Please revise accordingly.

ResponseThe Company has revised the prospectus to comply with the Staff’s comment.

4.                                       CommentWe note your response to comment 9 in our letter dated January 19, 2006.  You state that the list includes “major customers,” yet none accounted for more than approximately 6% of your net sales.  Please tell us how these customers are your “major customers.” Since none of these customers appear to be material, then it appears to be inappropriate to highlight the most recognizable of your customers.  Please revise your disclosure.

ResponseThe Company has revised the prospectus to comply with the Staff’s comment.

5.                                       CommentPlease refer to comment 28 in our letter dated January 19, 2006.  Please disclose the calculations of the significant financial maintenance covenants contained in the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility, as well as the disclosures set forth in Answer 10 of the June 13, 2003 Frequently Asked Questions Regarding the Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, or explain to us why it is not necessary.

2



Response:  The Company has revised the prospectus to comply with the Staff’s comment (please see pages 10, 29, 36, 98 and 99).

6.                                       CommentWe note your response to comment 41 in our letter dated January 19, 2006.  It appears, however, that you have not described the change in control provisions in your employment agreement with W. Nicholas Howley.  Accordingly, please describe the change of control provisions in your agreement with W. Nicholas Howley.

Response:  The Company has revised the prospectus to comply with the Staff’s comment (please see pages 72-73).

7.                                       CommentWe note your response to comment 46 in our letter dated January 19, 2006.  Please, however, disclose in the prospectus how the selling stockholders received their shares.

Response:  The Company has revised the prospectus to comply with the Staff’s comment (please see page 85).

8.                                       CommentWe note your response to comment 48 in our letter dated January 19, 2006; however, we reissue our previous comment.  Please disclose the individual bonuses received and the individual amounts received as deferred compensation.  Further, please describe how the bonuses were allocated.  We note your statement that they were based on options; however, elsewhere you state that bonuses are based on performance criteria.

Response:  The Company has revised the prospectus to set forth, with respect to each executive officer and director, the amount received by each such person as a bonus and the amount received by each such person in respect of his deferred compensation account.  The Company has also included disclosure regarding the aggregate amounts received by each such person.  We advise the Staff that these special one-time bonuses were allocated to each recipient based on the aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company underlying stock options held by such recipient in relation to the aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company underlying stock options held by all recipients of such bonuses.  The disclosure contained elsewhere in the prospectus regarding the awarding of bonuses based on performance criteria applies to the discretionary bonuses paid annually by the Company and its subsidiaries.

9.                                       CommentYour response to our prior comment 64 is unpersuasive, with respect to paragraph 37 of SFAS 131.  In addition, your response and initial and revised disclosures do not appear consistent.

First, you state that management does not routinely analyze the business on a product-by-product basis, nor does management or its financial reporting systems aggregate certain product groupings for these purposes.  Please explain to us why there appears to be a disparity between this statement and the prior disclosure under “Sales and Marketing” in your initial filing.  As part of your response:  (i) provide us the name of each product manager in your company; (ii) identify for us his or her specific product responsibilities; (iii) for each year presented, provide us the sales and profitability information used by each product manager; and (iv) identify the product offerings that do not have product managers, and quantify for us the revenue attributable to these offerings.  And finally, for each year presented, provide us the

3



revenue information by product that you can currently produce, grouped according to the eleven major product lines, and explain why it would not be appropriate to provide this information in your filing.

And second, you indicate that your proposed revenue information based on customer category is more useful to investors than a revenue breakdown by product or product grouping.  Your reference that investors can independently track macro economic factors does not sufficiently support your conclusion that your proposed revenue information is more useful.  In addition, the fact that there is information that may be more useful than the required information does not preclude you from providing the required information.

As we have previously stated, you are required under paragraph 37 of SFAS 131 to disclose the revenue attributable to each of your eleven major product lines.  Each major product line appears to be the appropriate basis for disclosure since, as disclosed in your initial filing with the Commission, you have structured your sales efforts along major product lines, assigning a product line manager to each major product line, and that each product line manager is expected to grow the sales and profitability of his product line and to achieve the targeted annual level of bookings, sales, new business and profitability for each product.

Response:  On February 22, 2006, the Company supplementally provided the requested information to Patrick Kuhn, Staff Accountant.  Following the delivery of the requested information, the Company’s legal counsel participated in a conference call with Mr. Kuhn.  As the Company’s counsel conveyed to Mr. Kuhn on the conference call, the Company has revised the prospectus to include the requested revenue information and, therefore, the Company believes that it has complied with the Staff’s comment.

TransDigm, Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company

10.                                 CommentPlease correct the file number on the facing page.

Response:  TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company acknowledge the error and undertake to correct the error in their next periodic filing.

11.                                 CommentWe note that the Section 906 certifications were not filed with the quarterly report.  Please refile the entire quarterly report, including the Section 906 certifications and new Section 302 certifications.  See Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K.

Response:  The Form S-4 Registration Statement of TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company was declared effective during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.  Under the terms of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the duty to file periodic reports with the Commission is automatically suspended as to any fiscal year, other than the fiscal year in which a registration statement became effective, if, at the beginning of such fiscal year, the securities of each class to which the registration statement relates are held of record by less than 300 people.  As of October 1, 2004 and with respect to each subsequent fiscal year, the securities covered by TransDigm Inc.’s and

4



TransDigm Holding Company’s Form S-4 Registration Statement were held of record by less than 300 people.  Accordingly, commencing on October 1, 2004, TransDigm Inc.’s and TransDigm Holding Company’s obligation to file periodic reports under Section 15(d) was automatically suspended.

TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Holding Company have continued to file periodic reports with the Commission as they are required to do so pursuant to their indenture.  Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 requires that each periodic report containing financial statements filed by an “issuer” with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act be accompanied by a written statement of the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer containing certain specified information.  Under the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, the term  “issuer’ is defined as a company that (i) has securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, (ii) is required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) has filed a registration statement that has not yet become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that has not been withdrawn.  Neither TransDigm Inc. nor TransDigm Holding Company meets the definition of “issuer” and we, therefore, respectfully submit that they are not required to file Section 906 certifications. We believe that this conclusion is supported by Question #1 contained in the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 — Frequently Asked Questions, dated November 8, 2002 (and revised as of November 14, 2002).

* * * * * * *

5



Should you have any questions regarding the foregoing or should you need further information, please call Steven J. Gartner, Cristopher Greer or the undersigned at (212) 728-8000.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Russell L. Leaf

 

cc:           Michael Fay, Branch Chief
                Patrick Kuhn, Staff Accountant
                Peggy Kim, Senior Staff Attorney
                Kurt Murao, Attorney Advisor
                W. Nicholas Howley, TransDigm Group Incorporated
                Peter M. Labonski, Latham & Watkins
               
Steven J. Gartner, Willkie Farr
                Cristopher Greer, Willkie Farr

 

6